docs(reference): link scanner API + continuation guide in index

code/HDK/A4TEST.C

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+   A4TEST.C - Testing the functionality ASIC4 Example
+              Interface Board device driver A4Exif.ldd
+              A comprehensive test program which checks
+              I/O request functionality of A4Exif.ldd
+
+              Written by Mal, January 31, 1995
+*/
+
+#include <plib.h>
+#include <p_keyb.h>
+
+#define BUFLEN             1
+#define MAXBUF             8
+#define SERREAD_TIMEOUT    20L
+#define FLASH_TIME         1L
+
+GLREF_D TEXT *DatCommandPtr;
+GLREF_D VOID *winHandle;
+LOCAL_D VOID *serH;                    /* serial channel handle */
+LOCAL_D VOID *timH;                    /* timer channel handle */
+LOCAL_D WORD serReadStat;              /* serial channel status word */
+LOCAL_D WORD timStat;                  /* timer channel status word */
+LOCAL_D WORD keyStat;                  /* console channel status word */
+LOCAL_D P_CON_KBREC kbrec;
+LOCAL_D TEXT buf[40];
+LOCAL_D UBYTE wowbuf[8]={0x01,0x02,0x04,0x08,0x10,0x20,0x40,0x80};
+LOCAL_D TEXT *head="LED: ";
+
+
+LOCAL_C VOID PrintHeader(VOID)
+/* Prints the title at the start of the program */
+   {
+   p_printf("*********************");
+   p_printf("Welcome to the ASIC 4");
+   p_printf("Example IF board test");
+   p_printf("program");
+   p_printf("*********************");
+   p_printf(".....\n");
+   p_getch();
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID PrintInstructions(VOID)
+   {
+   p_printf("Type in the test number");
+   p_printf("  0 => Alternate flash");
+   p_printf("  1 => Asynchronous read");
+   p_printf("  2 => Sense");
+   p_printf("  3 => Set");
+   p_printf("  4 => Memory");
+   p_printf("  q => Quit");
+   p_printf("  .....");
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID LoadLdd(VOID)
+/* Loads the LDD A4Exif.ldd from anywhere and exits on failure */
+   {
+   TEXT filename[128];
+   INT ret;
+
+   p_printf("\nLOADLDD=>");
+   p_fparse("A4EXIF.LDD",DatCommandPtr,&filename[0],NULL);
+   if ((ret=p_loadldd(&filename[0]))<0)
+      {
+      p_printf("A4Exif.ldd failed to load");
+      if (ret==E_FILE_NXIST)
+            {
+         p_printf("Device does not exist");
+         p_getch();
+         p_exit(0);
+         }
+      else if (ret==E_FILE_EXIST)
+         {
+         p_printf("Device is already loaded");
+         p_getch();
+         }
+      else if (ret==E_GEN_NOMEMORY)
+         {
+         p_printf("Not enough memory available");
+         p_getch();
+         p_exit(0);
+         }
+      else
+         {
+         p_printf("Unknown error %d on p_loadldd",ret);
+         p_getch();
+         p_exit(0);
+         }
+      }
+   else
+      {
+      p_printf("Successfully loaded A4Exif.ldd\n");
+      p_getch();
+      }
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID UnloadLdd(VOID)
+/* Removes the LDD A4Exif.ldd */
+   {
+   INT ret;
+
+   p_printf("\nUNLOADLDD=>");
+   if ((ret=p_devdel("LED",E_LDD))!=0)
+      {
+      p_printf("A4Exif.ldd failed to unload");
+      if (ret==E_FILE_DEVICE)
+         p_printf("The device driver is not loaded");
+      else if (ret==E_GEN_INUSE)
+         p_printf("Driver is open and cannot be deleted");
+      else
+         p_printf("Unknown error %d on p_devdel",ret);
+      p_getch();
+      }
+   else
+      {
+      p_printf("Successfully deleted A4Exif.ldd");
+      p_getch();
+      }
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID OpenPort(VOID)
+/*Opens a serial port of the A4Example IF on the host machine*/
+   {
+   INT ret, seropen;
+
+   p_printf("\nOPENPORT=>");
+DoAgain:
+   p_printf("Type in the serial\r\nport to open");
+   p_printf("eg A => port A");
+   p_printf(".....\n");
+   ret=p_toupper(p_getch());
+   *(head+4)=ret;
+   p_printf("%s",head);
+   p_sleep(5L);
+   if ((seropen=p_open(&serH,head,-1))<0)
+      {/* Failed to open */
+      p_atos(&buf[0],"p_open on port %c has failed",ret);
+      p_printf("%s\n<p_open ret=%d>",&buf[0],seropen);
+      p_errs(buf,seropen);
+      p_printf("%s\n",&buf[0]);
+      p_getch();
+      goto DoAgain;
+      }
+   else
+      {/* Succeeded in opening */
+      p_atos(&buf[0],"Successfully opened port %c",ret);
+      p_printf("%s",&buf[0]);
+      p_printf(".....\n");
+      p_getch();
+      }
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID ClosePort(VOID)
+   {
+   INT ret;
+
+   p_printf("\nCLOSEPORT=>");
+   if ((ret=p_close(serH))!=0)
+      p_printf("Error in closing port");
+   else
+      p_printf("Successfully closed port");
+   p_getch();
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID SensePort(VOID)
+   {
+   UBYTE A1,A2;
+
+   p_printf("\nSENSEPORT=>");
+   p_iow(serH,P_FSENSE,&A1,&A2);
+   p_printf("Status byte: 0x%x",A1);
+   p_printf("LED byte: 0x%x",A2);
+   p_getch();
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C INT SetPort(VOID)
+   {
+   UBYTE key;
+
+   p_printf("\nSETPORT=>");
+   p_printf("Type a key");
+   p_printf("ESCAPE to exit\r\n");
+   if ((key=p_getch())==E_KEY_ESCAPE)
+      {
+      key=0x00;
+      p_iow(serH,P_FSET,&key);
+      return(-1);
+      }
+   else
+      {
+      p_printf("Output byte is 0x%x",key);
+      p_iow(serH,P_FSET,&key);
+      return(0);
+      }
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID OpenTimer(VOID)
+   {
+   if (p_open(&timH,"TIM:",-1)<0)
+      {/* Error in opening timer */
+      p_printf("Cannot open timer channel\n");
+      p_getch();
+      }
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID QueueTimer(ULONG timeouttime)
+   {
+   p_ioc4(timH,P_FRELATIVE,&timStat,&timeouttime);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID CancelTimer(VOID)
+   {
+   p_iow(timH,P_FCANCEL);
+   p_waitstat(&timStat);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID QueueSerRead(UBYTE *statusptr,UBYTE *ledptr)
+   {
+   p_ioc5(serH,P_FREAD,&serReadStat,statusptr,ledptr);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID CancelSerRead(VOID)
+   {
+   p_iow(serH,P_FCANCEL);
+   p_waitstat(&serReadStat);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID QueueKeypress(P_CON_KBREC *keybrec)
+   {
+   p_ioc4(winHandle,P_FREAD,&keyStat,keybrec);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID AsynchRead(VOID)
+   {
+   UBYTE b_led;
+   UBYTE b_status;
+
+   p_printf("ASYNCH READ\r\n");
+   OpenTimer();
+   QueueTimer(SERREAD_TIMEOUT);
+   QueueSerRead(&b_status,&b_led);
+   QueueKeypress(&kbrec);
+   FOREVER
+      {
+      p_iowait();
+      if (keyStat!=E_FILE_PENDING)
+         {/* Keypress received */
+         p_printf("KEYPRESS");
+         if (kbrec.keycode==E_KEY_ESCAPE)
+            {
+            CancelSerRead();
+            CancelTimer();
+            b_led=0x00;
+            p_iow(serH,P_FWRITE,&b_led);
+            break;
+            }
+         else
+            {
+            /* Do nothing - requeue keypress */
+            QueueKeypress(&kbrec);
+            continue;
+            }
+         }
+      else if (serReadStat!=E_FILE_PENDING)
+         {
+         p_printf("SERIAL READ COMPLETED");
+         CancelTimer();
+         p_printf("Status byte is => 0x%x",b_status);
+         p_printf("LED byte is => 0x%x",b_led);
+         QueueTimer(SERREAD_TIMEOUT);
+         QueueSerRead(&b_status,&b_led);
+         continue;
+         }
+      else if (timStat!=E_FILE_PENDING)
+         {
+         p_printf("TIMEOUT");
+         CancelSerRead();
+         QueueSerRead(&b_status,&b_led);
+         QueueTimer(SERREAD_TIMEOUT);
+         continue;
+         }
+      else
+         {/* Error - missing status word so fatal error */
+         p_printf("***Stray status word***");
+         break;
+         }
+      }
+   p_close(timH);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID AlternateFlash(VOID)
+   {
+   UBYTE b_led;
+   INT i=0;
+
+   p_printf("ALTERNATE FLASH\r\n");
+   p_printf("Hit ESCAPE to exit");
+   OpenTimer();
+   QueueTimer(FLASH_TIME);
+   QueueKeypress(&kbrec);
+   FOREVER
+      {
+      p_iowait();
+      if (keyStat!=E_FILE_PENDING)
+         {/* Keypress received */
+         if (kbrec.keycode==E_KEY_ESCAPE)
+            {
+            CancelTimer();
+            b_led=0x00;
+            p_iow(serH,P_FWRITE,&b_led);
+            break;
+            }
+         else
+            {
+            /* Do nothing - requeue keypress */
+            QueueKeypress(&kbrec);
+            continue;
+            }
+         }
+      else if (timStat!=E_FILE_PENDING)
+         {/* Timer finished */
+         if (i<MAXBUF)
+            {
+            p_iow(serH,P_FSET,&wowbuf[i]);
+            i++;
+            }
+         else
+            {
+            i=0;
+            p_iow(serH,P_FSET,&wowbuf[i]);
+            }
+         QueueTimer(FLASH_TIME);
+         continue;
+         }
+      else
+         {/* Missing status word so fatal error */
+         p_printf("***Stray status error***");
+         break;
+         }
+      }
+   p_close(timH);
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID CheckMemory(TEXT *str)
+   {
+   VOID *Heap;
+   INT fbytes;
+
+   fbytes=p_allspc(&Heap);
+   p_print("\n\t%s\r\n",str);
+   p_print("Free Heap Memory =>\r\n\t%x bytes\r\n",fbytes);
+   p_print("Free Segments =>\r\n\t%d\r\n",p_sgfree());
+   p_getch();
+   }
+
+LOCAL_C VOID MemoryTest(VOID)
+   {
+   CheckMemory("OpenPort");
+   ClosePort();
+   CheckMemory("ClosedPort");
+   UnloadLdd();
+   CheckMemory("UnoadedLdd");
+   LoadLdd();
+   CheckMemory("LoadLdd");
+   OpenPort();
+   CheckMemory("OpenPort");
+   p_printf("End of Memory Test");
+   }
+
+GLDEF_C VOID main(VOID)
+/*
+*/
+   {
+   INT ret,set=0;
+
+   PrintHeader();
+   LoadLdd();
+   OpenPort();
+Start:
+   PrintInstructions();
+   if ((ret=p_getch())=='0')
+      AlternateFlash();
+   else if (ret=='1')
+      AsynchRead();
+   else if (ret=='2')
+      SensePort();
+   else if (ret=='3')
+      {
+      while (set>=0)
+         set=SetPort();
+      set=0;
+      }
+   else if (ret=='4')
+      MemoryTest();
+   else if (ret=='q')
+      {
+      ClosePort();
+      UnloadLdd();
+      p_exit(0);
+      }
+   else
+      goto Start;
+   goto Start;
+   }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                    

code/HDK/A4TEST.PR

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#system epoc img
+#set epocinit=iplib
+#model small jpi
+
+#compile a4test
+#link a4test

code/HDK/EPOC.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - EPOC.INC
+; Epoc/Os standard include file
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 NSM  Final release
+;
+EPOC_INC	equ	1
+;
+        include ..\inc\epocdef.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocmac.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocpan.inc
+        .list

code/HDK/EPOCLIB.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - EPOCLIB.INC
+; Epoc/Os plib standard include file.
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 NSM  Final release
+;
+EPOCLIB_INC	equ	1
+;
+_TANDW	=	0
+ifdef   LATTICE
+CodeSeg macro
+pgroup  group   prog
+PGROUP	equ	<pgroup>
+prog    segment byte public 'prog'
+        assume  cs:pgroup
+        endm
+EndCodeSeg macro
+prog    ends
+        endm
+DataSeg macro   
+dgroup  group   data,udata
+DGROUP	equ	<dgroup>
+data    segment word public 'data'
+        assume  ds:dgroup,es:dgroup,ss:dgroup
+        endm
+EndDataSeg macro
+data    ends
+        endm
+UDataSeg macro  
+udata   segment word public 'data'
+        endm
+EndUDataSeg macro
+udata   ends
+        endm
+GLREF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        EXTRN	NAME:TYPE
+        ENDM
+GLDEF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        PUBLIC	NAME
+NAME	label   TYPE
+        ENDM
+GLREF_C MACRO   NAME
+        EXTRN	NAME:NEAR
+        ENDM
+endif
+;
+ifdef   TURBOC
+_TANDW	=	1
+CodeSeg macro
+PGROUP  group   _TEXT
+pgroup	equ	<PGROUP>
+_TEXT   segment byte public 'CODE'
+        assume  cs:PGROUP
+        endm
+EndCodeSeg macro
+_TEXT   ends
+        endm
+DataSeg macro   
+DGROUP  group   _DATA,_BSS
+dgroup	equ	<DGROUP>
+_DATA   segment word public 'DATA'
+        assume  ds:DGROUP,es:DGROUP,ss:DGROUP
+        endm
+EndDataSeg macro
+_DATA   ends
+        endm
+UDataSeg macro  
+_BSS    segment word public 'BSS'
+        endm
+EndUDataSeg macro
+_BSS    ends
+        endm
+GLREF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        EXTRN  _&NAME:TYPE
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+GLDEF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        PUBLIC     _&NAME
+_&NAME  label    TYPE
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+GLREF_C MACRO   NAME
+        EXTRN  _&NAME:NEAR
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+endif
+ifdef   WATCOMC
+REG_PARAM	equ	1
+ifdef	_MSC
+_TANDW	=	1
+endif
+CodeSeg macro
+PGROUP  group   _TEXT
+pgroup	equ	<PGROUP>
+_TEXT   segment byte public 'CODE'
+        assume  cs:PGROUP
+        endm
+EndCodeSeg macro
+_TEXT   ends
+        endm
+DataSeg macro   
+DGROUP  group   _DATA,_BSS
+dgroup	equ	<DGROUP>
+_DATA   segment word public 'DATA'
+        assume  ds:DGROUP,es:DGROUP,ss:DGROUP
+        endm
+EndDataSeg macro
+_DATA   ends
+        endm
+UDataSeg macro  
+_BSS    segment word public 'BSS'
+        endm
+EndUDataSeg macro
+_BSS    ends
+        endm
+GLREF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        EXTRN  NAME&_:TYPE
+NAME    EQU        NAME&_
+        ENDM
+GLDEF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        PUBLIC     NAME&_
+NAME&_  label    TYPE
+NAME    EQU        NAME&_
+        ENDM
+GLREF_C MACRO   NAME
+        EXTRN  NAME&_:NEAR
+NAME    EQU        NAME&_
+        ENDM
+endif
+ifdef   JPIC
+REG_PARAM	equ	1
+ifdef	_MSC
+_TANDW	=	1
+endif
+CodeSeg macro
+_TEXT   segment byte public 'CODE'
+        assume  cs:_TEXT
+        endm
+EndCodeSeg macro
+_TEXT   ends
+        endm
+DataSeg macro   
+DGROUP  group   _DATA,_BSS
+dgroup	equ	<DGROUP>
+_DATA   segment word public 'DATA'
+        assume  ds:DGROUP,es:DGROUP,ss:DGROUP
+        endm
+EndDataSeg macro
+_DATA   ends
+        endm
+UDataSeg macro  
+_BSS    segment word public 'BSS'
+        endm
+EndUDataSeg macro
+_BSS    ends
+        endm
+GLREF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        EXTRN  _&NAME:TYPE
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+GLDEF_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+        PUBLIC     _&NAME
+_&NAME  label    TYPE
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+GLREF_C MACRO   NAME
+        EXTRN  _&NAME:NEAR
+NAME    EQU        _&NAME
+        ENDM
+endif
+;
+LOCAL_D MACRO   NAME,TYPE
+NAME    label      TYPE
+        ENDM
+;
+ProcBegin macro _Name,_Type,_Registers
+ifdef	TURBOC
+	ProcBeginBody _&_Name,_Type,_Registers
+endif
+ifdef	JPIC
+	ProcBeginBody _&_Name,_Type,_Registers
+endif
+ifdef	WATCOMC
+	ProcBeginBody _Name&_,_Type,_Registers
+_Name    EQU        _Name&_
+endif
+ifdef	LATTICE
+	ProcBeginBody _Name,_Type,_Registers
+endif
+	endm
+ProcBegin@ macro _Name,_Type,_Registers
+	ProcBeginBody _Name,_Type,_Registers
+	endm
+ProcBeginBody macro _Name,_Type,_Registers
+_DI = 0
+_SI = 0
+if	_TANDW
+ifnb    <_Registers>
+        irpc    _flags,_Registers
+ifidni  <_flags>,<D>
+_DI     = 1
+endif
+ifidni  <_flags>,<S>
+_SI     = 1
+endif
+        endm
+endif
+endif
+;
+ProcEnd macro _flag
+ifb     <_flag>
+if      _DI
+        pop     di
+endif
+if      _SI
+        pop     si
+endif
+if	_TANDW
+ifidni  <_Type>,<bp>
+        pop     bp
+endif
+endif
+ifdef	LATTICE
+ifidni  <_Type>,<bp>
+        pop     bp
+endif
+endif
+        ret
+endif
+&_Name  endp
+        endm
+;
+        public  _Name
+ifidni  <_Type>,<far>
+_Name   proc    far
+else
+_Name   proc    near
+endif
+ifidni  <_Type>,<bp>
+if	_TANDW
+        push    bp
+        mov     bp, sp
+endif
+ifdef	LATTICE
+        push    bp
+        mov     bp, sp
+endif
+Arg1    equ     <[bp+4]>
+Arg2    equ     <[bp+6]>
+Arg3    equ     <[bp+8]>
+Arg4    equ     <[bp+10]>
+Arg5    equ     <[bp+12]>
+Arg6    equ     <[bp+14]>
+Arg7    equ     <[bp+16]>
+Arg8    equ     <[bp+18]>
+endif
+ifidni  <_Type>,<bx>
+if	_TANDW
+        mov     bx, sp
+endif
+ifdef LATTICE
+        mov     bx, sp
+endif
+Arg1    equ     <[bx+2]>
+Arg2    equ     <[bx+4]>
+Arg3    equ     <[bx+6]>
+Arg4    equ     <[bx+8]>
+Arg5    equ     <[bx+10]>
+Arg6    equ     <[bx+12]>
+Arg7    equ     <[bx+14]>
+Arg8    equ     <[bx+16]>
+endif
+if      _SI
+        push    si
+endif
+if      _DI
+        push    di
+endif
+        endm
+;
+        .list

code/HDK/EPOCSER.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - EPOCSER.INC
+; Epoc/Os standard Serial Driver defines
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 JH   Final release
+; 2.01F 05/10/90 JH   Added a define for Constant speed DTE modems
+;
+EPOCSER_INC		equ	1
+; Serial port characteristics
+SerialCharEnt   struc
+    SerialCharTbaud     db      ?       ; transmit Baud rate selector
+    SerialCharRbaud     db      ?       ; receive Baud rate selector
+    SerialCharFrame     db      ?       ; number of data, parity and stop bits
+    SerialCharParity    db      ?       ; parity selector
+    SerialCharHandshake db      ?       ; handshake flags 
+    SerialCharXon       db      ?       ; XON character 
+    SerialCharXoff      db      ?       ; XOFF character 
+    SerialCharFlags     db      ?       ; control flags
+    SerialCharTmask     dd      ?       ; terminator mask 
+SerialCharEnt   ends
+
+; Function numbers to use to call PDD functions
+SerPDDFuncOpen          equ     0
+SerPDDFuncClose         equ     2
+SerPDDFuncStart         equ     4
+SerPDDFuncStop          equ     6
+SerPDDFuncSet           equ     8
+SerPDDFuncSense         equ     10
+SerPDDFuncControl       equ     12
+SerPDDFuncEnquire       equ     14
+SerPDDFuncEnable        equ     16
+SerPDDFuncSetHandlerCS  equ     18
+
+;
+SERPARITY_ERR equ 0ffh
+SERFRAME_ERR equ 0feh
+SEROVERRUN_ERR equ 0fdh
+
+SERNOCHAR equ   0ffffh
+
+; Baud rates
+P_BAUD_50       equ 01h
+P_BAUD_75       equ 02h
+P_BAUD_110      equ 03h
+P_BAUD_134      equ 04h
+P_BAUD_150      equ 05h
+P_BAUD_300      equ 06h
+P_BAUD_600      equ 07h
+P_BAUD_1200     equ 08h
+P_BAUD_1800     equ 09h
+P_BAUD_2000     equ 0Ah
+P_BAUD_2400     equ 0Bh
+P_BAUD_3600     equ 0Ch
+P_BAUD_4800     equ 0Dh
+P_BAUD_7200     equ 0Eh
+P_BAUD_9600     equ 0Fh
+P_BAUD_19200    equ 10h
+P_BAUD_38400    equ 11h
+P_BAUD_56000    equ 12h
+
+; allocation of frame bits
+P_DATA_FRM      equ 0fh         ; number of data bits mask 
+P_DATA_5        equ 0h          ; 5 data bits
+P_DATA_6        equ 1h          ; 6 data bits
+P_DATA_7        equ 2h          ; 7 data bits
+P_DATA_8        equ 3h          ; 8 data bits
+P_TWOSTOP       equ 10h         ; 2 stop bits if set, 1 if clear
+P_PARITY        equ 20h         ; 1 parity bit if set, 0 if clear
+
+; parity - ignored unless P_PARITY is set
+P_PAR_EVEN      equ 1h          ; even parity
+P_PAR_ODD       equ 2h          ; odd parity
+P_PAR_MARK      equ 3h          ; mark parity
+P_PAR_SPACE     equ 4h          ; space parity
+
+; handshaking control
+P_OBEY_XOFF     equ 01h         ; respond to received XOFF (and XON) if set
+P_SEND_XOFF     equ 02h         ; send XOFF/XON to control receive buf if set
+P_IGN_CTS       equ 04h         ; ignore the state of CTS if set
+P_OBEY_DSR      equ 08h         ; obey the state of DSR if set
+P_FAIL_DSR      equ 10h         ; fail if DSR goes OFF if set 
+P_OBEY_DCD      equ 20h         ; obey the state of DCD if set 
+P_FAIL_DCD      equ 40h         ; fail if DCD goes OFF if set 
+
+; flags control
+P_IGNORE_PARITY equ     01h     ; ignore parity errors
+
+; For P_FCTRL function
+P_SRCTRL_CTS    equ 01h
+P_SRCTRL_DSR    equ 02h
+P_SRCTRL_DCD    equ 04h
+P_SRCTRL_DTR    equ 08h
+P_SRCTRL_RTS    equ 10h
+
+P_SRDTR_ON      equ 1h          ; to set DTR to MARK
+P_SRDTR_OFF     equ 2h          ; to set DTR to SPACE
+
+; Bit masks for P_FINQ function
+P_SRINQ_50      equ 0001h
+P_SRINQ_75      equ 0002h
+P_SRINQ_110     equ 0004h
+P_SRINQ_134     equ 0008h
+P_SRINQ_150     equ 0010h
+P_SRINQ_300     equ 0020h
+P_SRINQ_600     equ 0040h
+P_SRINQ_1200    equ 0080h
+P_SRINQ_1800    equ 0100h
+P_SRINQ_2000    equ 0200h
+P_SRINQ_2400    equ 0400h
+P_SRINQ_3600    equ 0800h
+P_SRINQ_4800    equ 1000h
+P_SRINQ_7200    equ 2000h
+P_SRINQ_9600    equ 4000h
+P_SRINQ_19200   equ 8000h
+; second baud rate word 
+P_SRINQ_38400   equ 0001h
+P_SRINQ_56000   equ 0002h
+
+; 2nd set of info 
+P_SRINQ_DATA5           equ 0001h       ; supports 5 data bits 
+P_SRINQ_DATA6           equ 0002h       ; supports 6 data bits 
+P_SRINQ_DATA7           equ 0004h       ; supports 7 data bits 
+P_SRINQ_DATA8           equ 0008h       ; supports 8 data bits 
+P_SRINQ_STOP2           equ 0010h       ; supports 2 stop bits (as well as 1) 
+P_SRINQ_PAREVEN         equ 0020h       ; supports even parity 
+P_SRINQ_PARODD          equ 0040h       ; supports odd parity 
+P_SRINQ_PARMARK         equ 0080h       ; supports mark parity 
+P_SRINQ_PARSPACE        equ 0100h       ; supports space parity 
+P_SRINQ_SETDTR          equ 0200h       ; can set DTR 
+P_SRINQ_SPLIT           equ 0400h       ; supports split Baud rates 
+P_SRINQ_XONXOFF         equ 0800h       ; Supports soft xon/xoff characters
+
+; CRC generator section
+; The Low and High bytes of the 16 bit CRC
+CrcEnt  struc
+    CrcLow      db      ?       ; CRC low byte
+    CrcHigh     db      ?       ; CRC high byte
+CrcEnt  ends
+
+;Serial Driver Media Access Control section (LLMAC)
+;
+P_MAXILEN equ 300               ; maximum length of information field
+
+;Frame type codes
+LA_LPDU equ 0                   ; The Link Acknowledge PDU 
+LD_LPDU equ 1                   ; The Link disconnect PDU 
+LR_LPDU equ 2                   ; The Link Request PDU
+LT_LPDU equ 3                   ; The Link Data PDU 
+P_FRM_BROKEN equ 4              ; A broken frame
+
+FrameEnt struc
+    FrameType   db      ?       ; frame type
+    FrameSeq    db      ?       ; frame sequence
+    FrameLen    dw      ?       ; length of information field
+    FramePbuf   dw      ?       ; ptr to data buffer 
+FrameEnt ends
+
+; LLMAC layer characteristics
+LlmacEnt struc
+    LlmacIlen   dw      ?       ; maximum information field length
+    LlmacSpeed dw       ?       ; nominal speed in characters per second
+    LlmacRtint dw       ?       ; suggested retransmission interval
+LlmacEnt ends
+
+; LINK layer structures and defines
+; IoFuncConnect service connection modes */
+P_LINK_ACCP equ 0               ; want link as acceptor 
+P_LINK_INIT equ 1               ; want link as initiator 
+
+; Link layer states 
+P_LINK_IDLE equ 0               ; no connection - idle 
+P_LINK_IDLE_LR equ 1            ; no connection - awaiting LR
+P_LINK_DATA_IDLE equ 2          ; connected - idle
+P_LINK_DATA_LA equ 3            ; connected - awaiting LA
+P_LINK_IDLE_LA equ 4            ; not connected - awaiting LA (or LT) to LR
+
+;State and event log record
+LinkLogEnt struc
+    LinkLogState    db      ?   ; Link layer state (as defined above)
+    LinkLogEvent    db      ?   ; Event that occured
+LinkLogEnt ends
+
+P_LINK_NLOG equ 32              ; Max number of debug events,states we record 
+P_LINK_LOG_MASK equ 0C0h
+P_LINK_LOG_PANIC equ 0C0h       ; panic number
+P_LINK_LOG_MAC equ 0            ; MAC request or timer
+P_LINK_LOG_REQ equ 80h          ; User request
+P_LINK_LOG_COMP equ 40h         ; User completion
+
+LinkDataEnt struc
+    LinkDataLlmac  LlmacEnt     <>
+    LinkDataBrokenCount dw      ?       ; count of broken frames
+    LinkDataRetranCount dw      ?       ; re-transmission count
+LinkDataEnt ends
+
+; Comms I/O drivers shared code header structs
+; Flag defines
+RQ_TIMER equ 01h                ; a timer has been started 
+RQ_SUPER equ 02h                ; a supervisory read has been started 
+RQ_WRITE equ 04h                ; a write has been started 
+RQ_READ equ 08h                 ; a data read has been started 
+RQ_DISABLE_HANDLER equ 10h      ; set to disable handers
+RQ_ANY equ (RQ_TIMER or RQ_SUPER or RQ_WRITE or RQ_READ)
+
+;Flag bits to indicate various features of the link layer event.
+QUEUE_XMIT_LA equ 20h           ; queue an LA when the transmit completes 
+LINK_ACTIVE equ 40h             ; set between a P_FCONNECT and a disconnect 
+USER_DATA_PENDING equ 80h
+
+; DONT CHANGE THE ORDER OF THIS !!
+IoRequestEnt    struc
+        IoRequestChan           ChanEnt <>      ; I/O control block
+        IoRequestWaitHandler    dw      ?       ; wait handler vector number
+        IoRequestRqRead         RqEnt   <>      ; Read request packet
+        IoRequestRqWrite        RqEnt   <>      ; Write request packet
+        IoRequestRqSuper        RqEnt   <>      ; Supervisorry request packet
+        IoRequestTimerPcb       dw      ?       ; open Timer cb
+        IoRequestTimerStat      dw      ?       ; timer completion status
+        IoRequestReadStat       dw      ?       ; read completion status
+        IoRequestWriteStat      dw      ?       ; write completion status
+        IoRequestSuperStat      dw      ?       ; supervisory completion status
+        IoRequestFlags          db      ?       ; controlling flags
+        IoRequestState          db      ?       ; current internal state
+IoRequestEnt    ends
+
+LnkEnt  struc
+        LnkIoRequest            IoRequestEnt <> ; I/O header
+        LnkLinkData             LinkDataEnt <>  ; Link layer data 
+        LnkNumberLog            dw      ?       ; current log table event no.
+        LnkLogTable             db (size LinkLogEnt)*P_LINK_NLOG dup (?)
+LnkEnt ends
+
+; XMODEM structures and defines
+; IoFuncConnect service connection modes */
+P_XMDM_ACCP equ 0               ; want link as acceptor 
+P_XMDM_INIT equ 1               ; want link as initiator 
+      
+; Xmodem link types
+P_XMDM_CRCORCHECKSUM    equ     0
+P_XMDM_CRCMODE          equ     1
+P_XMDM_CHECKSUMMODE     equ     2
+P_YMODEM_MODE           equ     3
+P_YMODEM_G_MODE         equ     4
+P_XMDM_ONE_K            equ     8000h
+
+;Xmodem/Ymodem supported flags 
+P_FXMDM_SENSE           equ	0ffh    ; I/O function number
+P_XSUP_XMODEM           equ	01h     ; original Xmodem checksum
+P_XSUP_XMODEM_CRC       equ	02h     ; Xmodem with CRC
+P_XSUP_ONE_K_OPTION     equ	04h     ; 1k frames
+P_XSUP_YMODEM           equ	08h     ; Ymodem
+P_XSUP_YMODEM_G         equ	10h     ; Ymodem-G
+
+; Xmodem State defines
+P_XMDM_IDLE             equ P_LINK_IDLE ; idle state (no connection)
+P_XMDM_CONNECT_RECEIVE  equ     1       ; receive connect state
+P_XMDM_CONNECT_TRANSMIT equ     2       ; Transmit connect state
+P_XMDM_DATA_RECEIVE     equ     3       ; receive data state
+P_XMDM_DATA_TRANSMIT    equ     4       ; transmit data state
+P_XMDM_DATA_TRANSMIT_ACK equ    5       ; awaiting ACK to transmitted data
+
+;State and event log record
+XmdmLogEnt struc
+        LinkLogEnt <>
+XmdmLogEnt ends
+
+P_XMDM_NLOG equ P_LINK_NLOG     ; Max number of debug events,states we record 
+P_XMDM_LOG_MASK equ P_LINK_LOG_MASK
+P_XMDM_LOG_PANIC equ P_LINK_LOG_PANIC       ; panic number
+P_XMDM_LOG_REQ equ P_LINK_LOG_REQ           ; User request
+P_XMDM_LOG_COMP equ P_LINK_LOG_COMP         ; User completion
+
+; Modem driver info
+; what options are selected
+P_MDM_TONE      equ     01h
+P_MDM_BELL      equ     02h
+P_MDM_NO_MODULATION     equ     04h
+P_MDM_CONSTANT_SPEED    equ     08h     ; modem provides constant speed interface if set
+
+; error correction types
+P_MDM_ERRCORRECT_NONE   equ     00h
+P_MDM_ERRCORRECT        equ     01h
+P_MDM_ERRCORRECT_MNP    equ     02h
+P_MDM_ERRCORRECT_V42    equ     03h
+
+ModemCharEnt    struc
+        ModemCharSupport        dw      ?       ; flags saying what supported
+        ModemCharOptions        dw      ?       ; Selected options
+        ModemCharBaudRate       dw      ?       ; Baud rate running at
+        ModemCharConnHand       db      ?       ; Connected handshaking
+        ModemCharCallHand       db      ?       ; Wait for call handshaking
+ModemCharEnt    ends
+
+        .list

code/HDK/EPOCSIBO.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - EPOCSIBO.INC
+; Epoc/Os SIBO specific include file
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 NSM  Final release
+;
+EPOCSIBO_INC		equ	1
+;
+SupplyEnt struc
+MainBatteryReading	dw	?
+LithiumBatteryReading	dw	?
+MainsPresent		dw	?
+SupplyEnt ends
+;
+SupplyWarningsEnt struc
+MainBatteryWarning	dw	?
+LithiumBatteryWarning	dw	?
+MainBatteryMaxValue	dw	?
+LithiumBatteryMaxValue	dw	?
+SupplyWarningsEnt ends
+;
+MainBatZero		equ	0
+MainBatVeryLow		equ	1
+MainBatLow		equ	2
+MainBatGood		equ	3
+;
+SupplySoundWarning	equ	0001h
+SupplyFlashWarning	equ	0002h
+SupplySystemTimeChanged	equ	0004h
+;
+SupplyInfoEnt struc
+SuMainBatLevel		db	?
+SuMainBatStatus		db	?
+SuBackupBatLevel	db	?
+SuDcLevel		db	?
+SuWarningFlags		dw	?
+SuInsertionDate		dd	?
+SuTicksInUseBattery	dd	?
+SuTicksInUseDc		dd	?
+SuMilliampTicks		dd	?
+SupplyInfoEnt ends
+;
+SsdUnitInfo struc
+SsdUnitStatus		db	?
+SsdUnitType		db	?
+SsdUnitDevices		db	?
+SsdUnitAsicType		db	?
+SsdUnitChanged		db	?
+SsdUnitReadCmd		db	?
+SsdUnitTotalSectors	dw	?
+SsdUnitMask		dw	?
+SsdUnitSectorsPerDevice	dw	?
+SsdUnitSpare		db	?
+SsdUnitShift		db	?
+SsdUnitDoReadCmd	dw	?
+SsdUnitInfo ends
+;
+SsdData struc
+SsdUnitInfoBuffer SsdUnitInfo 4 dup(<>)
+SsdDoorStatus	db	?
+SsdDoorDelay	db	?
+SsdPakCritical	db	?
+SsdDoorOpened	db	?
+SsdOldFrcVector dd	?
+SsdFrcFlag      dw      ?
+SsdPakChannel   db      ?
+SsdWriteFlag	db	?
+SsdFlashCount	dw	?
+SsdFlashVector	dw	?
+SsdFlashAddress	dw	?
+SsdFlashOffset	dw	?
+SsdFlashMaxProgramPulses dw ?
+SsdSaveStack    dw      ?
+SsdNeedSerialResume db	?
+SsdBackTo4	db	?
+SsdA9DoorNmiEnabled db	?
+SsdSpare	db	?
+SsdFlashProgram	dw	?
+SsdNewPddSpareBuffer db 400h dup (?)
+SsdData ends
+;
+        .list
+

code/HDK/OSPACK.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - OSPACK.INC
+; Epoc/Os Sibo packs include file.
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 CJ   Final release
+; 2.50A 24/01/93 NSM  Changed to support S3B/C
+;
+DoorOpen	equ	001h
+DoorClosed	equ	000h
+;
+; ASIC4 STRUCTURES AND REGISTER BITS
+; ==================================
+;
+ASIC5TYPE		equ	0
+ASIC4TYPE		equ	1
+;
+ASIC4R	struc
+A4Data		db	 ?
+A4Portb		db	 ?
+A4IncAddress	db	 ?
+A4Address	db	 ?
+A4Dum4		db	 ?
+A4Dum5		db	 ?
+A4Dum6		db	 ?
+A4Control	db	 ?
+ASIC4R	ends
+;
+A4PortbMode	equ	A4IncAddress
+A4InfoR		equ	A4Portb
+A4CsSetupW	equ	A4Portb
+A4XInfo record A4MXPeriph:1,A4MXType:1,A4MXDevices:1,A4MXBlocks:1, \
+	       A4MXCheat:1,A4MXExtra:2,A4MXLowBat:1
+;
+A4SpecialMode	equ	2
+A4NormalMode	equ	0
+;
+A4LBO		equ	080h		; Enable low battery check
+SetVppOn	equ	010h		; Enable VPP bit in A4CONTROL
+SetVppOff	equ	000h		; Disable VPP
+VppOnDelay	equ	5		; i.e. 5ms.
+BatteryDelay	equ	1		; 1 ms
+;
+; INTEL FLASH EPROM COMMANDS
+; ==========================
+;
+ReadCmd		equ	0		; Set into read mode when VPP is on
+EraseCmd	equ	020h		; Start erase cycle
+EraseVerifyCmd	equ	0a0h		; Erase verify byte
+ProgramCmd	equ	040h		; Start program cycle
+ProgramVerifyCmd equ	0c0h		; Program verify byte
+MaxProgramPulses equ	25		; Number of programs per byte
+MaxErasePulses	equ	1000		; Number of erase cycles
+EraseDelay	equ	10		; Erase program delay 10mS
+;
+; INTEL TYPE2 FLASH EPROM COMMANDS
+; ================================
+;
+Type2ReadCmd		equ	0FFh	; Read byte with VPP on
+Type2EraseCmd		equ	0D0h	; Start erase cycle
+Type2EraseSetup		equ	020h	; Erase verify byte
+Type2ProgramCmd		equ	040h	; Start program cycle
+Type2ClearStatus	equ	050h	; Clear status byte
+Type2ReadStatus		equ	070h	; Read status byte
+Type2MaxProgramPulses 	equ	1	; Number of programs per byte
+Type2ProgramTimeout	equ	150	; 150 frames at 3.2 us is >450 us.
+Type2EraseTimeout	equ	321	; 320 ticks is 10 seconds.
+;	Status Register Format
+Type2StatusBusy		equ	80h
+Type2EraseSuspended	equ	40h
+Type2EraseSuccess	equ	20h
+Type2WriteSuccess	equ	10h
+Type2VPPFail		equ	08h
+;
+if	HandHeld
+  if	Corporate or S3c
+Max01Units      equ     2
+  else
+Max01Units      equ     3
+  endif
+else
+Max01Units      equ     4
+endif
+;
+; DATA STRUCTURES
+; ===============
+;
+InfoRec record PackType:3,NumberOfChips:2,BlocksPerChip:3
+;
+TypeRam			equ	0
+TypeIntelFlash		equ	1
+Type2IntelFlash		equ	2
+TypeUnknown		equ	3
+TypeRom			equ	6
+TypeWriteProtected	equ	7
+;
+UnitShiftNumber		equ	4 ; 2^UnitShift must equal size of UnitInfo
+;
+UnitInfo struc			; This must be an whole power of 2
+UnitStatus		db	?
+UnitType		db	?
+UnitDevices		db	?
+UnitAsicType		db	?
+UnitChanged		db	?
+UnitReadCmd		db	?
+UnitTotalSectors	dw	?
+UnitMask		dw	?
+UnitSectorsPerDevice	dw	?
+UnitSpare		db	?
+UnitShift		db	?
+UnitDoReadCmd		dw	?
+UnitInfo ends
+;
+UnitBufferInBxFromBl macro
+	xor	bh, bh
+	rept	UnitShiftNumber
+	shl	bx, 1
+	endm
+	add	bx, offset OsDataGroup:OsUnitInfoBuffer
+	endm
+;
+	.list
+

code/HDK/OSSIBO.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
+        .xlist
+; Include file - OSSIBO.INC
+; Epoc/Os Sibo include file.
+; Copyright (c) Psion PLC 1989-90.
+;
+;  VER    DATE    BY  DESCRIPTION
+; ----- -------- ---- -----------
+; 2.00F 30/09/90 NSM  Final release
+;
+NoNullFrames		equ	1
+;
+if	Asic1
+A1Ent	struc
+A1Dummy			dw	?
+A1Control		dw	?
+A1LcdSize		dw	?
+A1LcdControl		dw	?
+A1InterruptMask		dw	?
+A1NonSpecificEoi	dw	?
+A1TimerEoi		dw	?
+A1FrcEoi		dw	?
+A1ResetWatchDog		dw	?
+A1FrcControl		dw	?
+A1ProtectionOn		dw	?
+A1ProtectionUpper	dw	?
+A1ProtectionLower	dw	?
+A1SoundLsw		dw	?
+A1SoundMsw		dw	?
+A1SoundControl		dw	?
+A1Ent ends
+;
+A1Status		equ	A1Control
+A1ProtectionOff		equ	A1ProtectionOn
+A1InterruptStatus	equ	A1LcdControl
+;
+A1StatusR record LcdData:2,Rtc4Hz:1,SldMsw:1,ComboBusy:1,Rtc32Hz:1,ExternalNmi:1,WatchDogNmi:1,SldTx:1,A1SldEnable:1,LcdEnable:1,Ram512:1,Ram128:1,FrcSource:1,TickRate:1,FrcMode:1
+A1LcdSizeR record LcdMLineEnable:1,LcdNumberOfPixels:5,LcdEndOfFrame:10
+A1LcdControlR record LcdMode:2,LcdMLineRate:5,LcdRate:5
+A1InterruptMaskR record SldTransmit:1,SldReceive:1,FrcExpired:1,Asic2Int:1,ExpIntLeftA:1,ExpIntRightB:1,Mains:1,Timer:1
+ExpAddressLeftA		equ	0200h
+ExpAddressRightB	equ	0100h
+ExpChannelLeftA		equ	SelectChannel6
+ExpChannelRightB	equ	SelectChannel5
+;
+; Asic1 dependent constants
+;
+ResetWatchDog		equ	A1ResetWatchDog
+;
+A2Ent struc
+A2Dummy			db	080h dup(?)
+A2Index			dw	?
+A2Control		dw	?
+A2Control1		dw	?
+A2Control2		dw	?
+A2Control3		dw	?
+A2SerialData		dw	?
+A2SerialControl		dw	?
+A2ChannelControl	dw	?
+A2Ent ends
+;
+A2External		equ	A2Control1
+A2InterruptStatus	equ	A2Control2
+A2Status		equ	A2Control3
+A2KeyData		equ	A2SerialControl
+A2SlaveData		equ	A2ChannelControl
+A2IControl0		equ	0
+A2IControl1		equ	1
+A2IWrite		equ	2
+A2IDDR			equ	3
+;
+A2InterruptStatusR record SlaveDataOverrun:1,SlaveDataControl:1,SlaveDataValid:1,ExpansionInterrupt:1,DoorInterrupt:1
+A2StatusR record A2RevId:1,A2XExt:1,A2Sdis:1,SerialBusy:1,SerialClockState:1,A1ResetFlag:1,WakeUp:1,A1OnKey:1
+A2Control1R record SerialClockRate:2,KeyScan:4
+A2Control2R record ClockEnable7:1,ClockEnable6:1,ClockEnable5:1,BuzzerMode:1,BuzzerVolume:1,BuzzerToggle:1,XySwitch:1,DigitizerEnable:1
+A2Control3R record ElEnable:1,VhControl:1,ExpansionEnable:1,DoorEnable:1,SerialEnable:1,A2SldEnable:1,Ps34Acknowledge:1,SerialNull:1
+A2ChannelControlR record MultiplexEnable:1,ChannelSelect:3,Pack4Enable:1,Pack3Enable:1,Pack2Enable:1,Pack1Enable:1
+;
+ClockRateSlow		equ	2
+ClockRateMedium		equ	0
+ClockRateFast		equ	3
+SelectChannel0		equ	(4 shl ChannelSelect)
+SelectChannel1		equ	(mask Pack1Enable)
+SelectChannel2		equ	(mask Pack2Enable)
+SelectChannel3		equ	(mask Pack3Enable)
+SelectChannel4		equ	(mask Pack4Enable)
+SelectChannel5		equ	(5 shl ChannelSelect)
+SelectChannel6		equ	(6 shl ChannelSelect)
+SelectChannel7		equ	(7 shl ChannelSelect)
+;
+SCONTOUT macro
+	out	A2SerialControl, al
+	endm
+;
+SDATAOUT macro
+	out	A2SerialData, al
+	endm
+;
+SDATAIN macro
+	in	al, A2SerialData
+	endm
+;
+SBUSY	macro
+        wait
+	endm
+;
+SREAD	macro _REG
+	mov	al, SerialReadSingle or _REG
+	out	A2SerialControl, al
+	nop
+	SBUSY
+	in	al, A2SerialData
+	endm
+;
+SREADM	macro _REG
+	mov	al, SerialReadMulti or _REG
+	out	A2SerialControl, al
+	nop
+	SBUSY
+	in	al, A2SerialData
+	endm
+;
+SWRITE	macro _REG,_VAL
+	mov	al, SerialWriteSingle or _REG
+	out	A2SerialControl, al
+	SBUSY
+	mov	al, _VAL
+	out	A2SerialData, al
+	endm
+;
+SWRITEM macro _REG,_VAL
+	mov	al, SerialWriteMulti or _REG
+	out	A2SerialControl, al
+	SBUSY
+	mov	al, _VAL
+	out	A2SerialData, al
+	endm
+;
+SETSPEED macro _SPEED
+	pushf
+	cli
+	mov	al, OsA2Control1
+	and	al, not mask SerialClockRate
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<FAST>
+	or	al, ClockRateFast shl SerialClockRate
+  endif
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<NORMAL>
+	or	al, ClockRateMedium shl SerialClockRate
+  endif
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<SLOW>
+	or	al, ClockRateSlow shl SerialClockRate
+  endif
+	mov	OsA2Control1, al
+	out	A2Control1, al
+	popf
+	endm
+;
+  if	LapTop
+XPUSHFCLI macro
+	pushf
+	cli
+	endm
+XPOPF	macro
+	popf
+	endm
+  else
+XPUSHFCLI macro
+	endm
+XPOPF	macro
+	endm
+  endif
+;
+XNOP	macro
+	endm
+;
+@HwNullFrame macro
+	call	OsHwNullFrame
+        endm
+;
+A3Ent struc
+A3Adc			db	?
+A3Control1		db	?
+A3Setup			db	?
+A3Control2		db	?
+A3Dummy1		db	3 dup (?)
+A3Control3		db	?
+A3Dummy2		db	5 dup (?)
+A3Status		db	?
+A3Dummy3		db	?
+A3Ent ends
+;
+A3AdcLsbR record InvertedBit:1,OtherBits:7
+A3AdcMsbR record Polarity:1,Overrange:1,AdcBits:4
+A3Control1R record Vcc5Enable:1,Vcc4Enable:1,Vcc3Enable:1,DtoaBits:5
+A3Control2R record AnalogueMultiplex:2,VhSoftStart:1,Vee2SoftStart:1,Vee1SoftStart:1,VhEnable:1,Vee2Enable:1,Vee1Enable:1
+A3Control3R record AdcReadHighEnable:1,OffEnable:1,xDummy1:1
+Ps34ControlR record Ps34Vcc3:1,xDummy2:1,Ps34Vcc4:1,xDummy3:1,Ps34Vcc5:1,xDummy4:3
+;
+AdcDigitizer		equ	0
+AdcVh			equ	1
+AdcMainBattery		equ	2
+AdcLithiumBattery	equ	3
+A3SetupValue		equ	2
+A3SelectId		equ	(SerialSelect or Asic5NormalId)
+A3InfoByte		equ	080h
+;
+Vee1SoftStartDelay	equ	(30*128)
+Vee2SoftStartDelay	equ	(30*128)
+VhSoftStartDelay	equ	(100*128)
+Vee1OffDelay		equ	(100*128)
+Vee2OffDelay		equ	(100*128)
+VhOffDelay		equ	(100*128)
+Vcc3Delay		equ	(25*128)
+Vcc4Delay		equ	(25*128)
+Vcc5Delay		equ	(25*128)
+Vcc4OffFrames		equ	(25)
+Vcc1_4To5Delay		equ	(3)  ; Pan only in ms.
+Vcc1_4to5OffFrames	equ	(20) ; Gives 392 frames = 6.0 ms
+Vcc1_4to5OnTime		equ	4    ; Gives 4 ms
+;
+PS34R_ADC	equ	0
+PS34R_STATUS	equ	1
+PS34W_CONTROL	equ	0
+PS34W_DTOA	equ	1
+PS34W_OFF	equ	0eh
+;
+PS34STATR record pPowerFail:1,pColdStart:1,pVhready:1,pPenup:1,pNc:1,pAdmsb:3
+PS34CONTR record pVcc3:1,pVee1:1,pVcc4:1,pVee2:1,pVcc5:1,pVh:1,pVhpower:2
+PS34DTOAR record pNcc:1,pAdcsel:2,pDac:5
+;
+ADCSEL_ADCIN	equ	0
+ADCSEL_VIN	equ	1
+ADCSEL_VH	equ	2
+ADCSEL_VBATT	equ	3
+;
+VHP1TO8		equ	0
+VHP1TO4		equ	1
+VHP1TO2		equ	2
+VHP1TO1		equ	3
+;
+PPowerControl	equ	0100h
+PPowerControlR	record	PVcc5Enable:1,PSoundEnable:1,PVee1Enable:1,PDropVoltage:1,PDac:4
+PPia		record	PSoundVol:2,PClearCold:1,PDcPresent:1,PColdFlag:1,PLithiumWarn:1,PVinWarn:1
+PSoundControl	equ	0200h
+endif
+;
+A3StatusR record PowerFail:1,ColdStart:1
+AIntfR    record ResetFlag:1,DummyWakeUp:1,OnKey:1
+if	Asic1
+  if	((mask ResetFlag) ne (mask A1ResetFlag)) or \
+	((mask OnKey) ne (mask A1OnKey))
+	.err	Reset or OnKey flags are not equal
+  endif
+endif
+;
+SerialWriteSingle	equ	10000000b
+SerialWriteMulti	equ	10010000b
+SerialReadSingle	equ	11000000b
+SerialReadMulti		equ	11010000b
+SerialReset		equ	00000000b
+SerialSelect		equ	01000000b
+;
+Asic4Id			equ	006h
+Asic5PackId		equ	002h
+Asic5NormalId		equ	003h
+Asic6Id			equ	004h
+Asic8Id			equ	005h
+Asic2SlaveId		equ	01fh
+;
+; Asic5 info byte structure
+;
+A5InfoByteR record A5TTL:1,A5Modem:1,A5MultiDrop:1,A5Barcode:1,A5Other:2,A5Parallel:1,A5Rs232:1
+A5OtherRom	equ	(1 shl A5Other)
+A5OtherMCRTTL	equ	(3 shl A5Other)
+A5MCR		equ	(2 shl A5Other)
+;
+if	Consumer
+  if	S3b
+DefaultLcdContrast	equ	9
+  else
+DefaultLcdContrast	equ	7
+  endif
+else
+if	S3c
+DefaultLcdContrast	equ	9
+else
+DefaultLcdContrast	equ	15
+endif
+endif
+;
+InterruptBase		equ	078h
+;
+if	Asic9
+KeyPollColumns        	equ	8
+else
+KeyPollColumns        	equ	10
+endif
+KeyInitialDelay		equ	24
+if	Consumer or S3c
+KeyRepeatDelay		equ	2
+else
+KeyRepeatDelay		equ	4
+endif
+PenUpDelay		equ	16
+MouseDownDelay		equ	8
+KeySettleDelay		equ	24
+KeyCntrlMask		equ	00000001b
+KeyLeftShiftMask	equ	00000010b
+KeyPsionMask		equ	00000100b
+KeyCapsMask		equ	00001000b
+KeyRightShiftMask	equ	00010000b
+DigitizerRowMask	equ	00010000b
+PsionScanCode		equ 	6
+CapsScanCode		equ	5
+PsionUpScanCode		equ	65
+;
+PostRomTest		equ	010h
+PostSystemRamTest	equ	020h
+PostVideoRamTest	equ	030h
+PostComplete		equ	0f0h
+if	Consumer or S3c
+PostPort		equ	0h
+else
+PostPort		equ	01ffh
+endif
+;
+if	HandHeld
+	VideoRamSegment		equ	00040h
+	VideoRamBase		equ	00000h
+  if	Corporate
+	VideoRamWords		equ	00320h
+  else
+    if	S3b
+	VideoRamWords		equ	02580h
+    else
+      if S3c
+	VideoRamWords		equ	00C80h
+      else
+	VideoRamWords		equ	00500h
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+else
+	VideoRamSegment		equ	0b800h
+	VideoRamBase		equ	00000h
+	VideoRamWords		equ	04000h
+endif
+;
+CalSeg		equ	0fffeh
+CalEnt	struc
+CalVsupCLsw	dw	?
+CalVsupCMsw	dw	?
+CalVsupM	dw	?
+CalVlthCLsw	dw	?
+CalVlthCMsw	dw	?
+CalVlthM	dw	?
+CalType		dw	?
+CalEnt	ends
+;
+CHKeyDataR record CHInSled:1,CHMains:1,CHDummy:2
+;
+IntBXHw		equ	-2
+;
+if	Asic9
+A9WControlRW		equ	0002h
+  A9RControl record	A9MFrc2Is512KHzOr1KHz:1,A9MFrc2PreScale:1,\
+    			A9MFrc1Is512KHzOr1Hz:1,A9MFrc1PreScale:1,\
+    			A9MSoundEnable:1,A9MLcdEnable:1,\
+    			A9MLowBatNMIEnable:1,A9MDoorNMIEnable:1,\
+    			A9MZeroIsGrayMode:1,A9MArmStandBy:1,\
+    			A9MDisableDMADivide:1,A9MRamDeviceSize:2,\
+    			A9MDisableMemWait:1,A9MDisableIoWait:1,\
+    			A9MDisableClockDivide:1
+  A9VRam256KBits	equ	(0 shl A9MRamDeviceSize)
+  A9VRam1MBits		equ	(1 shl A9MRamDeviceSize)
+  A9VRam4MBits		equ	(2 shl A9MRamDeviceSize)
+  A9VRam16MBits		equ	(3 shl A9MRamDeviceSize)
+  A9XRamDeviceSizeMask	equ	(3 shl A9MRamDeviceSize)
+A9WStatusR		equ	0004h
+  A9RStatus record	A9MCold:1,A9MPowerFail:1,\
+    			A9MReset:1,A9MNoBattery:1,\
+    			A9MFifoFull:1,A9MSlaveOverrun:1,\
+    			A9MSlaveControlFrame:1,A9MSlaveDataValid:1,\
+    			A9MKeyboard:1,A9MSlaveClock:1,\
+    			A9MMainsPresent:1,A9MDoorSwitch:1,\
+    			A9MLowBatNMI:1,A9MDoorNMI:1,\
+    			A9MProtectedModeNMI:1,A9MWatchDogNMI:1
+  A9MLcdType		equ	8
+  A9XLcdType		equ	0000111100000000b
+A9WLcdSizeW		equ	0004h
+  A9RLcdSize record	A9MLcdLineLength:5,A9MLcdNumberOfPixels:11
+A9WLcdControlW		equ	0006h
+  A9RLcdControl record	A9MLcdMode:2,A9MLcdACLineRate:5,A9MLcdPixelRate:5
+  A9VSinglePage1	equ	(0 shl A9MLcdMode)
+  A9VSinglePage2	equ	(1 shl A9MLcdMode)
+  A9VSinglePage1And2	equ	(2 shl A9MLcdMode)
+  A9VDualPage1And2	equ	(3 shl A9MLcdMode)
+A9BInterruptStatusR	equ	0006h
+A9BInterruptMaskRW	equ	0008h
+  A9RInterrupts record	A9MFrc2:1,A9MFrc1:1,\
+    			A9MExpIntB:1,A9MExpIntA:1,A9MExpIntC:1,\
+    			A9MSlave:1,A9MTimer:1,A9MSound:1
+A9BNmiClearW		equ	0009h
+A9BNonSpecificEoiW	equ	000ah
+A9BStartFlagClearW	equ	000bh
+A9BTimerEoiW		equ	000ch
+A9BSerialSlaveEoiW	equ	000dh
+A9BFrc1EoiW		equ	000eh
+A9BFrc2EoiW		equ	000fh
+A9WResetWatchDogW	equ	0010h
+A9WFrc1DataRW		equ	0012h
+A9BProtectionOnW	equ	0014h
+A9BProtectionOffR	equ	0014h
+A9BProtectionOffW	equ	0015h
+A9WProtectionUpperW	equ	0016h
+A9WProtectionLowerW	equ	0018h
+A9BSoundDataRW		equ	001ah
+A9BSoundEoiW		equ	001ch
+A9WFrc2DataRW		equ	001eh
+A9WPortABDataRW		equ	0020h
+if	S3b
+  A9RPortABData record  A9MKeyId0:1,A9MSleepDoorNmiDisabled:1,\
+    			A9MBatLevel2:1,A9MBatLevel1:1,A9MLiBatLevel:1,\
+    			A9MKeyRow:11
+endif
+if	S3c
+  A9RPortABData record  A9MKeyIdX2:1,A9MNiCdDetect:1,\
+    			A9MBatLevel2:1,A9MBatLevel1:1,A9MLiBatLevel:1,\
+    			A9MKeyIdX1:1,A9MKeyIdX0:0,A9MKeyRowX8:1,\
+    			A9MCradle:1,A9MKeyRowX:7
+endif
+A9BPortADataRW		equ	0020h
+A9BPortBDataRW		equ	0021h
+A9WPortABDDRRW		equ	0022h
+  A9VPortABDDR		equ	0000000000000000b
+A9BPortADDRRW		equ	0022h
+A9BPortBDDRRW		equ	0023h
+A9WPortCDDataRW		equ	0024h
+if	S3b
+  A9RPortCDData record	A9MVccPacksEnable:1,A9MCodecEnable:1,\
+    			A9MVccLcdEnable:1,A9MLcdPanelEnable:1,\
+    			A9MLcdContrast:4,A9MVolume:2,\
+    			A9MReproEnable:1,A9MAltDoorNMIEnable:1,\
+    			A9MAmplifierEnable:1,A9MKeyIdEnable:1,\
+    			A9MKeyId2:1,A9MKeyId1:1
+  A9VVolumeLow		equ	(mask A9MVolume)
+  A9VPortCDData		equ	0000111100000000b
+  A9VPortCDDDR		equ	not (1111000011111100b)
+endif
+if	S3c
+  A9RPortCDData record	A9MVccPacksEnable:1,A9MCodecEnable:1,\
+    			A9MVccLcdEnable:1,A9MLcdPanelEnable:1,\
+    			A9MLcdContrast:4,A9MVolume:2,\
+    			A9MReproEnable:1,A9MAltDoorNMIEnable:1,\
+    			A9MAmplifierEnable:1,A9MKeyIdEnable:1,\
+    			A9MBuzVolX:1,A9MBacklightEnableX:1
+  A9VVolumeLow		equ	(mask A9MVolume)
+  A9VPortCDData		equ	0000111100000000b
+  A9VPortCDDDR		equ	not (1111000011111111b)
+endif
+A9BPortCDataRW		equ	0024h
+A9BPortDDataRW		equ	0025h
+A9WPortCDDDRRW		equ	0026h
+A9BPortCDDRRW		equ	0026h
+A9BPortDDDRRW		equ	0027h
+A9BPageSelect6000RW	equ	0028h
+A9BPageSelect7000RW	equ	0029h
+A9BPageSelect8000RW	equ	002ah
+A9BPageSelect9000RW	equ	002bh
+A9WControlExtraRW	equ	002ch
+  A9RControlExtraRW record A9MSlaveIntEnable:1,A9MClkDiv:2,\
+    			A9MClockEnable5:1,A9MClockEnable4:1,\
+    			A9MClockEnable3:1,A9MClockEnable2:1,\
+    			A9MClockEnable1:1,A9MSoundDir:1,\
+    			A9MExonDisable:1,A9MBuzzFromFrc1OrTog:1,\
+    			A9MBuzzTog:1,A9MKeyCol:4
+  A9VKeyColHigh		equ	0
+  A9VKeyColLow		equ	1
+  A9VKeyCol0		equ	8
+  A9VClkDiv1		equ	(3 shl A9MClkDiv)
+  A9VClkDiv2		equ	(2 shl A9MClkDiv)
+  A9VClkDiv3		equ	(1 shl A9MClkDiv)
+  A9VClkDiv4		equ	(0 shl A9MClkDiv)
+A9WPumpControlRW	equ	002eh
+  A9RPumpControl record A9MVhPumpDc:4,A9MVhPumpBat:4,\
+    			A9MLcdPump:4,A9MPump2:4
+  A9VVhPumpBat		equ	(14 shl A9MVhPumpBat)
+  A9VVhPumpBatSoft	equ	(4 shl A9MVhPumpBat)
+  A9VVhPumpBatMedium	equ	(8 shl A9MVhPumpBat)
+  A9VVhPumpDC		equ	(2 shl A9MVhPumpDc)
+  A9VVhPumpDCSoft	equ	(1 shl A9MVhPumpDc)
+  A9VLcdPump		equ	(7 shl A9MLcdPump)
+  A9VLcdPumpSoft	equ	(1 shl A9MLcdPump)
+  A9VPacksPumpSoft	equ	(15 shl A9MPump2)
+  A9VVhPumpDelay	equ	100	; Milliseconds
+  A9VLcdPumpDelay	equ	5	; Milliseconds
+  A9VCC3OnDelay		equ	1	; Milliseconds
+  A9VCCPacksDelay	equ	20	; Milliseconds    
+  A9VCC2Delay		equ	10	; Milliseconds
+A9WRtcLSWRW		equ	0080h
+A9WRtcMSWRW		equ	0082h
+A9WNullFrameW		equ	0084h
+A9BSlaveDataR		equ	0088h
+A9BSerialDataRW		equ	008ah
+A9BSerialControlW	equ	008ch
+A9BChannelSelectRW	equ	008eh
+  A9RChannelSelect record A9MMultiplexEnable:1,A9MSerialClockRate:2,\
+    			A9MPack5Enable:1,A9MPack4Enable:1,\
+    			A9MPack3Enable:1,A9MPack2Enable:1,\
+    			A9MPack1Enable:1
+  A9VSClkRateMedium	equ	(0 shl A9MSerialClockRate)
+  A9VSClkRateSpecial	equ	(1 shl A9MSerialClockRate)
+  A9VSClkRateSlow	equ	(2 shl A9MSerialClockRate)
+  A9VSClkRateFast	equ	(3 shl A9MSerialClockRate)
+;
+; Asic9 Dependent constants
+;
+ResetWatchDog		equ	A9WResetWatchDogW
+SelectChannel1		equ	(mask A9MPack1Enable)
+SelectChannel2		equ	(mask A9MPack2Enable)
+SelectChannel3		equ	(mask A9MPack3Enable)
+SelectChannel4		equ	(mask A9MPack4Enable)
+SelectChannel5		equ	(mask A9MPack5Enable)
+;
+; Current usage values
+;
+IdleCurrent		equ	23
+RunCurrent		equ	51
+Asic5SerialCurrent	equ	54
+Flash1ProgramCurrent	equ	76
+Flash2ProgramCurrent	equ	99
+Flash1EraseCurrent	equ	94
+Flash2EraseCurrent	equ	129
+;
+; We add 26 because most of the work is under the NULL process.
+; The value is 26 and not 28 because 10% of the time we are
+; under the sound server.
+;
+SoundCurrentPlayV3	equ	(25+20)
+SoundCurrentPlayV2	equ	(30+20)
+SoundCurrentPlayV1	equ	(55+20)
+SoundCurrentPlayV0	equ	(120+20)
+;
+; The value here must never equal one of the play values.
+; It won't anyway in practise so this is not a big deal.
+;
+SoundCurrentRecord	equ	5
+;
+SCONTOUT macro
+	out	A9BSerialControlW, al
+	endm
+;
+SDATAOUT macro
+	out	A9BSerialDataRW, al
+	endm
+;
+SDATAIN macro
+	in	al, A9BSerialDataRW
+	endm
+;
+SBUSY	macro
+	endm
+;
+SREAD	macro _REG
+	mov	al, SerialReadSingle or _REG
+	out	A9BSerialControlW, al
+	in	al, A9BSerialDataRW
+	endm
+;
+SREADM	macro _REG
+	mov	al, SerialReadMulti or _REG
+	out	A9BSerialControlW, al
+	in	al, A9BSerialDataRW
+	endm
+;
+SWRITE	macro _REG,_VAL
+	mov	al, SerialWriteSingle or _REG
+	out	A9BSerialControlW, al
+	mov	al, _VAL
+	out	A9BSerialDataRW, al
+	endm
+;
+SWRITEM macro _REG,_VAL
+	mov	al, SerialWriteMulti or _REG
+	out	A9BSerialControlW, al
+	mov	al, _VAL
+	out	A9BSerialDataRW, al
+	endm
+;
+SETSPEED macro _SPEED
+	pushf
+	cli
+	in	al, A9BChannelSelectRW
+	and	al, not (mask A9MSerialClockRate)
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<FAST>
+	or	al, A9VSClkRateFast
+  endif
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<NORMAL>
+	or	al, A9VSClkRateMedium
+  endif
+  ifidni <_SPEED>,<SLOW>
+	or	al, A9VSClkRateSlow
+  endif
+	out	A9BChannelSelectRW, al
+	popf
+	endm
+;
+XPUSHFCLI macro
+	endm
+XPOPF	macro
+	endm
+XNOP	macro
+	endm
+;
+@HwNullFrame macro
+	out	A9WNullFrameW, ax
+        endm
+endif
+;
+	.list
+

code/HDK/Psion SIBO Hardware Development Kit 1.0_page_numbers.json

@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+{
+    "identifier": "psion-sibo-c-sdk",
+    "format-version": "2",
+    "archive-hocr-tools-version": "1.1.54",
+    "confidence": 87,
+    "pages": [
+        {
+            "leafNum": 0,
+            "confidence": null,
+            "pageNumber": "",
+            "pageProb": null,
+            "wordConf": null
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 1,
+            "confidence": null,
+            "pageNumber": "",
+            "pageProb": null,
+            "wordConf": null
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 2,
+            "confidence": null,
+            "pageNumber": "",
+            "pageProb": null,
+            "wordConf": null
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 3,
+            "confidence": null,
+            "pageNumber": "",
+            "pageProb": null,
+            "wordConf": null
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 4,
+            "confidence": 81,
+            "pageNumber": "2",
+            "pageProb": 71,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 5,
+            "confidence": 97,
+            "pageNumber": "3",
+            "pageProb": 87,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 6,
+            "confidence": 81,
+            "pageNumber": "4",
+            "pageProb": 71,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 7,
+            "confidence": 97,
+            "pageNumber": "5",
+            "pageProb": 87,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 8,
+            "confidence": 81,
+            "pageNumber": "6",
+            "pageProb": 71,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 9,
+            "confidence": 97,
+            "pageNumber": "7",
+            "pageProb": 87,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 10,
+            "confidence": 81,
+            "pageNumber": "8",
+            "pageProb": 71,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 11,
+            "confidence": 97,
+            "pageNumber": "9",
+            "pageProb": 87,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 12,
+            "confidence": 79,
+            "pageNumber": "10",
+            "pageProb": 69,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 13,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "11",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 87
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 14,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "12",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 15,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "13",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 16,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "14",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 17,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "15",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 93
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 18,
+            "confidence": 87,
+            "pageNumber": "16",
+            "pageProb": 77,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 19,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "17",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 20,
+            "confidence": 79,
+            "pageNumber": "18",
+            "pageProb": 69,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 21,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "19",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 97
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 22,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "20",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 23,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "21",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 24,
+            "confidence": 86,
+            "pageNumber": "22",
+            "pageProb": 76,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 25,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "23",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 26,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "24",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 27,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "25",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 28,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "26",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 29,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "27",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 30,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "28",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 31,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "29",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 32,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "30",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 33,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "31",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 34,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "32",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 97
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 35,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "33",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 36,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "34",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 37,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "35",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 38,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "36",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 39,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "37",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 40,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "38",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 41,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "39",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 42,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "40",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 43,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "41",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 44,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "42",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 45,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "43",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 46,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "44",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 47,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "45",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 48,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "46",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 49,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "47",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 50,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "48",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 51,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "49",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 52,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "50",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 53,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "51",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 54,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "52",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 55,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "53",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 56,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "54",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 57,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "55",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 58,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "56",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 59,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "57",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 60,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "58",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 61,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "59",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 62,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "60",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 63,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "61",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 64,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "62",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 97
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 65,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "63",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 66,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "64",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 67,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "65",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 68,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "66",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 69,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "67",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 70,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "68",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 71,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "69",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 72,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "70",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 73,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "71",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 74,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "72",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 75,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "73",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 76,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "74",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 77,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "75",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 78,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "76",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 79,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "77",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 80,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "78",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 81,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "79",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 82,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "80",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 83,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "81",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 84,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "82",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 85,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "83",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 86,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "84",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 87,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "85",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 88,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "86",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 89,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "87",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 90,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "88",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 91,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "89",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 92,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "90",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 93,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "91",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 94,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "92",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 95,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "93",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 96,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "94",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 97,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "95",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 98,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "96",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 99,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "97",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 100,
+            "confidence": 78,
+            "pageNumber": "98",
+            "pageProb": 68,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 101,
+            "confidence": 96,
+            "pageNumber": "99",
+            "pageProb": 86,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 102,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "100",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 103,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "101",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 104,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "102",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 105,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "103",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 106,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "104",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 107,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "105",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 108,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "106",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 109,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "107",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 110,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "108",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 111,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "109",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 112,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "110",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 113,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "111",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 114,
+            "confidence": 76,
+            "pageNumber": "112",
+            "pageProb": 66,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 115,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "113",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 96
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 116,
+            "confidence": 75,
+            "pageNumber": "114",
+            "pageProb": 65,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        },
+        {
+            "leafNum": 117,
+            "confidence": 95,
+            "pageNumber": "115",
+            "pageProb": 85,
+            "wordConf": 95
+        }
+    ]
+}

code/HDK/README.TXT

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Copyright (c) Psion PLC (1995)
+
+26th May 1995
+
+        CONTENTS OF FILES ON DISK
+        =========================
+
+readme.txt
+
+ASSEMBLER INCLUDE FILES
+epoc.inc
+epocser.inc
+epoclib.inc
+epocsibo.inc
+ossibo.inc
+ospack.inc
+
+C FILES
+a4test.c        ;Fully comprehensive test program for A4EXIF.LDD
+a4test.pr       ;TopSpeed Project file for the above test program 
+
+ASM FILES
+a4exif.asm      ;Source code file for A4EXIF.LDD
+sys$as5.asm     ;Source code file for SYS$AS5.PDD
+tmpsaldd.asm    ;Standard stand-alone LDD template
+tmpa4ldd.asm    ;Template LDD for ASIC4/5-based peripherals
+
+
+

code/HDK/TMPA4LDD.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
+	title	NAME.LDD device driver for S3/S3a/S3c/S3../HC
+	subttl	Copyright PSION PLC November 1995
+	name	NAME
+
+;	VERSION   DATE     DESCRIPTION
+;	------- -------- ---------------
+;	  1.0   12/01/95 Template Asic4/5 LDD
+
+;	Written by Jason Robinson January 1995
+
+        BUILDSB	                equ	1
+        Asic4Type               =0
+        Asic5Type               =0
+        NeedTheInterrupt        =0
+        NeedClocking            =0
+        StartChannelInOpen      =0
+
+        include ..\inc\epoc.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocser.inc
+        include ..\inc\epoclib.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocsibo.inc
+        include ..\srcs\ossibo.inc
+	include ..\srcs\ospack.inc
+	
+        WeSupportS3Only         equ     Lcd240X80
+        WeSupportS3aOnly        equ     Lcd480X160
+        WeSupportS3cOnly        equ     Lcd240X100
+        WeSupportHCOnly         equ     Lcd160X80
+if      Consumer
+        NumberOfChannels        equ     1
+  if    Asic9
+        TheMachineWeSupport     equ     WeSupportS3aOnly
+  else      
+        TheMachineWeSupport     equ     WeSupportS3Only
+  endif
+else
+        NumberOfChannels        equ     3
+  if    Asic9
+        TheMachineWeSupport     equ     WeSupportS3cOnly
+  else      
+        TheMachineWeSupport     equ     WeSupportHCOnly
+  endif
+endif
+	A4PERIPH_MASK           equ	0f0h
+        TheInfoByteThatWeWant   equ     1
+
+TmpltEnt struc
+        TmpltEntOpen            db      ?       ; Channel open flag
+        TmpltChannelStarted     db      ?       ; Channel should be running
+        TmpltHwChannel          dw      ?       ; The harware we want
+        TmpltStructPtr          dw      ?       ; Ptr to CB in Apps DS
+        TmpltTckHandle          dw      ?       ; Tick Handle
+        TmpltChannelRunning     db      ?       ; Can channel really run
+        TmpltInterruptMask      db      ?       ; InterruptMask
+        TmpltChannel            db      ?       ; Channel
+if      NeedTheInterrupt
+        TmpltInterruptNumber    db      ?       ; Interrupt Number
+        TmpltInterruptVector    dw      ?       ; Were to Jump To
+if      Asic5Type and NeedClocking
+        TmpltA5Clocking         db      ?       ; Asic5 baud rate clocking 
+        TmpltSpare              db      ?
+endif
+else
+        TmpltSpare              db      ?
+endif
+        
+TmpltEnt ends
+
+TmpltStruct struc
+        Tmpltblk		ChanEnt <>      ; I/O control block
+        TmpltEntPtr             dw      ?       ; Ptr to our CS CB
+TmpltStruct ends
+
+	dgroup group stack
+	assume ds:dgroup,es:dgroup,ss:dgroup
+
+	CodeSeg
+	
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltLDD
+;	===================
+
+	dw	LDDSignature
+	db	'HSB',0,0,0,0,0
+	dw	(TableEnd-TableStart)/2
+TableStart:
+	dw	TmpltInstall
+	dw	TmpltRemove
+	dw	TmpltHold
+	dw	TmpltResume
+        dw      TmpltReset
+        dw      TmpltUnits
+        dw      TmpltOpen
+        dw      TmpltStrategy
+MonitorVector:
+        dw      MonitorInt
+TableEnd:
+
+if Consumer
+  if Asic9
+        SetupTable      db      mask A9MSlave,SelectChannel5
+                        db      (mask A9MClockEnable5 shr 8),HwIrq2Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt0
+    endif
+                        
+  else
+        SetupTable      db      mask Asic2Int,SelectChannel7
+                        db      (mask ClockEnable7 shr 8),HwIrq4Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt0
+    endif
+  endif
+else
+  if Asic9
+        SetupTable      db      mask A9MExpIntA,SelectChannel3
+                        db      (mask A9MClockEnable3 shr 8),HwIrq4Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt0
+    endif
+                        db      mask A9MExpIntB,SelectChannel4
+                        db      (mask A9MClockEnable4 shr 8),HwIrq5Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt1
+    endif
+                        db      mask A9MSlave,SelectChannel5
+                        db      (mask A9MClockEnable5 shr 8),HwIrq2Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt2
+    endif
+  else
+        SetupTable      db      mask ExpIntLeftA,ExpChannelLeftA
+                        db      (mask ClockEnable6 shr 8),HwIrq3Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt0
+    endif
+                        db      mask ExpIntRightB,ExpChannelRightB
+                        db      (mask ClockEnable5 shr 8),HwIrq2Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt1
+    endif
+                        db      mask Asic2Int,SelectChannel7
+                        db      (mask ClockEnable7 shr 8),HwIrq4Revector
+    if      NeedTheInterrupt
+                        dw      offset Interrupt2
+    endif
+  endif
+endif
+	CsHeldFlag	db	0			; Ldd under a hold?
+        MachineType     db      0
+if      Consumer
+        Channel0        TmpltEnt <>
+else
+        Channel0        TmpltEnt <>
+        Channel1        TmpltEnt <>
+        Channel2        TmpltEnt <>
+endif
+			
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltInstall,far
+;	===========================
+
+;	Install the driver
+;	Exit with carry clear for okay
+
+	GenLcdType                                      ; Do we only run on
+        mov     MachineType,al                          ; particular machines?
+        cmp     al,TheMachineWeSupport
+        jne     CannotInstallOnThisMachine
+
+        pushf
+        cli
+        push    ds
+        mov     ax, cs
+        mov     ds, ax     
+	mov	CsHeldFlag, 0				; Initialise all
+        mov     cx, NumberOfChannels                    ; the variables
+        mov     di, offset Channel0
+        mov     si, offset SetupTable
+ResetAllChannelsLoop:
+        mov     [di].TmpltEntOpen, 0
+        lodsb        
+        mov     [di].TmpltInterruptMask, al
+        lodsb        
+        mov     [di].TmpltChannel, al
+        lodsb        
+if      NeedClocking
+        mov     [di].TmpltA5Clocking, al
+endif
+        lodsb        
+if      NeedTheInterrupt
+        mov     [di].TmpltInterruptNumber, al
+        lodsw
+        mov     [di].TmpltInterruptVector, ax
+endif
+
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    ResetAllChannelsLoop
+        pop     ds
+        popf
+FinishedOkay:						
+	clc						
+	ret
+CannotInstallOnThisMachine:
+        mov     ax,NotSupportedErr
+        stc
+        ret						
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltRemove,far
+;	==========================
+
+;	Remove the driver
+;	Exit with carry clear for okay
+;	Exit with carry set if channel still open
+
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+        xor     ax,ax
+CheckAllChannelsClosedLoop:
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,al
+        jne     WeHaveAnOpenChannelSoFail
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    CheckAllChannelsClosedLoop
+        jmp     FinishedOkay
+WeHaveAnOpenChannelSoFail:
+	mov 	ax,InUseErr
+	stc
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltUnits,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Return the Number of channels that can be opened in AX
+
+	mov	ax,NumberOfChannels     		; We have ? channels
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltReset,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Reset the open channel
+
+        mov     di,cx
+	cmp	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0			; Somethings gone
+	je	NotOpenToReset				; wrong with the
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerDown                     ; application that 
+	call	StopTheChannel				; opened us.
+        call    FreeHardware                            ; Stop interupts and
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0			; free the channel 
+NotOpenToReset:						
+	ret						
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltHold,far
+;	========================
+	
+;	Hold the channels
+;       Hold reason in AH
+
+	mov	cx,1
+	xchg	cl,CsHeldFlag				; Stop any interrupts
+	cmp	cl,0					; Mark channel as
+	jne	AlreadyHeld				; under a normal hold
+DoHold:
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+HoldAllTheChannelsLoop:
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        je      DontHoldBecauseNotOpen
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        je      DontHoldBecauseNotOpen
+        push    ax
+        push    cx
+	call	StopTheChannel
+        pop     cx
+        pop     ax
+DontHoldBecauseNotOpen:
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    HoldAllTheChannelsLoop
+AlreadyHeld:
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltResume,far
+;	==========================
+
+;	Resume the channel
+
+	xor	cx,cx					; Be warned during an
+	xchg	cl,CsHeldFlag				; on/off the power to
+	cmp	cl,0					; ASIC4 is not restored
+	je	AlreadyResumed				; until after this
+	GenDataSegment		 			; A resume is pointless
+	HwGetSsdData					; if there is still no
+	mov	bx,ax					; power to the port
+	cmp	es:[bx].SsdDoorStatus,DoorOpen		; Leave the resume
+	je	DoorsAreOpen				; to the tick
+DoResume:
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0                      ; Right hardware?
+ResumeAllTheChannelsLoop:                               ; Else restart
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0                  ; interrupts    
+        je      DontResumeBecauseNotOpen
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        je      DontResumeBecauseNotOpen
+        push    cx
+	call	StartTheChannel
+        pop     cx
+DontResumeBecauseNotOpen:
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    ResumeAllTheChannelsLoop
+AlreadyResumed:						
+	ret
+DoorsAreOpen:
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,2
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltOpen,far
+;	========================
+
+;	Open the channel
+;	DS,ES,SS Applications data space
+;	Handle in DX
+
+	cld
+        pushf
+        cli
+        call    FindFreeChannel
+        jnc     GotFreeChannel
+        popf
+LockedError:
+	mov	ax,LockedErr
+	stc
+	ret
+AllErrorsExitHere:
+        push    ax
+	HeapFreeCell
+        pop     ax
+FreeTckAndChannel:
+        push    ax
+        call    FreeHardware
+        pop     ax
+FreeTckAndExit:
+        push    ax
+        mov	bx,cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle
+	IoClose
+        pop     ax
+CloseThenFree:
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+	stc
+	ret
+GotFreeChannel:
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,1
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+	popf
+	xor	ax,ax
+	push	ax
+	mov	ax,((':' shl 8)+'K')
+	push	ax
+	mov	ax,(('C' shl 8)+'T')
+	push	ax
+	mov	bx,sp
+	IoOpen
+	jnc	GotATickChannel
+	add	sp,6
+	mov	ax,LockedErr
+	jmp	CloseThenFree
+GotATickChannel:
+	add	sp,6
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle,ax
+	push	dx
+	mov	bx,ax
+	mov	ax,IoFuncStart
+	mov	cx,1
+	push	cx                                      ; Frequency 1 tick
+	push	di                                      ; Data is our CS CB
+	push	dx                                      ; Our device handle
+	mov	cx,(MonitorVector-TableStart)/2         ; Vector to call
+	push	cx
+	mov	cx,sp
+	IoWithWait
+	add	sp,8
+	pop	dx
+        call    GetHardware
+	jc 	FreeTckAndExit
+
+	mov	cx,(size TmpltStruct)			; Get ourselfs a CB
+	HeapAllocateCell				; In the applications
+	jc	FreeTckAndChannel			; Data space
+
+	mov	bx,ax
+     	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanNext,bx
+	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanSignature,IoChanSignature
+	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanLibHandle,dx
+	mov	[bx].TmpltEntPtr,di
+        push    bx
+        mov     bx,dx
+	mov	cx,di
+	IoRequestReset
+        pop     bx
+if      StartChannelInOpen
+        call    StartChannelFromOpen
+endif
+	xor     ax,ax
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+StrategyVectorTable label word
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset TmpltClose
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltStrategy,far
+;	============================
+
+;	BX is our control block
+;	SI points to the parameters
+;	DS,ES Applications data space
+
+	mov	ax,[si].RqFunction
+	mov	dx,[si].RqA1Ptr
+	cmp	ax,IoFuncSuperFrame
+	ja	StrategyDefault
+	shl	ax,1
+	mov	di,ax
+	push	StrategyVectorTable[di]
+	mov	di,[bx].TmpltEntPtr
+        retn
+StrategyDefault:
+	IoRoot
+	ret
+ExitStrategyOkay:
+        xor     ax,ax
+ExitStrategy:
+	mov	di,[si].RqStatusPtr
+	mov	word ptr [di],ax
+        cmp     ax,PendingErr
+        je      JustExit
+	IoSignal
+JustExit:
+	xor	ax,ax
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltClose,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Close a channel
+;	DI CS control block
+;       BX DS control block
+;       SI points to aurguments on stack
+;	DX Argument one pointer
+
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerDown
+	call	StopTheChannel
+        call    FreeHardware
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        push    bx
+	mov	bx,[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanLibHandle
+	mov     cx,di
+        IoRequestResetCancel
+        pop     bx
+	HeapFreeCell
+        mov	bx,cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle
+	IoClose
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        jmp     short ExitStrategyOkay
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ StartTheChannel
+;	==========================
+
+;       Start the Channel Running
+;       Assume channel set up and interrupts off
+	
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+        jne     ChannelAlreadyRunning
+
+if      Asic5Type and NeedClocking
+if      Asic9
+	in	ax, A9WControlExtraRW                   ; Start the S3s clock
+	or	ah, [bx].TmpltA5Clocking                ; Generator
+	out	A9WControlExtraRW, ax
+else
+	mov	al, [bx].TmpltA5Clocking
+        HwSetA2Control2Bits
+endif
+endif
+if      NeedTheInterrupt
+        mov     al, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptNumber        ; Load the address of
+        mov     cx, cs                                  ; the appropriate
+        mov     bx, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptVector        ; interrupt routine
+        GenSetRevector                                  ; into the correct vector
+if      Asic9
+        in      al,A9BInterruptMaskRW			; Set the mask
+        or      al,cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask   	; to enable Interrupts
+        out     A9BInterruptMaskRW,al
+else
+        in      al, A1InterruptMask
+        or 	al,cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask
+        out     A1InterruptMask, al
+endif
+endif
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,1
+ChannelAlreadyRunning:
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ StopTheChannel
+;	=========================
+
+;       Stop the Channel Running
+;       Assume channel set up and interrupts off
+;       Stop reason in AH
+
+        cmp     byte ptr cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+        je      ChannelAlreadyStopped
+if      NeedTheInterrupt
+        mov     ah,cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask			
+        not     ah					
+if      Asic9
+        in      al,A9BInterruptMaskRW			; Stop Interrupts
+        and     al,ah					; By clearing the  
+        out     A9BInterruptMaskRW,al                   ; Mask and resetting
+else                                                    ; The Vector
+        in      al, A1InterruptMask
+        and     al,ah
+        out     A1InterruptMask, al
+endif
+        mov     al, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptNumber
+        GenResetRevector
+endif
+if      Asic5Type and NeedClocking
+if      Asic9
+        mov     cl, [bx].TmpltA5Clocking                ; Turn off baud rate
+        not     cl                                      ; clocking from the
+        in      ax, A9WControlExtraRW                   ; S3/3a
+        and     ah, cl
+        out     A9WControlExtraRW, ax
+else
+	mov     al, [bx].TmpltA5Clocking                 
+        HwClearA2Control2Bits
+endif
+endif
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+ChannelAlreadyStopped:
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+if      StartChannelInOpen
+	ProcBegin@ StartChannelFromOpen
+;	===============================
+
+        pushf
+        cli
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,1
+        mov     al,cs:[di].TmpltChannel
+        HwSelectChannel
+        push    ax
+        call    StartTheChannel
+        pop     ax
+        HwSelectChannel
+        popf
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+endif
+	ProcBegin@ GetHardware
+;	======================
+
+        mov     al, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask
+	HwGetChannel
+        jc      ChannelNotAvailable
+        pushf
+        cli
+        mov     al,cs:[di].TmpltChannel
+        HwSelectChannel
+        push    ax
+        call    CheckForHardware
+        pop     ax
+        jc      NoHardwareFreeTheChannel
+        HwSelectChannel
+        popf
+        clc
+        ret
+NoHardwareFreeTheChannel:
+        HwSelectChannel
+        popf
+        mov     al, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask
+	HwFreeChannel
+ChannelNotAvailable:
+        stc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ FreeHardware
+;	=======================
+
+        mov     al, cs:[di].TmpltInterruptMask
+	HwFreeChannel
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ FindFreeChannel
+;	==========================
+
+	mov	si,[si].OpenNamePtr
+	mov	al,[si+1]
+        CharToFoldedChar
+	cmp	al,'A'
+	jb	CantGetThatChannel
+	sub	al,'A'
+	cmp	al,NumberOfChannels
+	jae	CantGetThatChannel
+        xor     ah,ah
+        push    dx
+        mov     dx,size TmpltEnt
+        mul     dx
+        pop     dx
+        mov     di,ax
+        add     di,offset Channel0
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        je      FoundAFreeChannel
+CantGetThatChannel:
+        stc
+        ret
+FoundAFreeChannel:
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+        ProcBegin@ CheckForHardware
+;       ===========================
+
+;       Assume Interrupts are off
+;       Correct channel should be selected
+;       Out: clc - got correct hardware
+;            stc - wrong or no hardware
+
+if      Asic5Type
+	HwNullFrame					; Check that the    
+	mov	al,(SerialSelect or Asic5NormalId)	; Harware is there
+	SBUSY						; And that it is what
+	SCONTOUT					; It should be
+	XNOP						; First look for An
+	SBUSY                                           ; ASIC5 at the other
+	SDATAIN                                         ; End of the link
+	test	al,al
+	je	ConnectionFailed
+GotConnection:
+	popf
+	clc
+	ret
+ConnectionFailed:
+	mov	al, SerialSelect or Asic4Id             ; Asic4 Id
+	SBUSY
+	SCONTOUT
+	XNOP
+	SBUSY
+	SDATAIN
+        test    al, al
+	jne	ConnectionFailedExit
+else
+	HwNullFrame
+	mov	al,(SerialSelect or Asic4Id)
+	SBUSY						; First look for An
+	SCONTOUT					; ASIC4 at the other
+	XNOP						; End of the link
+	SBUSY
+	SDATAIN
+	test	al, al
+	je	ConnectionFailed
+	mov	al,SerialReadSingle or A4InfoR		; Now see if we have
+	SBUSY						; The right card
+	SCONTOUT	    				
+	XNOP	; Allows the busy signal to come through for the wait
+	SBUSY
+	SDATAIN
+	and	al,A4PERIPH_MASK
+        cmp     al,TheInfoByteThatWeWant
+        jne     ConnectionFailedExit
+	clc
+	ret
+ConnectionFailed:
+	mov	al,(SerialSelect or Asic5NormalId)	; Select as an
+	SBUSY						; Asic5 peripheral
+	SCONTOUT
+	XNOP
+	SDATAIN
+	test	al,al
+        jne     ConnectionFailedExit
+endif
+	mov	al, SerialSelect or Asic8Id             ; Modem chip Id
+	SBUSY
+	SCONTOUT
+	XNOP
+	SBUSY
+	SDATAIN
+        test    al, al
+	jne	ConnectionFailedExit
+	mov	al, SerialSelect or Asic5PackId         ; Asic5pack Id
+	SBUSY
+	SCONTOUT
+	XNOP
+	SBUSY
+	SDATAIN
+ConnectionFailedExit:
+	stc
+	ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ MonitorInt,far
+;	=========================
+
+;       Called on every tick
+;       Issues pack door hold and resumes
+;       In:  Door state in SI
+
+	cmp	si,DoorOpen
+        je      TheDoorIsOpenSoCantDoAnything
+	cmp	CsHeldFlag,2
+        je      NeedToDoTheResume
+        ret
+NeedToDoTheResume:
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,0
+        jmp     DoResume
+TheDoorIsOpenSoCantDoAnything:
+	cmp	CsHeldFlag,0
+        jne     DontNeedToHold
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,2
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerFail
+        jmp     DoHold
+DontNeedToHold:
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+if      NeedTheInterrupt
+  ife     Consumer
+        ProcBegin@ Interrupt2,far
+;       =========================
+
+        mov     di,offset Channel2
+        mov     ax,PortCActive
+        jmp     ComInt
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+        ProcBegin@ Interrupt1,far
+;       =========================
+
+        mov     di,offset Channel1
+        mov     ax,PortBActive
+        jmp     ComInt
+        ProcEnd noret
+  endif
+
+        ProcBegin@ Interrupt0,far
+;       =========================
+
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+        mov     ax,PortAActive
+;       FALLTHROUGH to ComInt
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+        ProcBegin@ ComInt,far
+;       =====================
+
+if      Asic9
+        out     A9BNonSpecificEoiW,al			
+else
+        out     A1NonSpecificEoi, al
+endif
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+endif
+
+
+	EndCodeSeg
+	stack segment stack para 'data'
+	stack ends
+	end TmpltLDD
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

code/HDK/TMPSALDD.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+	title	NAME.LDD device driver for S3/S3a/S3c/S3../HC
+	subttl	Copyright PSION PLC November 1995
+	name	NAME
+
+;	VERSION   DATE     DESCRIPTION
+;	------- -------- ---------------
+;	  1.0   12/01/95 Template LDD
+
+;	Written by Jason Robinson January 1995
+
+BUILDSB	equ	1
+
+        include ..\inc\epoc.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocser.inc
+        include ..\inc\epoclib.inc
+        include ..\inc\epocsibo.inc
+        include ..\srcs\ossibo.inc
+	include ..\srcs\ospack.inc
+	
+        OpenSpecificChannel     =0
+        MachineSpecific         =0
+        PeripheralTypeDriver    =0
+        TickRequired            =0
+
+        NumberOfChannels        equ     1
+        WeSupportS3Only         equ     Lcd240X80
+        WeSupportS3aOnly        equ     Lcd480X160
+        WeSupportS3cOnly        equ     Lcd240X100
+        WeSupportHCOnly         equ     Lcd160X80
+        TheMachineWeSupport     equ     WeSupportS3aOnly
+
+TmpltEnt struc
+        TmpltEntOpen            db      ?       ; Channel open flag
+        TmpltChannelStarted     db      ?       ; Channel should be running
+        TmpltChannelRunning     db      ?       ; Can channel really run
+        TmpltSpare              db      ?
+        TmpltHwChannel          dw      ?       ; The harware we want
+        TmpltStructPtr          dw      ?       ; Ptr to CB in Apps DS
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+        TmpltTckHandle          dw      ?       ; Tick Handle
+endif
+TmpltEnt ends
+
+TmpltStruct struc
+        Tmpltblk		ChanEnt <>      ; I/O control block
+        TmpltEntPtr             dw      ?       ; Ptr to our CS CB
+TmpltStruct ends
+
+	dgroup group stack
+	assume ds:dgroup,es:dgroup,ss:dgroup
+
+	CodeSeg
+	
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltLDD
+;	===================
+
+	dw	LDDSignature
+	db	'HSB',0,0,0,0,0
+	dw	(TableEnd-TableStart)/2
+TableStart:
+	dw	TmpltInstall
+	dw	TmpltRemove
+	dw	TmpltHold
+	dw	TmpltResume
+        dw      TmpltReset
+        dw      TmpltUnits
+        dw      TmpltOpen
+        dw      TmpltStrategy
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+MonitorVector:
+        dw      MonitorInt
+endif
+TableEnd:
+	
+	CsHeldFlag	db	0			; Ldd under a hold?
+        MachineType     db      0
+
+        Channel0        TmpltEnt <>
+			
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltInstall,far
+;	===========================
+
+;	Install the driver
+;	Exit with carry clear for okay
+
+if      MachineSpecific
+	GenLcdType                                      ; Do we only run on
+        mov     MachineType,al                          ; particular machines?
+        cmp     al,TheMachineWeSupport
+        jne     CannotInstallOnThisMachine
+endif
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,0				; Initialise all
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels                     ; the variables
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+        xor     ax,ax
+ResetAllChannelsLoop:
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,al
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    ResetAllChannelsLoop
+FinishedOkay:						
+	clc						
+	ret
+CannotInstallOnThisMachine:
+        mov     ax,NotSupportedErr
+        stc
+        ret						
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltRemove,far
+;	==========================
+
+;	Remove the driver
+;	Exit with carry clear for okay
+;	Exit with carry set if channel still open
+
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+        xor     ax,ax
+CheckAllChannelsClosedLoop:
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,al
+        jne     WeHaveAnOpenChannelSoFail
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    CheckAllChannelsClosedLoop
+        jmp     FinishedOkay
+WeHaveAnOpenChannelSoFail:
+	mov 	ax,InUseErr
+	stc
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltUnits,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Return the Number of channels that can be opened in AX
+
+	mov	ax,NumberOfChannels     		; We have ? channels
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltReset,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Reset the open channel
+
+        mov     di,cx
+	cmp	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0			; Somethings gone
+	je	NotOpenToReset				; wrong with the
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerDown                     ; application that 
+	call	StopTheChannel				; opened us.
+        call    FreeHardware                            ; Stop interupts and
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0			; free the channel 
+NotOpenToReset:						
+	ret						
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltHold,far
+;	========================
+	
+;	Hold the channels
+;       Hold reason in AH
+
+	mov	cx,1
+	xchg	cl,CsHeldFlag				; Stop any interrupts
+	cmp	cl,0					; Mark channel as
+	jne	AlreadyHeld				; under a normal hold
+DoHold:
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+HoldAllTheChannelsLoop:
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        je      DontHoldBecauseNotOpen
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        je      DontHoldBecauseNotOpen
+        push    ax
+        push    cx
+	call	StopTheChannel
+        pop     cx
+        pop     ax
+DontHoldBecauseNotOpen:
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    HoldAllTheChannelsLoop
+AlreadyHeld:
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltResume,far
+;	==========================
+
+;	Resume the channel
+
+	xor	cx,cx					; Be warned during an
+	xchg	cl,CsHeldFlag				; on/off the power to
+	cmp	cl,0					; ASIC4 is not restored
+	je	AlreadyResumed				; until after this
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver
+	GenDataSegment		 			; A resume is pointless
+	HwGetSsdData					; if there is still no
+	mov	bx,ax					; power to the port
+	cmp	es:[bx].SsdDoorStatus,DoorOpen		; Leave the resume
+	je	DoorsAreOpen				; to the tick
+endif
+DoResume:
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0                      ; Right hardware?
+ResumeAllTheChannelsLoop:                               ; Else restart
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0                  ; interrupts    
+        je      DontResumeBecauseNotOpen
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        je      DontResumeBecauseNotOpen
+        push    cx
+	call	StartTheChannel
+        pop     cx
+DontResumeBecauseNotOpen:
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    ResumeAllTheChannelsLoop
+AlreadyResumed:						
+	ret
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver
+DoorsAreOpen:
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,2
+	ret
+endif
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltOpen,far
+;	========================
+
+;	Open the channel
+;	DS,ES,SS Applications data space
+;	Handle in DX
+
+	cld
+        pushf
+        cli
+        call    FindFreeChannel
+        jnc     GotFreeChannel
+        popf
+LockedError:
+	mov	ax,LockedErr
+	stc
+	ret
+AllErrorsExitHere:
+        push    ax
+	HeapFreeCell
+        pop     ax
+FreeTckAndChannel:
+        push    ax
+        call    FreeHardware
+        pop     ax
+FreeTckAndExit:
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+        push    ax
+        mov	bx,cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle
+	IoClose
+        pop     ax
+endif
+CloseThenFree:
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+	stc
+	ret
+GotFreeChannel:
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,1
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelStarted,0
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+	popf
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+	xor	ax,ax
+	push	ax
+	mov	ax,((':' shl 8)+'K')
+	push	ax
+	mov	ax,(('C' shl 8)+'T')
+	push	ax
+	mov	bx,sp
+	IoOpen
+	jnc	GotATickChannel
+	add	sp,6
+	mov	ax,LockedErr
+	jmp	CloseThenFree
+GotATickChannel:
+	add	sp,6
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle,ax
+	push	dx
+	mov	bx,ax
+	mov	ax,IoFuncStart
+	mov	cx,1
+	push	cx                                      ; Frequency 1 tick
+	push	di                                      ; Data is our CS CB
+	push	dx                                      ; Our device handle
+	mov	cx,(MonitorVector-TableStart)/2         ; Vector to call
+	push	cx
+	mov	cx,sp
+	IoWithWait
+	add	sp,8
+	pop	dx
+endif
+        call    GetHardware
+	jc 	FreeTckAndExit
+
+	mov	cx,(size TmpltStruct)			; Get ourselfs a CB
+	HeapAllocateCell				; In the applications
+	jc	FreeTckAndChannel			; Data space
+
+	mov	bx,ax
+     	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanNext,bx
+	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanSignature,IoChanSignature
+	mov	[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanLibHandle,dx
+	mov	[bx].TmpltEntPtr,di
+        push    bx
+        mov     bx,dx
+	mov	cx,di
+	IoRequestReset
+        pop     bx
+	xor     ax,ax
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+StrategyVectorTable label word
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset TmpltClose
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+        dw      offset StrategyDefault
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltStrategy,far
+;	============================
+
+;	BX is our control block
+;	SI points to the parameters
+;	DS,ES Applications data space
+
+	mov	ax,[si].RqFunction
+	mov	dx,[si].RqA1Ptr
+	cmp	ax,IoFuncSuperFrame
+	ja	StrategyDefault
+	shl	ax,1
+	mov	di,ax
+	push	StrategyVectorTable[di]
+	mov	di,[bx].TmpltEntPtr
+        retn
+StrategyDefault:
+	IoRoot
+	ret
+ExitStrategyOkay:
+        xor     ax,ax
+ExitStrategy:
+	mov	di,[si].RqStatusPtr
+	mov	word ptr [di],ax
+        cmp     ax,PendingErr
+        je      JustExit
+	IoSignal
+JustExit:
+	xor	ax,ax
+	ret
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ TmpltClose,far
+;	=========================
+
+;	Close a channel
+;	DI CS control block
+;       BX DS control block
+;       SI points to aurguments on stack
+;	DX Argument one pointer
+
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerDown
+	call	StopTheChannel
+        call    FreeHardware
+        push    bx
+	mov	bx,[bx].Tmpltblk.ChanLibHandle
+	mov     cx,di
+        IoRequestResetCancel
+        pop     bx
+	HeapFreeCell
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+        mov	bx,cs:[di].TmpltTckHandle
+	IoClose
+endif
+	mov	cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        jmp     short ExitStrategyOkay
+	ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ StartTheChannel
+;	==========================
+
+;       Start the Channel Running
+	
+        cmp     byte ptr cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+        jne     ChannelAlreadyRunning
+
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,1
+ChannelAlreadyRunning:
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ StopTheChannel
+;	=========================
+
+;       Stop the Channel Running
+
+        cmp     byte ptr cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+        je      ChannelAlreadyStopped
+
+        mov     cs:[di].TmpltChannelRunning,0
+ChannelAlreadyStopped:
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ GetHardware
+;	======================
+
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+	ProcBegin@ FreeHardware
+;	=======================
+
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+
+If      OpenSpecificChannel
+	ProcBegin@ FindFreeChannel
+;	==========================
+
+;       Called from Open
+;       Must preserve DX,SI
+;       Channel out in DI or carry set if failure
+
+	mov	si,[si].OpenNamePtr
+	mov	al,[si+1]
+        CharToFoldedChar
+	cmp	al,'A'
+	jb	CantGetThatChannel
+	sub	al,'A'
+	cmp	al,NumberOfChannels
+	jae	CantGetThatChannel
+        xor     ah,ah
+        push    dx
+        mov     dx,size TmpltEnt
+        mul     dx
+        pop     dx
+        mov     di,ax
+        add     di,offset Channel0
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        je      FoundAFreeChannel
+CantGetThatChannel:
+        stc
+        ret
+FoundAFreeChannel:
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+else
+	ProcBegin@ FindFreeChannel
+;	==========================
+
+        mov     cx,NumberOfChannels
+        mov     di,offset Channel0
+HuntAllChannelsLoop:
+        cmp     cs:[di].TmpltEntOpen,0
+        je      FoundAFreeChannel
+        add     di,size TmpltEnt
+        loop    HuntAllChannelsLoop
+        stc
+        ret
+FoundAFreeChannel:
+        clc
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+endif
+
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver or TickRequired
+	ProcBegin@ MonitorInt,far
+;	=========================
+
+if      PeripheralTypeDriver
+;       Called on every tick
+;       Issues pack door hold and resumes
+;       In:  Door state in SI
+
+	cmp	si,DoorOpen
+        je      TheDoorIsOpenSoCantDoAnything
+	cmp	CsHeldFlag,2
+        je      NeedToDoTheResume
+        ret
+NeedToDoTheResume:
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,0
+        jmp     DoResume
+TheDoorIsOpenSoCantDoAnything:
+	cmp	CsHeldFlag,0
+        jne     DontNeedToHold
+	mov	CsHeldFlag,2
+        mov     ah,DevHoldPowerFail
+        jmp     DoHold
+DontNeedToHold:
+endif
+        ret
+        ProcEnd noret
+endif
+
+	EndCodeSeg
+	stack segment stack para 'data'
+	stack ends
+	end TmpltLDD
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

code/inventory/CONTINUATION.md

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+# Finishing the Workabout MX scanner — on-device continuation guide
+
+This document describes exactly how to continue from the current findings to a
+fully working scanner client, using on-device debugging. Read `SCANNER-API.md`
+first for the findings this builds on.
+
+## Where we are
+
+Established (see `SCANNER-API.md` for detail):
+- The integral laser is driven as an **OO library object** in `SCANNER.DYL`
+  (category token seen in ROM: **`oscanner`**), *not* by raw device I/O.
+- The app path is the standard OLIB one: `p_getlibh` → `p_newsend`/`f_newsend`
+  (create + init) → `p_send` (configure / trigger / read).
+- Internals confirmed: `WL2:D` is the driver's channel; control ops **6** then
+  **7** (`p_iow(chan,6)`, `p_iow(chan,7)`) fire the laser to a good decode
+  (green LED) on the physical device.
+- The decompiled read (`FUN_858d`) creates the object via `LIBMANAGER`
+  (`NMLIBCREATE`/`NMLIBCREATEBYHANDLE`), sets up a buffer, then reads; the
+  decode lands CR/LF-terminated (default Symbol2 postamble).
+
+Missing, and why on-device: the **message ordinals** and **parameter structs**
+for the scanner's methods. OLIB assigns ordinals dynamically from the whole
+class hierarchy (including base classes in `olib`/`hwim`), so they cannot be
+read reliably from a static dump — but they resolve at runtime, where the
+debugger can capture them. MAME cannot inject a barcode, so validation must be
+on hardware anyway.
+
+## What to capture
+
+For a working client you need five things:
+1. The scanner **category** (confirm the name/id for `p_getlibh` — candidate
+   `oscanner`).
+2. The scanner **class** created by the app.
+3. The **message ordinals** for: init, set-parameters, enable/trigger, read.
+4. The **parameter/result structs** each message takes (esp. the read result
+   buffer and its length).
+5. The exact **call sequence** the working app uses.
+
+## Tooling: the SIBO Debugger
+
+The SIBO Debugger (see manual `2-03`/`2-04`, "The SIBO Debugger") supports:
+- **Remote debugging**: development PC connected to the Workabout by a serial
+  cable; debug up to 8 processes.
+- **Breakpoints in dynamic libraries / shared code** — required to break inside
+  `SCANNER.DYL`.
+- Single-step, trace, register and memory display.
+
+Build your own code for source-level debugging with:
+```
+#pragma debug(vid=>full)     /* in the .pr / source */
+```
+and produce the `.sym`/`.dbd` symbol files with EMAKE.
+
+### Set-up
+
+1. Connect the PC to the Workabout with a serial cable (PC serial ↔ Workabout
+   RS-232 port — note this is a *different* port from the barcode `TTY:D`).
+2. Start the debugger on the PC and connect to the remote (Workabout) target
+   (Local/Remote CPU menu → Connect to Remote).
+3. Have the Workabout ready to run either the ROM `DEMMAN.APP`/`SCANAPP` (for
+   Procedure A) or your test harness (Procedure B).
+
+## Procedure A — trace the working ROM app (recommended first)
+
+Goal: watch `DEMMAN`/`SCANAPP` drive the real scanner and record the ordinals.
+
+1. On the Workabout, start `DEMMAN` and enter its Scanner (Barcode) demo.
+2. From the debugger, attach to that process and set breakpoints on the OLIB
+   dispatch path so you catch the object creation and messages:
+   - `LIBMANAGER` (`INT 0x84`) — sub-functions `NMLIBCREATE` (`AH=5`),
+     `NMLIBCREATEBYHANDLE` (`AH=6`): captures the category/class and the object
+     handle.
+   - `MESSMANAGER` (`INT 0x83`) — `NMMESSSEND` and the send/receive variants:
+     captures each message ordinal and its argument pointer.
+   - Optionally the `SCANNER.DYL` method handlers we identified (init dispatch,
+     trigger) as cross-checks.
+3. For each captured call record: `AH`, the category/class in registers, the
+   message **ordinal**, and the pointed-to **argument struct** (dump memory at
+   the pointer). For the read, note where the decoded bytes land and the
+   returned length.
+4. Trigger a real scan and record the read message and its result buffer.
+
+Result: the exact category, class, ordinals, param structs, and sequence.
+
+## Procedure B — iterate a C test harness
+
+Once Procedure A gives the ordinals (or to trial them), build a small OO client:
+
+```c
+#include <plib.h>
+#include <p_object.h>
+
+/* Fill these from Procedure A (placeholders until captured): */
+#define SCAN_CATEGORY   /* category id/handle for "oscanner" via p_getcat/p_getlibh */
+#define C_SCANNER       /* the scanner class */
+#define O_SCAN_INIT     /* init message ordinal   */
+#define O_SCAN_PARAMS   /* set-parameters ordinal */
+#define O_SCAN_READ     /* read-a-barcode ordinal */
+
+GLDEF_C INT main(VOID)
+{
+    VOID *lib, *scanner;
+    /* result/param structs per Procedure A */
+    lib = p_getlibh(SCAN_CATEGORY);
+    scanner = p_newsend(SCAN_CATEGORY, C_SCANNER, O_SCAN_INIT, /*&initargs*/ 0);
+    /* configure Symbol2 + the default 11-byte param block:
+       04 3f 01 15 06 04 1e 80 0d 0a 06  (CR/LF postamble) */
+    p_send3(scanner, O_SCAN_PARAMS, /*&params*/ 0);
+    for (;;) {
+        /* send the read message; result is the decoded barcode, CR/LF-terminated */
+        p_send3(scanner, O_SCAN_READ, /*&result*/ 0);
+        /* display result ... */
+    }
+}
+```
+
+Build with `#pragma debug(vid=>full)`, run under the debugger, single-step the
+sends, and inspect return values / the result buffer. Adjust ordinals/structs
+until a real scan returns the UPC.
+
+## Turning captures into the shipped reader
+
+- Replace `code/inventory/bcode.c` with the OO client: `bcodeOpen` does
+  `p_getlibh` + `p_newsend`(init) + params; `bcodeRead` does `p_send`(read) and
+  returns the decoded string (strip the CR/LF postamble; strip any preamble byte
+  `0x80` if present).
+- `upc.c` (UPC-A check-digit validation) is unchanged and already correct.
+- Cross-check the captured ordinals against the decompiled handlers in
+  `SCANNER-API.md` (`FUN_7ae3` init dispatch — decoder type at `[channel+10]`,
+  case 4 = Symbol; `FUN_7aa4` trigger = the `6`/`7` ops).
+
+## Validation
+
+- A valid UPC-A scan should return 12 digits (plus any pre/postamble), and
+  `upcIsValid` should pass. The default postamble is CR LF (`0x0d 0x0a`).
+- Confirm repeated scans and clean shutdown (`p_send` a destroy/close message,
+  then `p_close` any channel).
+
+## Reproduce the RE environment (for further static/dynamic work)
+
+See `../mx-re/toolchain-and-plan.md`: MAME `psionwamx` (live trace/dasm),
+radare2 (static), and Ghidra headless (decompilation of the DYLs). These remain
+useful for reading further `SCANNER.DYL` methods, but the ordinals themselves
+come from the on-device debugger as above.

code/inventory/SCANNER-API.md

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+# Workabout MX barcode scanner — API notes (reverse-engineered)
+
+There is no official SDK documentation for the Workabout MX integral laser scanner.
+The Psion SIBO C SDK and I/O Devices Reference predate the MX and describe only the
+older *external* barcode modules (wands / wand-emulation), not the integral laser.
+These notes are reverse-engineered from device behaviour and from the Workabout MX
+ROM `w2mx_v7.20f_eng.bin` (strings), so treat unconfirmed items as such.
+
+## Hardware
+
+- Integral **laser** scanner, Symbol engine. The demo (`DEMMAN.APP`) reports
+  `Type: Laser 1223` (some units `1222`).
+- It is a **decoded** scanner: it decodes in hardware and lights a green good-read
+  LED. It does **not** emit an undecoded (HHLC) signal.
+- Trigger: the keyboard **scan key**, which the Window Server reports as key
+  code **368**. The key alone does not fire the laser from an arbitrary app; the
+  scanner software arms/reads the engine.
+
+## Device driver and ports
+
+`LLDEV` on the device lists a logical driver **`wl2`** (`units=1`). The scanner is
+reached through this driver. The demo's "Select Scanner" screen lets you pick both
+a **decoder type** and a **port** (device driver + unit letter):
+
+- Port device drivers offered: **`TTY`**, **`WLS`**, **`WL2`**.
+  The MX integral laser uses **`WL2`**.
+- Units seen in the ROM: **`WL2:A`** and **`WL2:D`**.
+
+Decoder types (from the demo, "chosen from those used in standard Workabout
+products"):
+
+| Decoder | Meaning |
+| --- | --- |
+| `Generic` | External non-configurable reader |
+| `Symbol1` | Workabout standard scanner |
+| `Datalogic` | Workabout CCD |
+| `HP` | Workabout Wand |
+| **`Symbol2`** | **Workabout MX scanner (the integral laser)** |
+
+## Opening the device
+
+```c
+VOID *h;
+INT  err = p_open(&h, "WL2:D", (UINT)-1);
+```
+
+Observed results:
+
+| Call | Result | Meaning |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `p_open("WL2:D", -1)` | `0` | **opens** — this is the integral-laser unit |
+| `p_open("WL2:A", -1)` | `-9` (`E_GEN_INUSE`) | in use — held by the resident scanner software |
+| `p_open("WL2:B" / ":C")` | (untested) | — |
+
+`WL2` has a single unit, so only one process may hold it. `WL2:A` is permanently
+`-9` even with the demo closed, indicating a resident holder; `WL2:D` is the unit
+an application opens.
+
+## The 11-byte parameter block
+
+The scanner is configured by an **eleven-byte parameter block**. The application
+interprets these bytes and converts them into commands for the selected decoder
+(so the same block means different wire commands for `Symbol2` vs `HP`, etc.):
+
+| Byte | Parameter |
+| --- | --- |
+| Param0 | Decode security |
+| Param1 | Code type (symbology select) |
+| Param2 | Decode options A |
+| Param3 | Decode options B |
+| Param4 | General parameters |
+| Param5 | ITF length 1 |
+| Param6 | ITF length 2 |
+| Param7 | Preamble |
+| Param8 | Postamble byte 1 |
+| Param9 | Postamble byte 2 |
+| Param10 | General decode options |
+
+The preamble/postamble bytes mean decoded output may carry configurable leading /
+trailing characters — parsing code must account for them.
+
+## Access model
+
+Applications do not drive `WL2` byte-by-byte themselves; they use the ROM library
+**`SCANNER.DYL`** (used by `SCANAPP.APP` and `DEMMAN.APP`). That library opens the
+port, converts the 11-byte block to decoder commands, configures and enables the
+engine, and returns decoded scans.
+
+## Paths that do NOT work for the integral laser
+
+Recorded so they are not retried:
+
+- **`bar*.ldd` decoders (`BAREAN`, `BARC39`, …) + `BAR:` device.** These are
+  software decoders for the *external* wand modules. Loading `BAREAN.LDD` and
+  opening `BAR:A`/`BAR:B` returns `-41` (`E_FILE_DEVICE`, "no interface found in
+  slot") — the integral laser is not a `BAR:` expansion interface. `BAR:D`/`BAR:E`
+  return `-38` (`E_FILE_NAME`, invalid unit).
+- **`TTY:D` serial reads.** Opening `TTY:D` powers the laser (it fires briefly),
+  but no decoded bytes ever arrive on the serial channel — not with default
+  config, not after `P_FSET` to 9600/8/1, not with `P_OBEY_DSR` cleared, not with
+  the intelligent-reader escape commands (`<Esc>-y1J` / `<Esc>-y1K`), not reading
+  one byte at a time. The integral laser's decoded data is not on `TTY:D`.
+
+## Initialisation sequence (reverse-engineered from the ROM)
+
+Opening `WL2:D` is not enough — the scanner must be configured and enabled first.
+The sequence was recovered by disassembling `SCANNER.DYL` in the v7.20f ROM
+(around file offset `0xD7AA4`). It uses the SIBO I/O executive **`int 0xCF`**,
+whose convention here is: **`CL` = I/O function code, `BX` = channel handle,
+`DX` = argument (by value)**, result in `AX`. From C this is the `p_iow(chan,
+func, ...)` layer.
+
+Function codes observed on the `WL2` channel (from `p_file.h`, plus WL2-specific
+ones above the standard range):
+
+| CL | Meaning |
+| --- | --- |
+| 6 | (`P_FDETACH` slot) used as a scanner enable/control op |
+| 7 | (`P_FSET`) used as a scanner enable/control op |
+| 8 | `P_FSENSE` |
+| 9 | `P_FFLUSH` |
+| 0x0C (12) | **WL2-specific: write a config/command byte** (byte passed in `DX`) |
+
+The driver keeps a per-channel structure; the param block sits at **channel+4**,
+with the **decoder type at offset +6** (dispatch values 1..4) and the **11-byte
+parameter block at +8..+0x12**. Configuration is pushed to the engine as a series
+of `cl=0x0C` writes (one command byte per call in `DX`), then enable ops
+(`cl=6`, `cl=7`).
+
+### Default Symbol2 parameter block (from the ROM)
+
+The routine at `0xD7AB3` fills the 11-byte block with these defaults for the
+Workabout MX (Symbol2) scanner:
+
+| Byte | Param | Value |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| +8  | Param0 Decode security   | `0x04` |
+| +9  | Param1 Code type         | `0x3F` (all symbologies) |
+| +0xA| Param2 Decode options A  | `0x01` |
+| +0xB| Param3 Decode options B  | `0x15` |
+| +0xC| Param4 General params    | `0x06` |
+| +0xD| Param5 ITF length 1      | `0x04` |
+| +0xE| Param6 ITF length 2      | `0x1E` |
+| +0xF| Param7 Preamble          | `0x80` |
+| +0x10| Param8 Postamble 1      | `0x0D` (CR) |
+| +0x11| Param9 Postamble 2      | `0x0A` (LF) |
+| +0x12| Param10 General decode  | `0x06` |
+
+So **decoded output is terminated by CR LF** (`0x0D 0x0A`), and Code type `0x3F`
+enables all symbologies (UPC included). A reader should assemble bytes until
+CR/LF and strip the preamble/postamble.
+
+### Confirmed on-device
+
+- `p_open(&h, "WL2:D", -1)` returns `0`.
+- Issuing control ops **6 then 7** on the channel (`p_iow(h, 6)`, `p_iow(h, 7)`)
+  **triggers a scan**: the laser fires and decodes (green good-read LED). This is
+  reproducible. The trigger is one-shot — it must be re-issued for each scan.
+
+### NOT yet solved: retrieving the decoded data
+
+After a confirmed good read, the decoded barcode could **not** be retrieved from
+the `WL2:D` channel by any tried method:
+
+- `p_iow(h, P_FREAD, buf)` (count-in-`buf[0]` style) — no data.
+- `p_read(h, buf, len)` (synchronous, with length) — no data.
+- `p_ioc(h, P_FREAD, &stat, buf, &len)` + trigger + `p_iowait()` (async) — no data.
+
+The retrieval logic in `SCANNER.DYL`/`SCANAPP` fetches the decoded data on a
+**separate handle** (a driver global, e.g. `[0x13b5]`) obtained through
+**OS-service stubs** of the form `mov ah,N; int 0x84/0x85/0x86/0x87; ret` — not a
+plain `P_FREAD` on the `WL2:D` control channel. This resolves an earlier puzzle:
+the SIBO executive uses **different register conventions per interrupt vector** —
+the `int 0x84` service family passes the function in `AH`, whereas the `int 0xCF`
+I/O executive uses `CL`.
+
+`SCANNER.DYL` is an **object-oriented ROM library (a DYL)**. This strongly
+suggests the scanner is driven by **creating a scanner object and sending it
+messages** (the OLIB/OO model), not by raw device I/O on `WL2:D`. That would
+explain why every raw `WL2:D` read returned no data — wrong paradigm.
+
+**Confirmed working on device:** `p_open("WL2:D")` + control ops `6` then `7`
+trigger the laser and a good decode (green LED). Only *retrieving* the decoded
+bytes is unsolved.
+
+### Decompilation (Ghidra) — the read path
+
+`SCANNER.DYL`/`SCANAPP` decompile cleanly in Ghidra (16-bit real-mode x86). The
+app-level read routine (`FUN_858d`) is:
+
+```c
+obj->flags |= 8;
+obj->[0x190] = 0;
+FUN_8ce8(); FUN_8cd3(); FUN_8cd3();       // pre-read setup
+obj->[0x194] = FUN_8d8e();                // acquire a read handle  (int 0x84)
+obj->[0x192] = FUN_8c8b(0,2,1,obj);       // set up the read buffer (int 0x84; int 0xd2)
+swi(0xcf)(); swi(0xcf)();                 // config / enable ops on the channel
+if (obj->[0x196] == 0)
+    obj->[0x196] = swi(0xcf)();           // P_FREAD -> decoded result stored at +0x196
+else
+    swi(0xcf)();                          // P_FCANCEL
+```
+
+The decoder-side helpers also decompile clearly: `FUN_7ae3` is the per-decoder
+init (dispatch on `[channel+10]`; case 4 = the Symbol path, which calls
+`FUN_6dc4` to build the `0xff 0xee …` command frame and writes the 11-byte param
+block); `FUN_7aa4` is the trigger (two `int 0xCF` ops = the `6`/`7` we use).
+
+### The scanner is an OO library object (paradigm correction)
+
+The System Services vector table names the services: **`int 0x84` = `LIBMANAGER`**
+(the Library Manager) and **`int 0x83` = `MESSMANAGER`** (object messaging).
+`LIBMANAGER` sub-functions (in `AH`) are `NMLIBLOAD=0, UNLOAD=1, LINK, FIND,
+HANDLE, CREATE(=5), CREATEBYHANDLE(=6), …`. So the read's `FUN_8d8e`/`FUN_8c8b`
+call **`NMLIBCREATE` / `NMLIBCREATEBYHANDLE`** — they *create a scanner library
+object*.
+
+**Therefore the scanner is driven as an object-oriented library object, not by
+device I/O.** `WL2:D` is what `SCANNER.DYL` opens and reads *internally*; an
+application never `p_open`/`p_read`s it. Every earlier raw-device attempt was the
+wrong paradigm — which is why they returned nothing.
+
+The correct C approach uses the standard OO API (the same one the SDK's
+`growbar.c` demo uses):
+- `p_getlibh(category)` — get the library handle for a category.
+- `p_newsend` / `f_newsend(category, class, O_..._INIT, &args)` — create the
+  scanner object and send its init message.
+- `p_send2` / `p_send3(obj, O_...)` — send it messages (configure, trigger, read).
+
+These C wrappers sit over `LIBMANAGER` (create/handle) and `MESSMANAGER` (send).
+
+**Next RE target (well-defined):** extract from `SCANNER.DYL` its **category id**
+(candidate token in ROM: **`oscanner`**), **class**, and the **message ordinals**
+(`O_...`) for init / set-params / trigger / read, plus their parameter structs.
+OLIB assigns ordinals dynamically from the whole class hierarchy (base classes in
+`olib`/`hwim`), so they resolve at runtime rather than in a static dump — capture
+them with the **SIBO Debugger**, which supports remote debugging (PC↔device over
+serial) and **breakpoints inside dynamic libraries**. With those, a C client can
+create the scanner object and message it. Validation requires the physical device
+(MAME cannot inject a scan).
+
+**See [`CONTINUATION.md`](CONTINUATION.md)** for the full on-device debugging
+procedure (capture the category/ordinals/params via `LIBMANAGER`/`MESSMANAGER`
+breakpoints), a C test-harness template, and how to turn the captures into the
+shipped reader.
+
+To close it, one of:
+1. The **Workabout MX C SDK** `SCANNER.DYL` header / OO category definition (what
+   `SCANAPP` was built against) — the clean answer, and likely the only practical
+   one, because the interface is object-oriented.
+2. A deep RE effort under MAME (`psionwamx`): automate the UI to launch `SCANAPP`,
+   breakpoint the read routine, and trace it. Caveats: MAME cannot inject a real
+   barcode (no laser input), so only the read *setup* is observable in emulation;
+   the reconstructed sequence must still be validated on the physical device.
+
+## Error codes seen (from `epocdefs.h`)
+
+| Value | Name | Meaning |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `-9` | `E_GEN_INUSE` | device already open / in use |
+| `-32` | `E_FILE_EXIST` | (LDD) already loaded |
+| `-38` | `E_FILE_NAME` | invalid device name / unit |
+| `-41` | `E_FILE_DEVICE` | device / interface not present |

code/inventory/scan.c

@@ -1,66 +1,59 @@
 /*
- * scan.c - Phase 1 barcode diagnostic for the Workabout MX integral laser.
+ * scan.c - Phase 1: WL2:D scanner, asynchronous read (reverse-engineered).
  *
- * The EAN/UPC decoder LDD (BAREAN.LDD) is loaded, then the decoder device is
- * opened. The exact device-name form and open mode are not documented in the
- * available manuals (they live in the I/O Devices Reference), so this build
- * tries several candidates in one run and reports which one opens - most
- * likely "BAR:D" (the decoder over port D, like TTY:D), since bare "BAR:"
- * returns E_FILE_NAME (-38). Once open, it dumps every byte of each read so
- * the decoded UPC format can be seen.
- *
- * Blocking I/O; exit via the System screen.
+ * Confirmed: opening WL2:D and issuing control ops 6/7 triggers a scan (laser
+ * fires, green LED). Neither synchronous read form returned data, and SCANAPP
+ * in the ROM uses an async pattern (post read -> P_FREAD -> P_FCANCEL). So this
+ * posts an asynchronous read (p_ioc), triggers the scan (ops 6/7), then waits
+ * for completion (p_iowait). Decoded output is CR/LF-terminated.
  */
 #include <plib.h>
-#include "bcode.h"
 
-#define NCAND 5
+#define WL2_TRIG1 6
+#define WL2_TRIG2 7
 
 GLDEF_C INT main(VOID)
 {
     VOID *chan;
-    UBYTE buf[64];
-    INT   loadErr, r, n, i, opened;
-    UINT  k;
+    UBYTE buf[256];
+    WORD  stat;
+    UWORD len;
+    INT   err, i;
 
-    static TEXT *names[NCAND] = { "BAR:D", "BAR:D", "BAR:",  "BAR:E", "BAR:A" };
-    static UINT  modes[NCAND] = { (UINT)-1, 0,      0,       (UINT)-1, (UINT)-1 };
-
-    loadErr = bcodeLoad();
-    p_printf("load %s.LDD: %d\n\n", BCODE_LDD, loadErr);
-
-    opened = 0;
-    for (k = 0; k < NCAND; k++) {
-        r = p_open(&chan, names[k], modes[k]);
-        p_printf("open \"%s\" mode %u: %d\n", names[k], modes[k], r);
-        if (r >= 0) {
-            opened = 1;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (opened == 0) {
-        p_printf("\nNothing opened. Press a key to exit.\n");
+    err = p_open(&chan, "WL2:D", (UINT)-1);
+    p_printf("open WL2:D: %d\n", err);
+    if (err < 0) {
+        p_printf("Press a key to exit.\n");
         p_getch();
         return 1;
     }
 
-    p_printf("\nOpened \"%s\". Scan a barcode. System screen to exit.\n\n",
-             names[k]);
+    p_printf("Present a barcode under the laser. Async reads:\n\n");
 
     for (;;) {
-        n = p_read(chan, buf, sizeof(buf));
-        if (n < 0) {
-            p_printf("read err %d\n", n);
+        len  = sizeof(buf);
+        stat = E_FILE_PENDING;
+        p_ioc(chan, P_FREAD, &stat, buf, &len);   /* post async read */
+
+        p_iow(chan, WL2_TRIG1);                    /* trigger the scan */
+        p_iow(chan, WL2_TRIG2);
+
+        p_iowait();                                /* wait for a completion */
+
+        if (stat == E_FILE_PENDING) {              /* our read didn't finish */
+            p_iow(chan, P_FCANCEL);
+            p_waitstat(&stat);
             continue;
         }
-        if (n == 0)
+        if (stat < 0) {
+            p_printf("stat %d\n", stat);
             continue;
-        p_printf("n=%d:", n);
-        for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        }
+        p_printf("len=%d:", len);
+        for (i = 0; i < 40 && i < 256; i++)
             p_printf(" %d", buf[i]);
         p_printf("  \"");
-        for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        for (i = 0; i < 40 && i < 256; i++)
             p_putch(buf[i] >= ' ' ? buf[i] : '.');
         p_printf("\"\n");
     }

docs/2-05 Hardware Reference (2.15 beta update)_djvu.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+CHAPTER 11 
+
+
+HARDWARE REFERENCE 
+
+
+Note: This document is a beta version and may be subject to change. 
+
+
+About this chapter 
+
+
+This chapter presents the details of some of the new hardware present in the Psion Series 3c and Siena 
+machines. 
+
+
+The 15-way SIBO/RS232 connector 
+
+
+Four distinct types of signal are brought in/out via this connector: 
+e RS232 level serial data and handshaking lines 
+e Power in to provide operating power. 
+e A SIBO serial channel at 3V logic levels, to provide an interface to ASIC4/5 based peripherals 
+e 5V power out to power non self-powered peripherals. 
+
+
+Not all of these signals are relevant to both machines; the split being: 
+
+
+The board mounted connector is a Honda type with custom polarisation. The diagram below shows the 
+
+
+pinout of this connector: 
+
+
+11-1 
+
+
+SIENA/SERIES 3C UPGRADE 
+
+
+The pins on the connector have the following functions: 
+Siena Vin at +6Vd.c., 10% — 
+Series 3c 5V Power out, 30mA maximum. 
+RTS (RS232) 
+DTR (RS2372) 
+TXD (RS232) 
+DSR (RS232) 
+DCD (RS232) 
+CTS (RS232) 
+RXD (RS2372) 
+
+
+0 mn nNn nn fF W WN 
+
+
+SDOE - SIBO data direction control. 
+
+
+— 
+o 
+
+
+EXTSTAT - active low SIBO peripheral detect line. 
+
+
+ee 
+ee 
+
+
+EXON - SIBO external turn-on 
+
+
+= 
+N 
+
+
+INT - SIBO peripheral interrupt 
+
+
+— 
+Ww 
+
+
+SD - SIBO serial data 
+
+
+_ 
+Ts 
+
+
+SCK - SIBO data clock 
+
+
+—- 
+—s 
+—> 
+— 
+a 
+— 
+— 
+— 
+— 
+— 
++ 
+ad 
+—_—- 
+
+
+= 
+Nn 
+
+
+GND - Signal and Power ground 
+
+
+GND - Shield frame ground 
+
+
+Key: Out of machine _, 
+Into machine — 
+
+
+Ground — 
+
+
+e The SIBO lines on the Series 3c are not intended to be used for peripherals. They are present 
+on the unit for test purposes only. 
+
+
+e The SIBO lines on the Siena are intended for use with the external SSD drive only, and are 
+filtered to match that peripheral. 
+
+
+e It should be particularly noted that the SIBO lines on pins 9-14 on both machines are at 3V logic 
+levels, as opposed to the 5V levels present on the Series 3a, and are unbuffered; that is, there is no 
+SIBO data direction control imposed on the lines, as is present on the Series 3a external SIBO bus. 
+
+
+e The contacts for pins | and 15 on the socket protrude slightly and make contact before the 
+remaining pins on the connector. 
+
+
+e The only difference between the Series 3c and the Siena pin-outs is the function of pin 1. Applying 
+6V to this pin on the Series 3c will have no detrimental effect. The 5V output on the Series 3c is 
+the normal VCC5 output provided on the SIBO expansion port of an Series 3a, less one Schottky 
+diode drop. The VCCEXT output on Series 3c gets turned on two EPOC ticks after EXTSTAT 
+goes low. 
+
+
+e On the Siena, EXTSTAT directly controls the DNMI line, whilst on the Series 3c, it is polled on 
+PBO6. 
+
+
+e On the Series 3c, the DSR line performs an external wake-up of the machine through an internal 
+connection to the EXON line. This does not happen on the Siena. 
+
+
+11-2 
+
+

docs/3-01 Programming in HWIF (2.15 beta update)_djvu.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+CHAPTER 7 
+
+
+PROGRAMMING IN HWIF 
+
+
+This document is a beta version and may be subject to change. 
+
+
+This chapter describes the changes and additions that have been made to the HWIF library as a result of the 
+introduction of the Siena and Series 3c machines into the SIBO range. 
+
+
+Grey lines in menus 
+
+
+The introduction of small fonts for dialogs on the Workabout and Siena resulted in a change to the data 
+structures in the property of the GATE class. This caused an inconsistency in the Hwif library between the 
+Series 3a and later machines in the way that it stores the positions of grey lines in menus. For reasons of 
+future consistency, the change has been incorporated in all SIBO machines with ROM version numbers of 
+Ox356F and above. It is therefore present in Workabout, Siena and Series 3c machines, although Series 3c 
+dialogs do not need to make use of the small font. 
+
+
+A suitably written Hwif application that makes no use of grey lines in menus will run on any SIBO 
+machine, regardless of the version of the Hwif library that was used to build it. However, any Hwif 
+application that uses grey lines in its menus and was built with the version of Hwif supplied with version 
+2.10 of the SIBO C SDK will not run on Series 3a machines. Such applications that were built with earlier 
+versions of Hwif will run on the Series 3a, but not on the Workabout, Siena or Series 3c. 
+
+
+All Hwif programs that are linked with the modified Hwif library that is described below can run on the 
+Series 3, Series 3a, Series 3c, Workabout and Siena - provided, of course, that their displays are tailored to 
+the various screen sizes and graphics capabilities of these machines. 
+
+
+Hwif library modification 
+
+
+The Building the Hwif library section in the Advanced use of Hwif chapter of the Programming in Hwif 
+manual explains how to build a customised version of the Hwif library, using the Hwif source files 
+provided with the SIBO C SDK. Before making the modification that is described in this section, you 
+should verify that you can build the existing Hwif library. 
+
+
+The required modification is to the hMenuRun function, which can be found in the hhwif-c source file. The 
+published source for this function is: 
+
+
+GLDEF_C INT hMenuRun () 
+/* 
+Display and use the menu bar 
+*/ 
+{ 
+if (_GreyLines) 
+p_bcpy (&DatGate->gate.g.ulines[0], GreyLines,16*sizeof (UWORD) ) ; 
+return (p_send3 (DatGate,O GT MENU RUN, MenuPositions) ); 
+} 
+
+
+This needs to be modified as shown below, to take into account the changed data structure that was 
+introduced with ROM version 3.56F: 
+
+
+SIENA/SERIES 3C UPGRADE 
+
+
+GLDEF_C INT hMenuRun () 
+/* 
+Display and use the menu bar 
+af 
+{ 
+if (_GreyLines) 
+{ 
+p_bcpy( (BYTE *) &DatGate->gate.g.ulines [0] 
+-((p_version()>0x355f) ? 0 : sizeof (DLG _X CONSTANTS) ), 
+_GreyLines,16*sizeof (UWORD) ); 
+} 
+return (p_send3(DatGate,O GT MENU RUN, MenuPositions) ); 
+} 
+
+
+Once the source file has been modified in this way, you should rebuild the Hwif library and use the rebuilt 
+version when developing Hwif applications for any target SIBO machine. 
+
+

docs/4-02 HWIM Reference (2.15 beta update)_djvu.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+CHAPTER 5 
+
+
+HWIM REFERENCE 
+
+
+This document is a beta version and may be subject to change. 
+
+
+This manual describes the changes and additions that have been made to the HWIM library as a result of 
+the introduction of the Siena and Series 3c machines into the SIBO range. 
+
+
+Siena and Series 3c 
+The FILELIST class 
+
+
+Very long pathnames are now displayed on the file selector with a leading ellipsis followed by the trailing 
+characters of the pathname. 
+
+
+The HELPLIST class 
+
+
+HELPLIST now folds case when sorting help list entries. This is important if you are writing Help screens 
+and lists for foreign language variants of your software. 
+
+
+The DLGBOX class 
+
+
+All dialog items now have the pR_wIN_IS_DLCTRL flag set. The hSetLandlordFlags () method does nothing 
+if PR_WIN_IS_DLCTR1L is not set. With the exception of acurst, all lodger window classes which assumed 
+that they were components of a DLGBox subclass now only make this assumption if the above flag is set. 
+
+
+There is a new DLGBox flag, DLGBOxX_SMALL_FONT, matching the value of DLGBOx_FROM_HWIF, but never set 
+from HWIF dialogs. (This flag is cleared from non-HWIF dialogs before the dialog is actually run). The 
+purpose of the flag is to allow the Workabout and Siena small font feature to be set from resource files. The 
+flag is harmless for Series 3, Series 3a and Series 3c dialogs. 
+
+
+Infrared communications 
+
+
+System resources 
+
+
+A SYS_IR_POWER_LEVEL resource has been added, giving the text “High” and “Low” for Infrared power 
+levels. 
+
+
+A SYS_PRINTER_IR resource has been added, giving the text “Infrared” as a printer type. 
+
+
+Keypresses 
+
+
+Normally, IR-related keys are captured by the built-in IR data transfer application. If the user disables IR, 
+by selecting another mode of communication, these keypresses are absorbed by the ws process key 
+method of any application’s instance of wsERv. As a general service to the user, the method also displays an 
+“Infrared not enabled” information message. See also the descriptions of the changes to the wsERv class for 
+the Siena and the Series 3c, later in this chapter. 
+
+
+Data transfer and the Link Paste mechanism 
+
+
+The IR data transfer application on the Siena and Series 3c uses the Link Paste mechanism. The data to be 
+transferred is extracted from the selected region of the active edit window in whatever application last 
+declared itself to be the Link Paste server. 
+
+
+An exception to this rule occurs when the currently selected data is a filename in any of the System 
+Screen’s file lists. In this case the whole of that file is transferred. 
+
+
+SIENA/SERIES 3C UPGRADE 
+
+
+Siena 
+
+
+The Siena’s 240x160 screen is half the width of the Series 3a and Series 3c screens. In consequence, great 
+care has to be taken to ensure that lines of text do not exceed the available width. This restriction 
+particularly affects the amount of text that can be displayed in the menu bar and in dialog items. 
+
+
+Menu bars and pull-down menus 
+
+
+The menu bar and pull-down menu borders are thinner than those on the Series 3a , being similar to those 
+used for the Workabout, and the minimum spacing between menu bar items has been reduced. Despite 
+these changes, a typical Siena menu bar can not contain more than, say, five menu titles plus a diamond 
+menu, and the text is restricted to around 26 characters in total. Siena applications with many menu options 
+will, in general, need to make greater use of submenus than equivalent applications running on the Series 
+3a or Series 3c. However, the Siena screen’s width is unlikely to restrict individual pull-down menus, 
+which may contain up to nine items. 
+
+
+Dialogs 
+
+
+Dialogs are displayed in an 11 point font, with thinner borders (DLG_Box d1_init method), as on the 
+Workabout. Up to eleven lines of text, including the dialog title, can be displayed in a Siena dialog. 
+
+
+Siena dialogs can not display more than three action buttons in an AcLIst control. 
+Text items in a cHLIST choice list control are automatically truncated if they are too long to be displayed. 
+
+
+System dialogs 
+
+
+The Siena does not support tone dialling. In consequence, the rpraLpuc free-form tone dialling dialog is 
+disabled, and application software should not attempt to use it. The spranpic dialog has been modified so 
+that its function is simply to display resolved telephone numbers. 
+
+
+The content of the various Print dialogs has been rearranged. 
+Help screens 
+The title displayed does not include a preceding “Help: ”, to compensate for the smaller screen width. 
+
+
+The FILELIST class 
+
+
+An instance of FILELIST no longer displays the time and date for each file. The wn_key method has been 
+modified so that pressing the space bar shows the time and date for the currently selected file. 
+
+
+The CALWIN class 
+On the Siena, an instance of cALWIN can only display the data for a single month. 
+The WSERV class 
+
+
+The ws _process_key method performs the following additional actions: 
+
+
+e if the keypress is that of the decimal separator key in the numeric keypad - with a keycode of 
+W_KEY CALC DECIMAL, 0x156 - it is converted to the current decimal separator , as determined by a 
+call to p_getctd 
+
+
+e if the keypress is one of W_KEY_IR_BRING, 0x140 Of W_KEY_IR_SEND, 0x141 (which would normally 
+be captured by the infrared file/record transfer software) display an information message to the 
+effect that Infrared is disabled 
+
+
+e if the keypress is W_FUNC_MODIFIER with w_KEY MENU (FN and MENU keys pressed together) the 
+Status Window in the System Screen is switched on or off, depending on its current state. Note 
+that CTRL + MENU also toggles the Status Window on the Siena. 
+
+
+Resource files 
+
+
+Several resources have been changed for the Siena to either save screen space or take account of the 
+different keyboard layout: 
+
+
+e the syS MTYPE PROTECTED resource uses the padlock symbol instead of “protected” 
+
+
+e SYS PREVIEW ACC is changed so that PSION + ? exits print preview (instead of PSION + * as on the 
+Series 3a and Series 3c) 
+
+
+e the degree symbol has been added to the resource string syS_SPECIAL CHARACTERS 
+
+
+5 HWIM REFERENCE 
+
+
+Series 3c 
+
+
+In general, the programming interface to HWIM (and XADD) classes is identical with that of the Series 3a. 
+
+
+Menus and dialogs 
+
+
+Menu and dialog borders have been restyled, but the basic geometry is unchanged. Dialogs have thinner 
+borders (DLG_Box dl_init method), There is no difference in the programming interface. 
+
+
+System dialogs 
+
+
+The sETPoRTDLG dialog class offers a selection of Baud rates up to a maximum of 57600, compared with 
+the maximum of 19200 on the Series 3a. 
+
+
+The wn_key methods of the FNEDIT and FNSELWN classes have been modified so that SHIFT + TAB (instead of 
+PSION + TAB) displays the current path in an information message (PSION + TAB is now used to instigate IR 
+file or record transfer). 
+
+
+The dial out code length in the Dial settings dialog (defined in prAL_ENvar, dialdigs.cl) has been increased 
+to 16 characters. 
+
+
+The WSERV class 
+The ws process key method performs the following additional action: 
+
+
+e if the keypress is W_KEY_IR_LINK, 0x142 (which would normally be captured by the infrared 
+file/record transfer software) display an information message to the effect that Infrared is disabled 
+
+
+e the class has been modified to take account of future extension to the resource string 
+SYS_SPECIAL CHARACTERS. 
+
+

docs/mx-re/toolchain-and-plan.md

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Workabout MX — reverse-engineering toolchain & documentation plan
+
+Goal: reverse-engineer the Workabout MX ROM (`w2mx_v7.20f_eng.bin`, v7.20f) and
+produce complete programming documentation for the device, since none exists for
+the MX specifically.
+
+## Toolchain (reproducible, headless)
+
+ROM identifies as MAME machine **`psionwamx`** ("Workabout mx"), CPU NEC V30MX
+(`psion_asic9mx`), with `psion_asic5` (barcode/UART) and the SIBO expansion slots.
+
+Setup:
+```
+mkdir -p roms/psionwamx && cp w2mx_v7.20f_eng.bin roms/psionwamx/w2mx_v7.20f.bin
+mame psionwamx -rompath roms -verifyroms          # -> "romset psionwamx is good"
+```
+
+**Dynamic RE (MAME debugger, headless via xvfb):**
+```
+xvfb-run -a mame psionwamx -rompath roms -debug \
+         -debugscript CMDS.txt -sound none -seconds_to_run N
+```
+Useful `CMDS.txt` debugger commands:
+- `trace FILE` then `go` — log every executed instruction (correct bank mapping).
+- `dasm FILE,ADDR,LEN` — disassemble a region as currently mapped.
+- `dump FILE,ADDR,LEN` — hex dump memory.
+- `bpset ADDR,1,{commands}` — breakpoint with actions (e.g. dump then continue).
+- `wpset ADDR,LEN,rw` — watchpoint (catch who reads/writes a driver global).
+
+This resolves the segment/relocation mapping that flat static disassembly of the
+ROM could not (e.g. `SCANNER.DYL` / `SCANAPP` code).
+
+
+**Decompilation (Ghidra headless):** extract the DYL region to a slice and load
+as 16-bit real-mode x86:
+```
+ghidra-analyzeHeadless PROJ NAME -import slice.bin -processor "x86:LE:16:Real Mode" \
+  -scriptPath SCRIPTS -postScript decomp.java -deleteProject
+```
+`SCANNER.DYL`/`SCANAPP` decompile to readable pseudo-C this way (Ghidra 12 needs
+a Java GhidraScript, not Python). Caveat: TopSpeed C uses the register-based
+`jpi` calling convention, so argument recovery may need convention hints, but
+control flow, struct access and the `int` service calls read clearly.
+
+**Static RE:** `radare2 -e asm.arch=x86 -e asm.bits=16 w2mx_v7.20f_eng.bin`
+(good for strings, byte-pattern search, and clean fixed-mapped regions).
+
+## What "complete documentation" covers
+
+1. **Hardware** (largely in the HDK, to be confirmed/extended for the MX):
+   memory map & banking, ASIC1/2/4/5/9MX register maps, I/O ports, interrupts.
+2. **Boot & OS**: reset path, hardware init sequence, the `int 0xCF` OS/executive
+   call and its function table, the `int 0xD9`/etc. service vectors.
+3. **I/O & drivers**: the device model, `p_open`/`p_iow` function codes per driver,
+   and each driver: `TTY`, `WL2` (scanner), `MCR`, `PAR`, `SND`, IR, etc.
+4. **Scanner** (immediate priority, partly done — see SCANNER-API.md): `WL2:D`,
+   Symbol2 decoder, the 11-byte param block, trigger (ops 6/7), and the
+   still-open **data-retrieval** path — to be nailed by tracing `SCANAPP` live.
+5. **System services / libraries**: file system (DBF), window server, HWIM/FORM.
+
+## RE order
+
+1. Nail the scanner data-retrieval by running `SCANAPP`/`DEMMAN` under MAME,
+   breakpointing the `WL2` code, and tracing how the decoded bytes are delivered.
+2. Map the `int 0xCF` OS call table (breakpoint the vector, log CL/BX/DX per call).
+3. Document the boot + ASIC init (already partly traced).
+4. Work outward to the drivers and system services.
+
+Findings land in `docs/` as they are confirmed (e.g. `SCANNER-API.md`), each
+marked confirmed-on-emulator / confirmed-on-device / inferred.
+
+## Notes
+
+- `int 0xCF` convention (from traced code): `CL` = I/O function code, `BX` =
+  channel handle, `DX` = argument; result in `AX`. This is the `p_iow` layer.
+- MAME cannot inject a real barcode into the laser, so scanner *decode* may not
+  reproduce in emulation; but the *code path* (open/config/enable/read structure)
+  traces fully, which is what we need to write correct client code.

docs/reference/00-index.md

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Workabout MX / SIBO programming reference
+
+A programming reference for the Psion Workabout MX and the SIBO platform,
+synthesised from the Psion SDK manuals and the Hardware Development Kit, with
+reverse-engineered internals from the v7.20f ROM layered on top. Built as the
+foundation for developing applications (e.g. the barcode inventory app in
+`code/inventory/`).
+
+Each document cites its source manual and marks claims as documented,
+**[RE]** reverse-engineered, or inferred/uncertain.
+
+## Sections
+
+| # | Document | Covers |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| 01 | [Building applications](01-building-apps.md) | Toolchain, TopSpeed C, SIBO types, `GLDEF_C`/etc., `.pr` project files, images/libs/LDDs |
+| 02 | [System & OS](02-system.md) | Processes, memory/segments, panics + ranges, error codes, async I/O, the executive call |
+| 03 | [I/O devices & drivers](03-io-devices.md) | `p_open`/`p_iow`/`p_ioc`, function codes, serial (`P_SRCHAR`), per-device drivers, loading LDDs |
+| 04 | [PLIB core API](04-plib-core.md) | Strings, memory, console, conversion, math, date/time, categorised function reference |
+| 05 | [File system & DBF database](05-filesystem-dbf.md) | Files, streams, directories; the full DBF record/database API |
+| 06 | [User interface](06-ui.md) | Window Server model, events (`WM_*`, `WGetEvent`), the `CON:` console layer |
+| 07 | [Hardware](07-hardware.md) | CPU, memory/banking, ASIC1/2/4/5/9 register maps, I/O ports, interrupts, expansion |
+| 08 | [Boot & OS-call internals **[RE]**](08-re-boot-oscalls.md) | Reset/ASIC-init path, OS-service `INT` vectors, boot port activity — from the live MAME trace |
+
+Related:
+- [Barcode scanner API](../inventory/SCANNER-API.md) — the Symbol2/`WL2` laser scanner (reverse-engineered): device, trigger, decoder params, and the OO-library-object architecture.
+- [Scanner continuation guide](../inventory/CONTINUATION.md) — the on-device SIBO-Debugger procedure to capture the OO message ordinals and finish a working scanner client.
+- [RE toolchain & plan](../mx-re/toolchain-and-plan.md) — MAME/radare2/Ghidra RE setup and roadmap.
+
+## Status
+
+The manual-derived sections (01–07) are broad and citation-backed. The
+reverse-engineered material (08, the scanner API, and the executive-call
+convention notes) is being extended by tracing the ROM under MAME
+(`psionwamx`). Known open items: the full `INT`-vector → service map, and the
+scanner data-retrieval path.

docs/reference/01-building-apps.md

@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+# Building Applications on the Psion SIBO / Workabout in C
+
+A reference for developing C applications for the Psion SIBO family (HC, MC,
+Series 3/3a/3c, Siena, Workabout) using the SIBO C SDK and the TopSpeed C
+compiler.
+
+Sourced from the *SIBO 'C' Software Development Kit — General Programming Manual*
+(v2.30, March 1999) and the *SIBO Hardware Development Kit* (May 1995) LDD
+sections. Claims are drawn only from those documents; where a point is not
+stated in the source it is marked as such.
+
+> **Workabout MX note.** The manual (SDK v2.30) names the *Workabout* and
+> *Siena* but does not mention a distinct "Workabout MX" model. Everything here
+> that applies to the Workabout applies to the MX at the SIBO/EPOC-16 level.
+> Anything genuinely MX-specific is called out explicitly; unmarked material is
+> generic SIBO and holds for the MX unless noted.
+
+---
+
+## 1. Architecture and programming model
+
+A SIBO machine is "a battery-powered portable computer that is based on the SIBO
+architecture ... designed to minimise the size, weight and power consumption"
+(General, ch. 2). Key hardware components named by the manual:
+
+- A power-management system that "selectively powers subsystems under software control".
+- Solid State Disks (SSDs) — "fast low-power silicon-based mass storage with no moving parts".
+- Asynchronous serial interface running at "Mega bit rates".
+- **"An 8086 class of processor (or any compatible processor such as an 80286)"** (General, ch. 2).
+- Hardware protection: "address trapping of out-of-range writes and a watch-dog timer on interrupts being disabled".
+- Real-time clock, ROM-resident system software, graphics LCD, and (on some models) a touch-sensitive digitising pad.
+
+The hardware is "primarily implemented in custom ICs called ASICs ... surface-mounted static CMOS ICs throughout."
+
+> **CPU note / uncertainty.** The manual describes the CPU only as "an 8086
+> class of processor (or any compatible processor such as an 80286)". The
+> commonly cited V30-class part (NEC V30 / V30H, an 8086-compatible) is **not
+> named in these source documents**; treat "V30-class" as background, not a
+> manual quotation. The programming-relevant fact is what the manual does state:
+> it is an 8086-class, 16-bit, real-mode-segmented CPU with no 8087.
+
+The operating system is **EPOC** (here the 16-bit EPOC that runs on SIBO; not
+the later 32-bit EPOC32). Features listed (General, ch. 2):
+
+- Preemptive multi-tasking; MS-DOS-compatible and installable file systems.
+- Asynchronous services and client-server architecture (file server, window server).
+- A comprehensive I/O system with many built-in I/O devices and **dynamically loadable device drivers**.
+- A **reentrant function library**; "multiple processes of the same program share a single copy of the code"; code-shared dynamic link libraries.
+
+> The terms are distinguished in the manual: *SIBO* = the hardware
+> architecture; *EPOC* = the operating system designed for it. On SIBO
+> machines "the system software resides on an in-built ROM."
+
+### Fatal errors (panics)
+
+When the system detects a condition it believes can only be a bug, it
+"terminates the process with a 'panic number' in the range 0 to 255 ... There is
+no way for applications to avoid being terminated when a panic has been started."
+Panic-number ranges (General, ch. 2):
+
+| Range | Source |
+|-------|--------|
+| 0–80, and 255 | PLIB library |
+| 81–129 | Window Server library |
+| 130–160 | OLIB object library |
+| 160–254 | non-ROM code (e.g. the ISAM library) |
+
+`panic 80` specifically often means a program "failed to locate SYS$8087.LDD"
+(the floating-point emulator LDD) — see §5.
+
+### Why TopSpeed C (small model)
+
+Applications are written, compiled and linked on a PC and then run/debugged on
+the SIBO machine. The compiler and linker are the **TopSpeed C** system
+(Clarion Software Corporation). The SDK requires the *small code model* of
+TopSpeed:
+
+> "`#model small jpi` — The code is to be compiled in small model (code and
+> data segments each restricted to 64K), with the jpi (TopSpeed C) convention
+> of using registers to pass parameters to subroutines." (General, ch. 3)
+
+You may install other TopSpeed code models, but "they will not be used by the
+SIBO SDK." Small model matches the 8086-class segmented architecture: a single
+64K code segment and a single 64K data segment, with `CS`/`DS`/`SS` behaving as
+a "pure small model" where "`ds=es=ss`" (General, ch. 4). The `jpi` calling
+convention (register parameter passing) is mandatory for SIBO builds.
+
+Because there is no 8087, "all floating point is performed by software emulation
+of the 8087" (General, ch. 4).
+
+---
+
+## 2. CLIB vs PLIB
+
+Two C libraries are available:
+
+**CLIB** — "a version of the TopSpeed C library for the EPOC operating system
+... a version of the standard ANSI C library." Benefits: portability (existing C
+ports easily) and less to learn. Documented in the *TopSpeed C Library
+Reference*, with SIBO caveats in *Notes on CLIB*.
+
+**PLIB** — Psion's proprietary C library, providing "only very thin shells over
+functionality that is present in the ROM." Functions are prefixed `p_`.
+
+The manual "strongly urges" developers to consider PLIB over CLIB:
+
+- "many of the ROM-based EPOC system services are not available from CLIB (eg
+  asynchronous I/O, inter-process messaging, the window server graphics functions)"
+- "executables are larger in CLIB and the process takes a larger data segment."
+
+CLIB is a "much 'thicker' library"; its subsystems "typically require large
+static buffers and tables." You can freely mix PLIB and CLIB calls (unless using
+the object-oriented UI dynamic libraries). The Window Server library is `WLIB`
+(`wlib.lib`, functions `g...`/`w...`, header `wlib.h`), automatically linked
+when needed.
+
+CLIB omissions worth knowing (Notes on CLIB): many BIOS/DOS/graphics/far-pointer
+functions are not implemented. `getRealHandle(int handle)` converts a CLIB file
+handle to a PLIB handle. CLIB startup auto-opens a console channel assigned to
+`stdin`/`stdout`/`stderr`; you can suppress it by defining `p_xwind` and setting
+the global `_winHandle`.
+
+### Standard SIBO C types
+
+The manual's example code uses a standard set of SIBO C types in place of raw C
+types. (These are defined in the SDK headers — `plib.h`/`stddefs`; the General
+manual uses them but their formal definitions live in the PLIB Reference.)
+Observed usage:
+
+| Type    | Meaning (from usage in the manual) |
+|---------|-------------------------------------|
+| `TEXT`  | character / text byte (e.g. `TEXT *pb;`, `TEXT subname[P_FNAMESIZE];`) |
+| `UBYTE` | unsigned 8-bit byte |
+| `WORD`  | signed 16-bit word |
+| `UWORD` | unsigned 16-bit word (e.g. `UWORD answer;`) |
+| `INT`   | signed integer (return type of `main`) |
+| `UINT`  | unsigned integer (e.g. `UINT lcdtype;`) |
+| `VOID`  | void (e.g. `main(VOID)`) |
+
+> **Uncertainty.** The exact widths/signedness of each typedef are not spelled
+> out in the General manual; they are defined in the SDK headers / PLIB
+> Reference. The mappings above reflect how the manual uses them and standard
+> SIBO conventions. Use the uppercase SIBO types rather than raw C types in
+> SIBO code.
+
+### Storage-class macros
+
+The example code uses uppercase storage-class macros instead of bare C storage
+classes. These make the code portable across the segmented model and the SDK's
+linkage conventions.
+
+| Macro | Used for | Manual examples |
+|-------|----------|-----------------|
+| `GLDEF_C` | **global definition** of code (a function you define, visible externally) | `GLDEF_C INT main(VOID)`, `GLDEF_C VOID main(VOID)` |
+| `GLREF_C` | **global reference** to code / an external symbol (declared elsewhere) | `GLREF_C TEXT *DatCommandPtr;` |
+| `GLDEF_D` | global definition of data | (data counterpart of `GLDEF_C`) |
+| `GLREF_D` | global reference to data defined in another module | `GLREF_D TEXT *DatCommandPtr;` |
+| `LOCAL_C` | file-local (`static`) function | `LOCAL_C VOID QueueKey(VOID)`, `LOCAL_C VOID CancelTimer(VOID)` |
+| `LOCAL_D` | file-local (`static`) data | (data counterpart of `LOCAL_C`) |
+
+> `_C` suffix = code/function, `_D` suffix = data; `GL...` = global (external
+> linkage), `LOCAL_...` = module-private. The General manual shows `GLDEF_C`,
+> `GLREF_C`, `GLREF_D`, and `LOCAL_C` directly; `GLDEF_D`/`LOCAL_D` are the data
+> counterparts (formal definitions in the PLIB Reference).
+
+### Program entry point
+
+A PLIB program's entry point is `main`, written with the SIBO macros:
+
+```c
+#include <plib.h>
+
+GLDEF_C INT main(VOID)
+{
+    p_printf("Hello World");
+    p_getch();
+    return (0);
+}
+```
+
+A CLIB program uses ordinary ANSI style with `<stdio.h>`:
+
+```c
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int main(VOID)
+{
+    printf("Hello World");
+    getchar();
+    return (0);
+}
+```
+
+(Both `hello.c` and `p_hello.c` are taken verbatim from General ch. 3.)
+
+---
+
+## 3. Project (`.pr`) files
+
+The compile/link cycle is driven by TopSpeed **project files** (extension
+`.pr`). The minimal CLIB project (`hello.pr`):
+
+```
+#system epoc img
+#model small jpi
+
+#compile hello
+#link hello
+```
+
+The minimal PLIB project (`p_hello.pr`):
+
+```
+#system epoc img
+#set epocinit=iplib
+#model small jpi
+
+#compile p_hello
+#link p_hello
+```
+
+### Directives
+
+- **`#system epoc img`** — "The end outcome of the build is a `.img` file, as
+  defined in the Epoc-customised part of the TopSpeed configuration (alternative
+  `#system`s include `dos` and `win`)." Required in every SIBO project file.
+
+- **`#model small jpi`** — small code model + jpi register calling convention
+  (see §1). Required in every SIBO project file.
+
+- **`#set epocinit=iplib`** — selects the startup object and stack size. **Must
+  precede `#model`.** It "specifies whether you are using the CLIB or PLIB
+  startup object files, and it specifies the stack size." Allowed values:
+
+  | Value | Startup | Stack |
+  |-------|---------|-------|
+  | `iclib` | CLIB | 8k (recommended for CLIB) |
+  | `iclib4` | CLIB | 4k |
+  | `iclib2` | CLIB | 2k |
+  | `iplib` | PLIB | 4k (recommended for PLIB) |
+  | `iplib8` | PLIB | 8k |
+  | `iplib2` | PLIB | 2k |
+
+  If unset, defaults to `iclib`. You **must** use CLIB startup if you use any
+  CLIB I/O functions; if you use no CLIB functions at all, "you should always
+  use the PLIB startup." (Non-I/O CLIB functions such as memory allocation can
+  be used with PLIB startup.)
+
+- **`#compile <name>`** — compile a source module. If ambiguous, add the `.c`
+  extension (e.g. `#compile query.c`), because the system also treats `.a`
+  (assembler) and `.rc` files as candidate sources and errors if two candidates
+  exist.
+
+- **`#link <name>`** — link everything. Its effect: link all `#compile`d files,
+  plus the startup module and standard libraries, plus anything named by
+  `#pragma link`, giving the executable the name in the `#link` statement. The
+  `#link` name need not match the `.pr` filename nor any module name.
+
+- **`#dolink <name.lib>`** — used **instead of** `#link` to build a **library**.
+  It stops the system linking in a startup object and standard libraries. The
+  explicit `.lib` extension overrides the default `.img` implied by `#system
+  epoc img` (see §4).
+
+- **`#pragma link (<file>)`** — link an extra object file or library not
+  searched automatically. Examples: `#pragma link (hwif.lib)` (HWIF is not
+  auto-searched), `#pragma link (utils.lib)` (a custom library, found along the
+  `ts.red` search path).
+
+- **`#pragma debug (vid=>full)`** — insert before any `#compile` to build with
+  full source-level debug info (equivalent to the `/v2` command-line flag).
+
+### Overriding image attributes
+
+Three project variables (also settable as `/s...` on the command line):
+
+| Variable | Meaning | Default |
+|----------|---------|---------|
+| `%version` | image version number | `0x100f` |
+| `%priority` | initial process priority | `0x80` |
+| `%heapsize` | initial and minimum heap, in **paragraphs** (`0x80` = `0x800` bytes = 2 KB) | `0x80` |
+
+Set via a line like `#set heapsize=0x180` or `tsc /m app /sheapsize=0x180`. The
+OS refuses to start an instance without `heapsize` free heap, and never shrinks
+the heap below it.
+
+### Multi-module and parameterised projects
+
+Multi-file program (`triple.c`, `utils1.c`, `utils2.c`):
+
+```
+#system epoc img
+#set epocinit=iplib
+#model small jpi
+
+#compile triple
+#compile utils1
+#compile utils2
+
+#link triple
+```
+
+Assembler modules are allowed alongside C (`#compile afile` assembles
+`afile.a`); assembler modules must follow the rules in the PLIB Reference.
+
+A reusable generic project uses the `%main` macro (`unnamed.pr`):
+
+```
+#system epoc img
+#set epocinit=iplib
+#model small jpi
+#compile %main
+#link %main
+```
+
+invoked as `tsc /m unnamed.pr /smain=%1` (TopSpeed `/s` sets the macro from a
+batch parameter). Conditional/parameterised builds are handled in the shipped
+batch files (`cc.bat`, `make.bat`, `checkvid.bat`, `vid.bat`), which key
+compilation off a `%jpivid%` env var (`v2` = full debug, `v0` = none) and pick
+a per-app `.pr` if one exists, else `unnamed.pr`.
+
+### Invoking the compiler: `tsc /m`
+
+Build and link in one step:
+
+```
+tsc /m hello
+```
+
+"`/m` ... is that the project file is executed in 'make' mode, with files not
+being recompiled or relinked needlessly." For source-level debugging add `/v2`:
+
+```
+tsc /m hello /v2
+```
+
+Other flags seen: `/fp<project>` selects the project file (e.g.
+`tsc app.c /fpunnamed`); with no `/m` (and no `/l`) the project runs in
+"compile" mode (compile only, always, no link). `%version`, `%priority`,
+`%heapsize`, `%main` are passed as `/s<name>=<value>`.
+
+> **`tsc` vs `tscx`.** `tsc` does not use expanded memory "and may cause
+> problems, particularly when linking large applications." If linking fails,
+> replace `tsc` with **`tscx`** (which uses expanded memory) in the batch files.
+
+### Configuration files behind the build
+
+The SIBO build config lives in two files (do **not** edit their pragmas):
+
+- `tsprj.txt` — "compiled" with `tscfg` before use; the SDK version extends
+  Clarion's to add the `Epoc img` system type.
+- `stdepoc.h` — "always the first include file in any source module."
+
+Header/library search paths come from the redirection file **`ts.red`** (maps
+`*.H`, `*.LIB`, `*.PR`, etc. to `.` then the `\sibosdk\...` directories).
+
+---
+
+## 4. Build outputs: images, libraries, device drivers
+
+The image file is produced from an intermediary `.exe` by the Psion tool
+**`emake.exe`** (automated by the project system). "Essentially, `.img` files
+are to Epoc what `.exe` files are to MS-DOS." `emake` runs (per `tsprj.txt`):
+
+```
+emake -b %afl% -o%name% -s -v%version% -p%priority% -h%heapsize% -%epoctype% %name%.exe
+```
+
+The `%epoctype` variable selects the output kind:
+
+| `%epoctype` | Output | Extension |
+|-------------|--------|-----------|
+| `t1` (default) | image file | `.img` |
+| `t2` | logical device driver | `.ldd` |
+| `t3` | physical device driver | `.pdd` |
+| `t4` | dynamic library | `.dyl` |
+
+### Images (`.img` / `.app`)
+
+`.img` and `.app` are "strictly speaking ... no real difference"; both are
+image files. By convention a `.app` has one to four embedded **add-files**:
+
+- `.pic` — icon
+- `.rsc` or `.rzc` (compressed) — resource file
+- `.shd` — shell data (Series 3 only)
+
+Add-files are embedded by `emake` when an **add-file list** (`.afl`, a text file
+naming one to four files, e.g. `tele.afl`) with the matching base name exists at
+build time. Renaming the result to `.app` is a convention (not automatic). A
+`.dfl` file similarly embeds DYL files.
+
+Inspect an image with `edump <name>` (shows version, code/data segment sizes,
+stack, heap, priority, checksums, add-file offsets, DYL table). Re-edit an
+existing image's add-files/priority/heap/version *without rebuilding* using
+`eremake.exe` (e.g. to swap in a French resource file):
+
+```
+eremake -afrquery -o..\french\query.app query.app
+```
+
+### Libraries (`.lib`)
+
+Build a static library with `#dolink` (see §3):
+
+```
+#system epoc img
+#set epocinit=iplib
+#model small jpi
+#compile utils1
+#compile utils2
+#dolink utils.lib
+```
+
+`#dolink` (not `#link`) prevents startup/standard-library linking, and the
+explicit `.lib` overrides the default `.img`. Consumers pull it in with
+`#pragma link (utils.lib)`.
+
+### Loadable device drivers (`.LDD` / `.PDD`)
+
+At a high level, LDDs and PDDs are just image-type outputs of `emake`
+(`%epoctype=t2` → `.ldd`, `t3` → `.pdd`). Detail from the *Hardware Development
+Kit* (§9):
+
+All SIBO hardware "is controlled by logical and physical device drivers."
+Layering:
+
+```
+    APPLICATION SOFTWARE
+    Psion C / PLIB call interface
+    LOGICAL DEVICE DRIVER   (LDD)
+    PHYSICAL DEVICE DRIVER  (PDD)
+    PHYSICAL HARDWARE
+```
+
+- A **PDD** "contains the code required for talking directly with the hardware"
+  — low-level, hardware-specific services.
+- An **LDD** "performs the logical processing that transforms these low level
+  services into the high level services used by an application."
+- The same LDD is often paired with a per-hardware PDD; an LDD may also talk to
+  hardware directly, making a separate PDD unnecessary.
+
+> **Language note.** "Psion device drivers are written in 8086 assembler and
+> follow a prescribed structure" (HDK §9). Device drivers are **not** ordinary C
+> programs — the C SDK / PLIB is the *client* side (`p_loadldd()`, `p_open()`,
+> `p_close()`, `p_iow()`). The `.ldd`/`.pdd` build path exists in the project
+> system, but the driver *source* is assembler.
+
+**Naming and channels.** An LDD name is three characters + colon (e.g. `TTY:`
+serial). A PDD name is the owning LDD's three chars + `.` + three more + colon
+(e.g. `TTY.UAR`, the ASIC5 UART driver). Open a channel via `p_open`:
+
+```c
+p_open(&pcb, "LED:", -1);     /* LDD; -1 = ignore open mode */
+p_open(&pcb, "TTY.UAR:", -1); /* a PDD directly (unusual) */
+p_open(&pcb, "PAR:A", -1);    /* channel qualifier 'A' */
+```
+
+Typically an application opens only the LDD, which opens its PDD during
+initialisation. I/O requests reach the driver's **strategy vector**, which maps
+to the PLIB `p_iow()` call. Installable drivers are loaded dynamically
+(`DevLoadLDD` service; do not call `DevInstall` directly) without resetting the
+machine, and can replace resident ROM drivers of the same name (the table is
+searched from the most-recently-installed end). EPOC handles "a maximum of 32
+device drivers on a Series3 machine and 48 on other machines."
+
+**LDD structure (HDK §9).** Single code segment, no data segments (wrapped by
+`CodeSeg`/`EndCodeSeg`); begins with a `LibEnt` structure (2-byte
+`LDDSignature`, 8-byte zero-terminated name *without* trailing colon, 2-byte
+vector count ≥ 8, then the vector table). The **eight mandatory LDD functions**,
+in order:
+
+1. `DevFuncInstall` — on installation
+2. `DevFuncRemove` — on removal
+3. `DevFuncHold` — temporarily disable
+4. `DevFuncResume` — re-enable
+5. `DevFuncReset` — application terminated without closing channel
+6. `DevFuncUnits` — query number of supported units/channels
+7. `DevFuncOpen` — open a channel
+8. `DevFuncStrategy` — access functionality via the I/O system
+
+All are called FAR by the OS and must return with a FAR return.
+
+**PDD structure (HDK §9).** Also single code segment, no data segments; starts
+with a `LibEnt` (`PDDSignature`). **Two mandatory functions** — `DevFuncInstallPDD`
+and `DevFuncRemovePDD` — with typically two more (`DevFuncOpenPDD`,
+`DevFuncStrategyPDD`). PDD internal variables must live in the driver's own code
+segment so hardware can be freed after a client process terminates.
+
+---
+
+## 5. Floating-point emulator (relevant to any build)
+
+Because SIBO has no 8087, floating point is emulated. Under EPOC the emulator is
+an LDD, `SYS$8087.LDD` (in `\sibosdk\lib\`), loaded and freed automatically —
+saving ~8K per program and allowing sharing between processes. The C startup
+(`r_emul.a`) looks for the LDD in the program's directory, then via the `EMS`
+environment variable (case-sensitive). A program that dies with **panic 80**
+before starting has "almost certainly failed to locate `SYS$8087.LDD`"; fixes:
+copy the LDD next to the program, set `EMS`, or remove the floating-point
+dependency. Note "floating point instructions can easily be generated
+unexpectedly ... if the recommended build configuration pragmas are 'improved'"
+— another reason not to touch the pragmas.
+
+---
+
+## 6. Resources / resource compiler
+
+The General manual covers resources only lightly, as **add-files**: a `.rsc`
+(or compressed `.rzc`) resource file can be embedded into a `.app` via the
+`.afl` add-file list (§4). Multi-lingual applications isolate all text in a
+resource file so a translated `.rzc` can be swapped in with `eremake` without
+recompiling.
+
+> **Not in this manual.** The resource *compiler* itself and the resource
+> source (`.rss`) syntax are **not** described in the General Programming Manual.
+> The manual points to the *Resource Files* chapter of the *Additional System
+> Information* manual (not provided here) for that detail. Do not assume resource
+> compiler behaviour beyond the add-file mechanism described above.
+
+---
+
+## 7. Detecting the machine at runtime
+
+Most SIBO machines are distinguished by screen size via `p_getlcd()` /
+`p_geticda()` (General ch. 7). Values include:
+
+| Constant | Value | Display / machine |
+|----------|-------|-------------------|
+| `E_LCD_640_400` | 0 | 640x400 — MC 400 |
+| `E_LCD_640_200_SMALL` | 1 | 640x200 — MC 200 |
+| `E_LCD_160_80` | 4 | 160x80 — HC |
+| `E_LCD_240_80` | 5 | 240x80 — Series 3 |
+| `E_LCD_480_160` | 11 | 480x160 — Series 3a / 3c |
+| **`E_LCD_240_100`** | **12** | **240x100 — Workabout** |
+| `E_LCD_240_160` | 14 | 240x160 — Siena |
+
+> **Workabout / MX.** The manual lists the Workabout as the 240x100 machine
+> (`E_LCD_240_100`, value 12). It does not list a separate MX entry; an MX with
+> the same screen reports the same LCD type. Series 3a vs 3c (same screen size)
+> are told apart with `p_returnexpansionportinfo()` on EPOC ≥ `0x390F` — the
+> pattern generalises if you must disambiguate same-screen models. Do not
+> hardcode screen dimensions; query the LCD type.
+
+---
+
+## Quick reference
+
+```
+# Minimal PLIB app
+#system epoc img          # -> .img output (Epoc image)
+#set epocinit=iplib       # PLIB startup, 4k stack  (MUST precede #model)
+#model small jpi          # 64K code + 64K data, register calling convention
+#compile myapp
+#link myapp
+
+# Build (make mode)             tsc /m myapp
+# Build with source debug       tsc /m myapp /v2
+# Large link needs XMS          tscx /m myapp
+# Override heap                  tsc /m myapp /sheapsize=0x180
+# Inspect image                 edump myapp
+# Re-embed add-files/version     eremake ...
+```
+
+| Extension | What it is |
+|-----------|-----------|
+| `.pr` | TopSpeed project file |
+| `.c` / `.a` | C source / assembler source |
+| `.img` / `.app` | EPOC image / image with embedded add-files |
+| `.lib` | static library (`#dolink`) |
+| `.ldd` / `.pdd` | logical / physical device driver (assembler source) |
+| `.dyl` | dynamic library |
+| `.rsc` / `.rzc` | resource file / compressed resource file |
+| `.pic`, `.shd`, `.afl` | icon, shell data, add-file list |
+| `ts.red` | header/library redirection (search paths) |

docs/reference/02-system.md

@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+# Psion SIBO / EPOC — Operating-System Programming Model
+
+Reference notes for the SIBO family (HC, MC, Series 3/3a/3c, Siena, Workabout /
+Workabout MX) running the ROM-resident **EPOC** operating system, programmed
+through the **PLIB** library.
+
+Sources, cited inline as:
+
+- **[GEN]** — *SIBO 'C' SDK, General Programming Manual*, v2.30
+- **[PLIB]** — *PLIB Reference*
+- **[SYS]** — *EPOC OS System Services* (assembly-level service interface)
+
+Everything below is drawn from those manuals. Items derived from prior
+reverse-engineering, rather than the manuals, are explicitly flagged
+**[RE — reverse-engineered]**. Workabout-MX-specific points are flagged
+**[MX]**; where the manuals do not distinguish the MX, that is noted as an
+uncertainty rather than invented.
+
+> **Terminology.** *SIBO* is the hardware architecture (8086-class CPU, ASICs,
+> SSD storage). *EPOC* is the operating system that runs on it. This is the
+> 16-bit SIBO-era EPOC, not the later 32-bit EPOC32/Symbian. [GEN §2]
+
+---
+
+## 1. The memory model
+
+### 1.1 Small model, segments, and memory moving
+
+EPOC programs are compiled in the 8086 **small model**: the code segment and the
+data segment are each limited to **64 KB**. The restriction is deliberate — it
+lets EPOC **move memory segments** (including a process's own code and data
+segments) around physical RAM without any cooperation from the application, which
+is essential for efficient RAM use in a multitasking system. [GEN §1; PLIB
+"Introduction"]
+
+Physical memory (address 0 to 0xFFFFF, up to 1 MB addressable; banked above
+512 KB) is laid out roughly as: interrupt vectors (1 KB) → screen bitmap (small
+displays) → OS data space → **allocated memory segments** → unallocated memory →
+internal RAM drive (`LOC::M:`) → environment variables (≤4 KB) → screen bitmap
+(large displays) → ROM (~256 KB). [PLIB §7 "Overview of system memory usage"]
+
+All unallocated RAM is kept in a **single contiguous chunk**. Consequently
+creating, deleting, or resizing one segment forces others to move. Segment
+addresses and sizes are always expressed in **16-byte paragraphs**; segments
+start on 16-byte boundaries. The segment allocator's maximum segment size is
+**512 KB**. [PLIB §7]
+
+**How moving is safe.** The supervisor process (`SYS$MANG`) does the moving. It
+runs at higher priority than any other process (so it is not interrupted mid-move)
+and its own data/code segments never move. After a move it walks each process
+context and **adjusts the 8086 segment registers** (CS, DS, SS, ES) by the amount
+the relevant segment moved. A register is adjusted only if it holds a value inside
+a moved segment's range. [GEN §1; PLIB §7]
+
+Two rules the application must obey so the supervisor's fix-up works:
+
+- Never store a segment register to memory and later reload it (the memory may
+  move in between). In assembler, protect any unavoidable save/restore by
+  disabling interrupts across it (which blocks the context switch).
+- Never load a non-segment value into a segment register (it might fall inside a
+  moved segment's range and get "adjusted"). [GEN §1]
+
+### 1.2 Segment kinds and naming
+
+Allocated segments are described by a **name**, a **handle**, a **size**, and an
+**address**. [PLIB §7]
+
+- **Device segments** — created when an external device is installed, deleted on
+  removal; normally do not resize. Placed at **lower addresses** than dynamic
+  segments so device drivers (e.g. serial) are not disturbed by volatile dynamic
+  activity. The first two are special: the data segments of `SYS$NULL` and
+  `SYS$MANG`, created at startup and never resized. Extensions `.LDD` / `.PDD`
+  denote Logical / Physical Device Driver segments.
+- **Dynamic segments** — code and data segments created/deleted as processes come
+  and go; process data segments grow/shrink to fit heap demand. Extensions:
+  `.$SC` = shared primary code segment, `.DYL` = dynamic library code, `.$nn` =
+  process data segment (nn = process slot number).
+
+The **segment handle** is the relative address of the segment's 16-byte
+index-table entry in OS data space; that entry holds the segment address, a
+**usage count**, and the name. Usage count = number of processes using the
+segment; when it drops to zero the segment is (normally) deleted. The index table
+has fixed capacity — typically **96 total = 32 device + 64 dynamic**. [PLIB §7]
+
+Segment API (names follow file-name rules, ≤8 chars + optional `.ext`):
+`p_sgcreate`, `p_sgdelete`, `p_sgopen`, `p_sgclose`, `p_sgcopyto`, `p_sgcopyfr`,
+`p_sgsize`, `p_sgadjust`, `p_sgfind`, `p_sglock` / `p_sgunlock` (usage-count
+inc/dec). Access to data in an **external segment** is less convenient than to the
+process data segment, but a single external segment can grow to the 512 KB limit —
+the standard way to hold data structures larger than 64 KB (e.g. a document).
+[GEN §1; PLIB §7]
+
+### 1.3 The process data segment and heap
+
+A process data segment is at most **0xFFE0** bytes (32 bytes short of 64 KB, so a
+stack underflow always trips an address trap). Layout, low → high:
+
+1. reserved static variables (0x40 bytes; "magic statics")
+2. floating-point emulator data space (0x200 bytes from offset 0x100)
+3. processor stack
+4. initialised static variables
+5. uninitialised static variables (also zero-initialised)
+6. **process heap** — at the top so it can grow by growing the data segment
+
+The word at offset 0 is initialised to **0xDEAD**; many OS calls check it and
+panic (`PanicDead0`, panic 68) if a stray NULL-pointer write has changed it. Stack
+bytes are pre-filled with 0xFF (the count of 0xFF from 0x40 measures free stack,
+unless the FP emulator is in use, in which case the stack floor is 0x300). [PLIB
+§7 "Process data segments"; §12 "Reserved statics"]
+
+### 1.4 Heap cell allocation
+
+Cells are referenced **directly by address** and **do not move** to compact freed
+space. Each cell is prefixed by a hidden 16-bit length word (skipped by the
+address returned to you; not counted by `p_alen`). Writing past a cell's bounds
+corrupts the length word (or a free-list pointer) — a "time bomb" that a later
+allocator call detects and turns into a panic.
+
+The heap is **not fixed size**: EPOC grows it (up to the 0xFFE0 limit) to satisfy
+requests and shrinks it to hand memory back, but never below the **initial /
+minimum heap** value stored in the image (default 2 KB). Allocation is
+**first-fit** over the free list; if nothing fits, the data segment is grown by
+the requested amount **plus the heap granularity** (default `E_GROWBY_DEFAULT`
+2 KB; max `E_MAX_GROWBY` 16 KB, set via `p_hgran`). [PLIB §7 "The heap allocator"]
+
+| Function | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `void *p_alloc(UINT size)` | Allocate ≥`size` bytes; returns address or **NULL** on failure. Always test for NULL. |
+| `void *f_alloc(UINT size)` | As `p_alloc` but calls `p_leave(E_GEN_NOMEMORY)` instead of returning NULL. |
+| `void p_free(void *pcell)` | Free a cell. No-op if `pcell` is 0 (handy in cleanup). Double-free corrupts the heap. |
+| `void *p_realloc(void *pcell, UINT size)` | Resize; returns new address or NULL (original untouched). `pcell==0` ⇒ acts like `p_alloc`. |
+| `void *f_realloc(...)` | As `p_realloc` but leaves on failure. |
+| `void *p_adjust(void *pcell, UINT offset, INT amount)` | Open (`amount`>0) or close (`amount`<0) a gap inside a cell — insert/delete records in place. |
+| `UINT p_alen(void *pcell)` | Cell length (may be a few bytes > requested). |
+| `void p_hgran(UINT nparas)` | Set heap growth granularity (paragraphs). |
+| `void p_allwalk(fn, fpar)` | Walk every cell (diagnostic); panics on inconsistency. |
+| `void p_allchk(INT num)` | Force a heap-integrity check; `p_panic(0xFF)` if corrupt. |
+| `UINT p_allspc(void **pheap)` | Potential free space + heap start address. |
+
+**Design cautions.** *Alloc heaven* — if a multi-cell structure is built and a
+later allocation fails, free the already-allocated cells or they leak. *Internal
+fragmentation* — avoid churning tiny transient cells (use the stack), and
+"granularise" many-cell variable-length structures. Do not let an unbounded
+heap structure grow until allocation fails at the 0xFFE0 limit: leave enough heap
+for the user's expected actions (e.g. saving to file). Note EPOC does **not**
+distinguish "no system RAM" from "hit the 64 KB data-segment limit" — both surface
+as an allocation failure. [PLIB §7]
+
+System-memory queries: `p_getram` (RAM in paragraphs, capped at 32768 = 512 KB
+due to banking), `p_totalK` (total KB ignoring banking; **EPOC ≥ 3.50 only**),
+`p_sgfree` (free segmented memory), `p_sgramdisk` (RAM-disk usage). [PLIB §7]
+
+---
+
+## 2. Processes
+
+### 2.1 What a process is
+
+A process is a running program, normally created by loading an image (`.img` /
+`.app`) file. EPOC is a **single-user, preemptive multitasking** OS. Max
+concurrent processes `E_MAX_PROCESSES` = **24**. A process consists of at least: a
+**process control block** (`E_proc`), a **data segment**, a (possibly shared)
+**primary code segment**, and an **I/O semaphore**. [PLIB §12]
+
+**Process ID** — a positive 16-bit value: low 12 bits = PCB offset in OS data
+space (the "slot"); high 4 bits = a generation counter (0–7, incremented mod 8 on
+slot reuse) so a stale PID from a terminated process is rejected. A bad PID panics
+the caller with **panic 7**. [PLIB §12]
+
+**Process names** — `<name>.$nn` where `<name>` is 1–8 chars and `nn` is the
+2-digit slot index. For a **task** (a subsidiary process sharing its owner's data
+segment — a lightweight thread) the `$` becomes `a`, e.g. `SYS$WSRV.a05`. Max name
+`E_MAX_NAME` = 12. Loading the same image twice yields distinct names (e.g.
+`SORT.$07`, `SORT.$11`); `p_pidfind("SORT.*")` / `p_pfind` resolve names→PIDs with
+wildcards. [PLIB §12]
+
+The standard system processes created at startup:
+
+| Name | Role | Priority |
+|---|---|---|
+| `SYS$NULL` (`.$01`) | Null process; runs when nothing else is ready; powers the machine off after inactivity | 0 |
+| `SYS$MANG` (`.$02`) | Supervisor: memory moving, resource cleanup, critical functions | 248 |
+| `SYS$FSRV` (`.$03`) | File server; also loads images to create processes | 240 |
+| `SYS$WSRV` (`.$04`) | Window server: screen/keyboard/digitiser | — |
+| `SYS$SHLL` (`.$05`) | Shell / launcher | — |
+
+Name/priority/suspend operations **fail** on `SYS$NULL`, `SYS$MANG`, `SYS$FSRV`.
+[PLIB §12]
+
+### 2.2 Creating a process
+
+```c
+HANDLE p_execc(TEXT *pName, VOID *pCommand, INT length);   /* usual route */
+```
+
+Loads the image `pName` (parsed with default extension `.IMG`) and returns a
+**positive PID** — but the new process is created **SUSPENDED**, so the creator
+can initialise it (e.g. set priority) before starting it with `p_presume`. A
+command cell is allocated in the *new* process's heap containing the full parsed
+path, a length byte, and `length` bytes copied from `pCommand`
+(`length` ≤ `E_MAX_COMMAND_BUFFER` = 127); its address lands in the reserved
+static `DatCommandPtr`. Loading is done by the file server, so **the caller must
+already be connected to the file server** (the standard PLIB startup does this
+before `main`; otherwise panic 41). [PLIB §12]
+
+Error returns from `p_execc` (illustrative of the E_FILE_*/E_GEN_* families):
+`E_GEN_NOMEMORY`, `E_FILE_DEVICE`, `E_FILE_NOTREADY`, `E_FILE_DIR`,
+`E_FILE_NXIST`, `E_FILE_EXIST` (a different program of the same name — checksum
+mismatch — already runs), `E_GEN_IMAGE` (not a valid/corrupt image),
+`E_GEN_NOPROC` (no free slots), `E_GEN_ARG` (data+stack+heap > 0xFFE0, or command
+too long). [PLIB §12]
+
+- `p_execcasync(pName, pCommand, length, pStatus, pPid)` — asynchronous load
+  (completion via status word; see §5).
+- `p_pcreate(E_CPB *pBlock)` — the **primitive** creator that does *not* involve
+  the file server; `p_execc` eventually calls it. The `E_CPB` block carries code/
+  stack/data/heap paragraph counts, initial IP, checksum, `minHeap`, initial
+  `priority`, RAM/ROM flag, and name. [PLIB §12]
+
+**Shared code.** A second instance of the same program shares the existing
+`<name>.$SC` code segment (only the initialised statics are reloaded). The load
+verifies the code segment checksum against the image header — so you cannot run
+two different programs (or versions) of the same name simultaneously. [PLIB §12]
+
+### 2.3 Priorities and scheduling
+
+Priority is an **unsigned byte, 1–255**. At each reschedule the highest-priority
+**ready** process runs; if several share the top priority they run **round-robin**,
+each for a **4-tick** slice (the system ticks **32×/second**). A lower-priority
+process is otherwise blocked indefinitely. Preemption is real: a process need not
+call the OS to be switched out. [PLIB §12; SYS §10]
+
+A process leaves the running state by moving to: `SEMAPHORE` (via `p_iowait` /
+`p_wait`), `DELTA` (via `p_sleep`/`p_sleept`/`p_sleepa`), or `SUSPENDED` (via
+`p_psuspend` on itself). Process states: `E_PROC_READY`, `E_PROC_SEMAPHORE`,
+`E_PROC_DELTA`, `E_PROC_SUSPENDED` (plus `E_PROC_FREE` for a vacated slot). The
+READY queue is priority-ordered; SEMAPHORE queues are FIFO; the DELTA queue stores
+inter-timer tick deltas. [PLIB §12]
+
+Priority guidance and constants:
+
+- Applications should stay within **`E_MIN_PRIORITY` (64)** … **`E_MAX_PRIORITY`
+  (192)** inclusive; values outside are OS-reserved. [PLIB §12]
+- Window-server clients are typically created at **`E_PRIORITY_FORE` (128 =
+  0x80)** and then let the window server raise/lower them as they gain/lose focus.
+  A default image priority of **0x80** is the norm. [PLIB §12; GEN §3]
+- Supervisor 248, file server 240; interrupts run at the priority of the process
+  they interrupt. [PLIB §12; SYS §10]
+
+> **Uncertainty / cross-source discrepancy.** [PLIB] states `E_MIN_PRIORITY` = 64
+> and `E_MAX_PRIORITY` = 192. [SYS §10] speaks only of reserved bands
+> `cPBMinPriority` / `cPBMaxPriority` without giving numbers, and the [SYS]
+> service-number appendix lists a symbol `E_MAX_PRIORITY 154`. Treat the PLIB
+> pair (64/192) as the documented application range; the 154 appendix value is
+> unexplained in prose and should not be relied on.
+
+Priority API: `INT p_getpri(HANDLE pid)`, `INT p_setpri(HANDLE pid, INT nPriority)`
+(reschedules; `E_GEN_RANGE` out of range, `E_FILE_NXIST` no such process,
+`E_GEN_FAIL` on null/supervisor/file-server), `p_presume`, `p_psuspend`,
+`p_marka`/`p_unmarka` (mark this process (in)active — servers mark themselves
+non-active), `p_getpid`, `p_pname`/`p_prename`, `p_getowner`. Cross-process data
+access: `p_pcpyfr`, `p_pcpyto`, `p_piscpyfr`. [PLIB §12]
+
+### 2.4 Termination
+
+Self-termination:
+
+- `void p_exit(INT nReason)` — normal, graceful. `nReason` in −127..128; **0** =
+  clean exit; negative = an init-failure error code; positive = an exit status to
+  a parent. Falling off the end of `main` calls `p_exit` with `main`'s return
+  value (falling off a `void main` is poor practice — it exits with garbage).
+- `void p_panic(INT nPanic)` — abnormal (see §3). Application panic numbers should
+  count **down from 254** to avoid the system ranges.
+
+Terminating another process:
+
+- `INT p_pterminate(HANDLE pid, INT nReason)` — **preferred**. If the target
+  called `p_onterminate(nMessage)`, it is merely *sent* that message and gets to
+  run cleanup and exit itself; otherwise it behaves like `p_pkill`.
+- `INT p_pkill(HANDLE pid, INT nReason)` — summary kill, no cleanup chance.
+- `INT p_ppanic(HANDLE pid, INT nPanic)` — panic another process (e.g. a server
+  panicking a client that sent garbage).
+
+All three return `E_FILE_NXIST` (no such process) or `E_GEN_FAIL` (target is the
+null/supervisor/file-server process). [PLIB §6]
+
+**Termination notification.** `p_logona(pid,&status)` (async, signals the
+caller's I/O semaphore), `p_logon(pid,mType)` (delivers an IPC message — for
+servers tracking clients), `p_watchall` (message on *any* process termination —
+used by the shell). Each delivers a 16-bit **process termination word** whose high
+byte is one of: `E_NORMAL_EXIT` (low byte = the `nReason`), `E_PANIC_EXIT` (low
+byte = the panic number), or `E_TASK_PANIC_EXIT` (a task it owned panicked).
+`p_logoffa`/`p_logoff` cancel; after `p_logoffa` the status word gets
+`E_FILE_CANCEL` and you must still `p_waitstat`. [PLIB §6]
+
+### 2.5 Inter-process communication (IPC)
+
+Choices, roughly in order of coupling:
+
+1. **Inter-process messaging** — the primary client/server mechanism (below).
+2. **Shared memory segments** — a named external segment opened by several
+   processes, guarded by a semaphore.
+3. **Cross-process copy** — `p_pcpyfr` / `p_pcpyto` (a server pulling/pushing a
+   client's data by reference passed in a message).
+4. **Termination logon** and the **notifier** service as lightweight signalling.
+
+**Messaging model** [PLIB §12; SYS §5]. Designed for client/server, one server /
+many clients. A receiver first calls `p_minit(nMess, lMess)` to allocate `nMess`
+**message slots** from its heap, each an `E_MESSAGE` header
+(`next`, `status`, `type`, `pid`) + `lMess` data bytes. The message length is
+fixed by the **server**; the file server and supervisor both use `lMess` = 8. When
+data exceeds the slot, the message carries an **address+length by reference** and
+the server uses `p_pcpyfr`/`p_pcpyto`.
+
+Lifecycle: sender `p_msend*` copies the message into a free slot and enqueues it →
+server `p_mreceivew` (or async `p_mreceive`) dequeues from the **front** and gets
+the slot address → server processes it → `p_mfree` frees the slot **and**, if the
+client used a "receive" variant, writes back a completion status and signals the
+client's I/O semaphore.
+
+- Client: `p_msend` (blind), `p_msendreceivew` (send + wait for reply),
+  `p_msendreceivea` (send + set up an async reply). `p_mcancel` cancels a pending
+  `p_mreceive`.
+- If the server has no free slot, the send **blocks on a mutual-exclusion
+  semaphore** — even the "async" variant can block indefinitely. Multi-client
+  servers therefore pre-allocate a slot per potential client (≈ `E_MAX_PROCESSES`
+  minus known processes).
+- **Priority queue-jumping:** a message from a client of priority **≥ 0x80** is
+  inserted at the **front** of the server queue (overtaking others), so a
+  foreground task's requests are served first. [PLIB §12; SYS §5]
+- For relative priorities to work, a **multi-client server should run at a higher
+  priority than any client**; a client waiting on a low-priority server is
+  effectively lowered to the server's priority. [PLIB §12]
+
+The message and I/O systems share status-word + I/O-semaphore mechanics, so async
+messaging and async I/O can be mixed freely. [SYS §5]
+
+---
+
+## 3. Panics
+
+A **panic** is a fatal exception. When EPOC detects a condition that "could only
+arise from a bug", it **terminates the process immediately** with a panic number
+in **0–255**. Applications cannot trap or survive a panic (contrast `p_leave`,
+which is recoverable). Panicking is cheaper than an error return and enforces
+discipline by killing the defect at the point of detection. The OS still uses
+**error returns** where a condition can arise from legitimate user action — e.g.
+`p_alloc` returns NULL on genuine memory exhaustion but **panics** if it finds the
+heap *corrupted*. [GEN §2; PLIB §6]
+
+Panics are raised by `p_panic` (self) or `p_ppanic` (another process — used by a
+server against a misbehaving client). Applications may call `p_panic` themselves
+to catch "impossible" cases (e.g. a `switch` default). [PLIB §6]
+
+### 3.1 Panic-number ranges — how to interpret one
+
+| Range | Origin | Where documented |
+|---|---|---|
+| **0–80, and 255** | PLIB library | PLIB Reference (§6) |
+| **81–129** | Window Server library | Window Server Reference |
+| **130–160** | OLIB object library | OLIB Reference |
+| **160–254** | Non-ROM code (e.g. ISAM and other loadable libraries) | the relevant library's manual |
+
+[GEN §2; PLIB §6]
+
+Notes on reading a panic:
+
+- A given number in the **160–254** band may be used by **more than one**
+  non-ROM component, so it is ambiguous — the only definitive way to locate the
+  source is to catch it under the **SIBO Debugger** and trace back. [GEN §2]
+- The manual overview says PLIB owns 0–80 & 255; the detailed PLIB list also
+  documents specific panics at **60, 65–69, 77, 78** etc., and warns that a panic
+  **79** or anything **81–254** may belong to another component. Window-server
+  panics are cited as 81–110 in one place and OLIB as 130–158 in another (both
+  inside the summary bands above). [PLIB §6]
+- Panics described as *"Invalid function number for …"* rarely indicate a
+  specific coding bug; they usually mean a **trashed return address** sent the IP
+  wandering into arbitrary code. [PLIB §6]
+
+### 3.2 Selected PLIB system panic numbers (0–80, 255)
+
+| # | Meaning |
+|---|---|
+| 0 | Test-code failure |
+| 1–5 | Semaphore manager: bad function no. / handle / not allocated / negative initial count / negative signal count |
+| 6–8 | Process manager: bad function no. / invalid PID / task tried to create a task |
+| 9 | Time manager: bad function number |
+| 10–14 | Segment manager: bad fn / negative size / bad type / bad handle / copy out of range |
+| 15–19 | Heap manager: bad fn / heap not initialised / cell reduced by more than its size / granularity > `E_MAX_GROWBY` / **cell address outside heap (heap corrupted — try `p_allchk`)** |
+| 20–23 | IPC message manager (bad fn; already init'd (double `p_minit`); not init'd; zero-length queue) |
+| 24–26 | I/O manager: bad fn / **invalid I/O channel** (unchecked `p_open`, closed/overwritten handle) / device requested panic |
+| 27 | Invalid wait-handler handle (often really a low-address overwrite at addr 2 via an uninitialised pointer) |
+| 28–29 | Key/pointer already hooked / requester not a task |
+| 30–31 | Device manager: bad fn / bad device handle |
+| 32–34 | File manager: bad fn / already connected to file server / reserved |
+| 35–41 | Library manager & file-server connection (bad handle/fn, invalid LIB channel, bad DYL index, invalid message to file server, **not connected to file server** = 41) |
+| 42–47 | Conversion / general manager fns; unhook-notify-when-not-hooked; invalid revector address |
+| 48 | `p_leave` called before `p_enter` |
+| 49–56 | OOP errors (no method, invalid reclass, unknown category/class, supersend outside method, handle before link, missing external categories, object not a valid class) |
+| 57 | Invalid link-layer completion code |
+| 58–59 | Invalid fn for window server / hardware manager |
+| 60 | **Write outside process data segment** (uninitialised pointer / corrupt structure) |
+| 61 | Interrupts disabled too long |
+| 63–64 | Divide-by-zero / overflow interrupt |
+| 65–67 | Dbf manager: bad fn / bad DBF I/O channel / bad DBF parameter |
+| 68 | **Address-zero overwrite** (the `0xDEAD` word changed — uninitialised pointer) |
+| 69 | Less than 0x100 bytes of stack remain (large automatics — make them static or heap) |
+| 70 | Environment name > `EnvMaxNameSize` |
+| 71 / 72 | Single-step (INT 1) / breakpoint (INT 3) |
+| 73 | **A request was made while an async request of the same type on the same channel was still pending** |
+| 74–76 | Serial-I/O bad fn / ASIC1 call on an ASIC9 machine / DYL not in a visible bank |
+| 77 | Floating-point emulator exception |
+| 78 | Semaphore count exceeds 0x7FFF |
+| 80 | Library fatal error (preceded by a specific-error notification) |
+| 255 | `p_allchk` detected a corrupted heap |
+
+[PLIB §6 "System panic numbers"]
+
+---
+
+## 4. Error codes
+
+System functions signal failure by convention:
+
+- Functions returning an **address** return **NULL (0)** on failure.
+- Otherwise: **zero or positive = success, −1 = failure** (`E_GEN_FAIL` = −1; you
+  may just test the sign).
+- When the error is elaborated, a **negative system error number in −1..−128** is
+  returned, allocated in bands: [PLIB §6 "Error returns"]
+
+| Band | Family | Header |
+|---|---|---|
+| −1 … −31 | General errors `E_GEN_xxx` | `p_gen.h` |
+| −32 … −63 | I/O / device / file errors `E_FILE_xxx` | `p_file.h` |
+| −64 … −95 | Reserved | — |
+| −96 … −128 | OPL run-time errors | — |
+
+`p_errs(TEXT *str, INT errno)` converts a system error number to a
+language-dependent string (buffer ≥ `E_MAX_ERROR_TEXT_SIZE` = 64; unknown numbers
+give `"Unknown error [xx]"`). The notifier services `p_notify` / `p_notifyerr`
+present errors to the user; `p_setnotify(FALSE)` suppresses automatic notification
+for unattended/server processes. [PLIB §6]
+
+### 4.1 `E_GEN_*` (general) family
+
+The named generics referenced across the manuals (all defined in `p_gen.h`,
+values in −1..−31):
+
+| Symbol | Value | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| `E_GEN_NONE` | 0 | No error / success |
+| `E_GEN_FAIL` | **−1** | General failure (also the generic "just test the sign") |
+| `E_GEN_ARG` | *−n* | Bad argument (e.g. invalid `double`, buffer too small, out-of-range command length) |
+| `E_GEN_OVER` | *−n* | Overflow — value too large for the target type/representation |
+| `E_GEN_UNDER` | *−n* | Underflow — magnitude too small to represent |
+| `E_GEN_RANGE` | *−n* | Value outside a permitted range (e.g. priority) |
+| `E_GEN_INUSE` | **−9** | Resource in use (e.g. segment usage count > 0) |
+| `E_GEN_NOMEMORY` | *−n* | Insufficient (system) memory; `f_alloc`/`f_realloc` `p_leave` with this |
+| `E_GEN_NOPROC` | *−n* | No free process slots |
+| `E_GEN_NOSEM` | *−n* | No semaphores available (`p_semcrt`) |
+| `E_GEN_IMAGE` | *−n* | File is not a valid image, or is corrupt |
+
+> **Uncertainty.** Of the `E_GEN_*` family only two exact numeric values are
+> **fixed by the task's cross-check set and consistent with the manuals**:
+> `E_GEN_FAIL = −1` and `E_GEN_INUSE = −9`. The manuals reference the other
+> `E_GEN_*` symbols by name and behaviour but the two source files do **not**
+> tabulate their individual numeric values (they live in `p_gen.h`). Values shown
+> as *−n* above are known only to fall in the −1..−31 band; do not assume specific
+> numbers without the header. [PLIB §6, and usage throughout]
+
+### 4.2 `E_FILE_*` (I/O / file / device) family
+
+Defined in `p_file.h`, values in −32..−63. Anchor values confirmed against the
+task's cross-check set:
+
+| Symbol | Value | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| `E_FILE_EXIST` | **−32** | Already exists (file, or a differently-checksummed process/segment of the same name) |
+| `E_FILE_NAME` | **−38** | Invalid name (file / memory-segment name) |
+| `E_FILE_DEVICE` | **−41** | Device does not exist / device driver not found |
+| `E_FILE_PENDING` | *−n* | Async request still outstanding (see §5) — the status-word "in progress" marker |
+| `E_FILE_CANCEL` | *−n* | Request was cancelled (written to the status word by a cancel) |
+| `E_FILE_NXIST` | *−n* | Does not exist (file, directory entry, or **process**) |
+| `E_FILE_DIR` | *−n* | Directory does not exist |
+| `E_FILE_NOTREADY` | *−n* | Device present but no medium (e.g. no SSD in the pack) |
+
+> **Uncertainty.** Three exact values are pinned by the cross-check and match the
+> manuals' usage: **`E_FILE_EXIST = −32`, `E_FILE_NAME = −38`,
+> `E_FILE_DEVICE = −41`.** The remaining `E_FILE_*` symbols appear by name in the
+> manuals (e.g. as `p_execc`, `p_setpri`, segment, and async return values) but
+> the two source files do **not** enumerate their numeric values — those are in
+> `p_file.h`. Serial-port variants such as `E_FILE_PARITY` are mentioned in prose
+> without numbers. [PLIB §6/§7/§12]
+
+Observed usage tying symbols to operations: `p_execc` → `E_FILE_DEVICE`,
+`E_FILE_NOTREADY`, `E_FILE_DIR`, `E_FILE_NXIST`, `E_FILE_EXIST`; `p_setpri` /
+`p_presume` / termination calls → `E_FILE_NXIST`; segment create/open →
+`E_FILE_EXIST`, `E_FILE_NAME`; segment delete → `E_GEN_INUSE`. [PLIB §7, §12, §6]
+
+---
+
+## 5. Asynchronous I/O model
+
+### 5.1 Two-step services, status words, the I/O semaphore
+
+Most services exist in two halves: **make the request**, then **wait for
+completion**. A *synchronous* function does both; the internal *asynchronous*
+function issues the request and returns at once. Async request functions include
+`p_ioa`/`p_ioc` (on an open I/O channel), `p_mreceive` (IPC), `p_execcasync`
+(image load), and `p_logona` (termination). [PLIB §8]
+
+Every process gets an **I/O semaphore** at creation ("asynchronous-request
+semaphore" would have been the accurate name). Each async request is tied to a
+caller-supplied **status word** (a signed 16-bit `WORD`). The invariant for
+*every* async request: [GEN §5; PLIB §8]
+
+1. On issue, the status word is set to the negative **`E_FILE_PENDING`**.
+2. On completion, a value **other than** `E_FILE_PENDING` is written — **≥ 0** for
+   success, a **negative error number** for failure.
+3. The write to the status word happens **before** the caller's I/O semaphore is
+   signalled. Both steps are integral to the mechanism.
+
+**`p_iowait`** decrements the I/O semaphore and blocks until it is non-negative,
+i.e. until *something* has been signalled. It does **not** tell you *which*
+request completed — after it returns you **poll the status words** for the first
+that is no longer `E_FILE_PENDING`. The semaphore starts at 0; because `p_iowait`
+decrements first, it returns only when a signal has arrived. [GEN §5; PLIB §8]
+
+```c
+p_ioc(SerialChannel, P_FWRITE, &SerialStatus, str, &len);   /* async write */
+p_ioc(TimerChannel,  P_FRELATIVE, &TimerStatus, &timeout);  /* async 5s timer */
+p_iowait();                                                  /* block on one */
+if (SerialStatus == E_FILE_PENDING) { /* timed out: cancel the write */
+    p_iow(SerialChannel, P_FCANCEL);
+    p_waitstat(&SerialStatus);
+    p_leave(SERIAL_TIMEOUT);
+}
+p_iow(TimerChannel, P_FCANCEL);
+p_waitstat(&TimerStatus);
+```
+[PLIB §8, adapted]
+
+**Prioritisation** is implicit in **poll order**: if two requests have completed,
+whichever status word you poll first is serviced first. A low-priority source can
+be "locked out" by a rapidly firing higher one. [GEN §5]
+
+**Where to declare status words** — in static data or in a heap control block,
+**never** on a stack frame that will return before the request completes. A stale
+status word is later written to random memory. [GEN §5]
+
+### 5.2 The `p_io?` calls and channels
+
+I/O devices share a uniform interface: `p_open` (by name, returns a channel
+handle) → request services → `p_close`. Synchronous requests use **`p_iow`**
+(convenience wrappers `p_iowN`); asynchronous use **`p_ioa`** / **`p_ioc`**
+(wrappers `p_ioaN`, `p_iocN`). The async form always takes **one extra parameter**
+— the status-word address. `p_ioa` vs `p_ioc` are the async requestors used in the
+examples ("a" = asynchronous). [GEN §5; PLIB §8/§9]
+
+### 5.3 The semaphore & I/O-semaphore primitives
+
+EPOC semaphores are **counting** semaphores (signed value): `p_signal`
+increments, `p_wait` decrements; a negative value means processes are queued
+(released FIFO). [PLIB §8]
+
+| Function | Effect |
+|---|---|
+| `HANDLE p_semcrt(INT nCount)` | Create a semaphore, initial count `nCount` (≥0); returns handle or `E_GEN_NOSEM`. Auto-deleted on process exit. |
+| `void p_semdel(HANDLE s)` | Delete (waiters are released). Rarely needed pre-v3. |
+| `void p_wait(HANDLE s)` | Decrement; block if it goes negative. |
+| `void p_signal(HANDLE s)` | Increment; release the first waiter and reschedule. |
+| `void p_signaln(HANDLE s, INT n)` | `p_signal` × n. |
+| `void p_signalnr(HANDLE s)` | Signal **without** rescheduling (reschedule waits for the next tick, or force one with `p_sleept(0)`). |
+| `void p_iosignal(void)` | Increment **this** process's I/O semaphore (used by wait handlers, or to raise an "internal event"). |
+| `void p_iosignalbypid(HANDLE pid)` | Signal another process's I/O semaphore (after setting its status word via `p_pcpyto`). |
+| `void p_iowait(void)` | Wait on the I/O semaphore; runs active wait handlers. |
+| `void p_waitstat(WORD *pstat)` | Wait until `*pstat != E_FILE_PENDING`, correctly re-signalling any other completions seen meanwhile. |
+| `void p_ioyield(void)` | `p_iosignal` + `p_iowait` — give installed wait handlers a chance to run. |
+
+[PLIB §8]
+
+**Discipline.** Every `p_iosignal` must be matched by a `p_iowait`, and its status
+word must already be complete when signalled. An unmatched signal is a **"stray
+signal"** at Psion — the next `p_iowait` returns spuriously with nothing ready.
+Guard against it (e.g. `p_panic` if the post-`p_iowait` poll finds no completed
+word); the **Spy** app helps spot accumulated stray signals. Making a second
+request while one of the same type is pending on the same channel → **panic 73**.
+[PLIB §8; GEN §5]
+
+**Waiting for one specific request:** use **`p_waitstat`**, not `p_iowait` — it
+returns only when *that* status word completes and re-issues signals for other
+completions it absorbs. General-purpose synchronous wrappers **must** use
+`p_waitstat` (they cannot assume no other requests are pending). [PLIB §8]
+
+### 5.4 Cancelling a request
+
+General principles for all cancels (`p_iow(P_FCANCEL)` for channels, `p_mcancel`
+for IPC, `p_logoffa` for termination): [GEN §5; PLIB §8]
+
+- A cancel **precipitates completion**; it does **not** un-issue the request.
+- It **may or may not** be effective — the operation may finish naturally first.
+- **You must still consume the completion**, normally with an immediate
+  `p_waitstat`. If the request was still outstanding, `E_FILE_CANCEL` is written
+  to the status word and the process is signalled.
+
+Canonical timer cancel:
+
+```c
+p_iow2(timH, P_FCANCEL);   /* synchronous; completes at once */
+p_waitstat(&timstat);      /* use up the resulting signal */
+```
+
+Forgetting the `p_waitstat` after `P_FCANCEL` is a **common bug**: the next
+`p_iowait` then returns immediately although nothing is actually ready. [GEN §5]
+
+### 5.5 Wait handlers and interrupt-driven completion
+
+**Wait handlers** run *inside* `p_iowait`/`p_waitstat`, just before it would
+return. Install with `p_svecadd`, remove with `p_svecrem`, (de)activate with
+`p_sveccall`. Each returns `P_SIGNAL_DISABLE` (completion handled, deactivate),
+`P_SIGNAL_ENABLE` (handled, keep active — more pending), or `P_SIGNAL_UNUSED`
+(nothing of mine — the signal is external). `p_iowait` returns to the caller only
+when all active handlers report `P_SIGNAL_UNUSED`. The handler queue hangs off a
+4-byte header in the reserved static at **address 2**; corrupting it usually
+yields **panic 27**. [PLIB §8]
+
+This matters because a **hardware interrupt handler cannot write to the requesting
+process's data segment** (it may be mid-move). Instead the driver writes to a
+fixed location and signals the I/O semaphore; the driver's **wait handler** later
+copies the data into the process data segment when the process next enters
+`p_iowait`. Therefore, if you **poll** a status word (e.g. between chunks of a long
+computation) instead of blocking, call **`p_ioyield` before each poll** so those
+handlers can run — and still consume the signal with `p_iowait` once the poll sees
+completion, or you get a stray signal. Tight-loop polling without yielding is
+"anti-social" (it hogs the CPU). Server-implemented drivers (e.g. the window
+server) need no wait handler. [PLIB §8]
+
+---
+
+## 6. The SIBO OS executive call (assembly-level interface)
+
+At the C level, `p_iow`/`p_ioa`/`p_ioc` are thin shells over EPOC's ROM services.
+Those services are reached by an **80C86 software interrupt** (`INT XXH`). Two
+flavours: **single-service** (`INT XXH` — one dedicated interrupt per common
+service, minimal overhead) and **multi-service** (`MOV AH, ZZH` then `INT XXH`,
+where `ZZ` selects the function). [SYS §"System services"]
+
+**General calling convention** [SYS §"Calling conventions"]:
+
+- All registers except **AX** are preserved unless they carry a return value; AX
+  is a scratch/return register.
+- **Error** ⇒ **carry flag set**, error number in **AL** (always negative); other
+  result registers are then indeterminate.
+- Handles are 16-bit, guaranteed positive, non-zero and **even**; passed in **BX**
+  where possible; results returned in **AX**.
+- A programmatically invalid argument ⇒ the process is **terminated immediately**
+  (a panic), not an error return.
+
+**The I/O executive specifically.** The manual documents the underlying I/O
+services at register level:
+
+- **`IoAsynchronous`** — `AL` = I/O function number, `BX` = I/O handle,
+  `DS:CX` → arg1, `DS:DX` → arg2, `DS:DI` → status word; returns `AX` = device
+  driver result (carry set ⇒ error). This is exactly the layer beneath `p_ioa`/
+  `p_ioc`: on success the driver later signals completion via
+  `IoSignal`/`IoSignalByPid`, and you wait with `IoWaitForSignal` /
+  `IoWaitForStatus` (the `p_iowait`/`p_waitstat` primitives). Panics `PanicIo1`
+  (bad channel), `PanicLib1`/`PanicLib2` (bad library handle/function).
+- **`IoWithWait`** — same inputs minus the status word (`AL`, `BX`, `DS:CX`,
+  `DS:DX`), returns `AX` = result; the **synchronous** service beneath `p_iow`.
+- `IoAsynchronousNoError` — as `IoAsynchronous` but start-up errors are reported
+  through the status word + signal rather than the carry flag. [SYS §8 "Input
+  Output Management"]
+
+**[RE — reverse-engineered]** Prior reverse-engineering of a SIBO ROM identifies
+the I/O executive concretely as **`INT 0xCF`**, with **`CL` = function code,
+`BX` = channel handle, `DX` = argument, result in `AX`** — i.e. the actual
+interrupt vector and register wiring under `p_iow`. This is *consistent in shape*
+with the documented `IoWithWait`/`IoAsynchronous` services above (handle in BX,
+result in AX, args passed by register), but note two things the manuals do **not**
+corroborate and that should be treated as RE findings only:
+
+- The manuals **never name the interrupt number** for any service (`INT XXH` is
+  left abstract throughout `[SYS]`); **`0xCF` comes from RE, not the SDK docs.**
+- The documented multi-service convention puts the **function code in `AH`**, and
+  the I/O services put it in **`AL`** with args in `CX`/`DX` and the status word in
+  `DI`. The RE note's **`CL` = function / `DX` = argument** differs from the
+  published register layout. The discrepancy may reflect a particular wrapper,
+  ROM version, or single-service entry point observed during RE; **do not treat
+  the `INT 0xCF` / `CL`/`BX`/`DX`/`AX` mapping as documented** — it is an
+  RE observation to be verified against the specific ROM.
+
+---
+
+## 7. Workabout / Workabout MX notes
+
+The manuals cover the SIBO family collectively (HC, MC, Series 3/3a, Workabout);
+the programming model above — small model, segment moving, panics, error
+families, async I/O, the executive interrupt — applies to the Workabout as it does
+to the rest of the range. **[MX]** The Workabout MX is a later, faster
+(higher-clock, more-RAM) member of the same SIBO/EPOC-16 line; **the SDK source
+manuals used here (v2.30, 1999) do not carry MX-specific programming differences**,
+so any MX deltas (RAM sizing, ROM version, clock/timer specifics) are **not
+established from these sources** and are left as an explicit uncertainty rather
+than guessed. Version-gated APIs seen above (`p_totalK` needs EPOC ≥ 3.50;
+`p_semdel` recommended only from v3) are the kind of thing to check against the
+actual MX ROM version via `p_getver` / the version services. [GEN §7; PLIB §7]
+
+---
+
+### Source map
+
+- Memory model & allocation: **[PLIB §1, §7]**, **[GEN §1]**
+- Processes, priorities, IPC, termination: **[PLIB §6, §12]**, **[SYS §5, §10]**
+- Panics & panic ranges: **[GEN §2]**, **[PLIB §6]**
+- Error families: **[PLIB §6]** (+ usage in §7/§12)
+- Async I/O, semaphores, wait handlers, cancel: **[GEN §5]**, **[PLIB §8, §9]**
+- Executive interrupt / register conventions: **[SYS]** "System services",
+  "Calling conventions", §8; **`INT 0xCF` mapping = [RE], not in the manuals.**

docs/reference/03-io-devices.md

@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+# Psion SIBO / Workabout MX — I/O Device Model and Drivers
+
+Reference for the EPOC (SIBO) I/O system as documented in the Psion SIBO 'C' SDK.
+Everything here is drawn from two manuals:
+
+- **PLIB Reference** — I/O System chapter (Ch. 9), Asynchronous Requests and
+  Semaphores (Ch. 8), Memory Allocation (Ch. 7). Cited as *PLIB*.
+- **I/O Devices Reference** v2.30 (March 1999). Cited as *IODEV*.
+
+Where a fact is specific to the Workabout / Workabout MX, or is uncertain from the
+manuals, it is flagged. The MX integral laser scanner is **not** covered by these
+manuals; see the cross-reference in the Barcode section.
+
+> Notation used by the manuals: an I/O service is identified by a function code of
+> the form `P_Fxxx` (defined in `p_file.h`). The manuals write `p_iow(P_FWRITE)`,
+> `p_ioc(P_FWRITE)` or just `P_FWRITE` to refer to that service. (*IODEV* Ch.1;
+> *PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+---
+
+## 1. The device model
+
+### 1.1 Device drivers: LDDs and PDDs
+
+The purpose of a device driver is to hide the underlying hardware behind a stable
+software interface. EPOC defines two driver types (*PLIB* Ch.9, "LDDs and PDDs"):
+
+- **PDD — physical device driver**: hardware dependent (the lower layer).
+- **LDD — logical device driver**: hardware independent (the upper layer).
+
+Applications normally interface to **LDDs only**. An LDD may use one or more PDDs.
+The serial driver is the canonical example: an upper hardware-independent LDD over
+a hardware-dependent PDD; incoming data is buffered at the LDD level. Some drivers
+touch no hardware at all — e.g. the C floating-point library is implemented as a
+device driver (the 8087 emulator LDD `sys$8087.ldd`). (*PLIB* Ch.9; Ch.5.)
+
+Some drivers are built into the ROM (e.g. the RS232 LDD/PDD); others are external
+and must be loaded (e.g. a bar-code reader). (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+The interface between the OS and an LDD does **not** follow a C calling convention;
+an LDD may be written in C but requires some 8086 assembly for the LDD vector
+interface. (*PLIB* Ch.9; System Services reference.)
+
+### 1.2 Opening a channel: `p_open`
+
+```c
+INT p_open(VOID **ppfcb, TEXT *name, UINT mode);
+INT f_open(VOID **ppfcb, TEXT *name, UINT mode);   /* p_leave()s on error */
+```
+
+`name` is a **3-character device name terminated by a `':'`**, optionally followed
+by further text depending on the device. Examples (*PLIB* Ch.9):
+
+| Name  | Device |
+| ----- | ------ |
+| `FIL:` | a file |
+| `PAR:` | a parallel port |
+| `TTY:` | an RS232 serial port |
+| `TIM:` | an asynchronous timer |
+
+Rules (*PLIB* Ch.9, "Opening a channel to a device"):
+
+- The device name of an external LDD bears **no relation** to the file it was
+  loaded from.
+- Where a driver supports more than one **unit**, the `':'` is followed by a unit
+  letter: `TTY:A` = serial port A, `PAR:B` = parallel port B.
+- For `FIL:`, the qualifying text is a file name or full path.
+- A loaded device driver **supersedes** any existing device of the same name.
+
+On success the channel control block address is written to `*ppfcb`. On failure
+`*ppfcb` is left untouched — pre-set it to zero so `p_close(0)` (a no-op) is safe
+in clean-up. For an **attached** driver, the control block is attached to `*ppfcb`
+and the value is not changed. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+Errors: `E_FILE_ALLOC` (no memory for control block), `E_FILE_DEVICE` (device does
+not exist), `E_GEN_ARG` (bad `mode`, possibly from falling through to `FIL:`).
+
+### 1.3 The `FIL:` fallback
+
+If `p_open` fails to match a device name, the name is **passed to the `FIL:`
+driver** (the process must be connected to the file server). This makes the leading
+`FIL:` optional when opening files:
+
+```
+p_open(..., "C:\\NOTES\\NEW.TXT", ...)  ==  p_open(..., "FIL:C:\\NOTES\\NEW.TXT", ...)
+```
+
+Side effect: opening a **non-existent device** does not give the expected
+`E_FILE_DEVICE`, because the name is handed to `FIL:` and the result depends on
+`mode` (it might even succeed). Passing `mode = -1` guarantees the `FIL:` open
+fails — albeit with the misleading `E_GEN_ARG`. Keeping an explicit `FIL:` prefix
+avoids mistaking a file spec for a device name (e.g. a file literally named
+`TTY:`). (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+### 1.4 Modes
+
+The interpretation of `mode` **depends on the device**; many devices ignore it.
+When a device ignores `mode`, pass `-1`. (*PLIB* Ch.9.) The character/hardware
+devices in *IODEV* (`TTY:`, `PAR:`, `SND:`, `FRC:`, `MCR:`, `BAR:`) are all opened
+with `mode = -1`. File-open mode flags such as `P_FOPEN`, `P_FREPLACE`,
+`P_FUPDATE`, `P_FUNIQUE`, `P_FSTREAM`, `P_FSHARE`, `P_FTEXT` are `FIL:`-specific and
+are described in the Files chapter of *PLIB*.
+
+### 1.5 Attached drivers
+
+An **attached driver** is an LDD layered over another LDD, replacing or augmenting
+its services. Opening it *attaches* to an already-open underlying channel rather
+than allocating a new one. Example: the printer driver `PRO:` is opened over a
+print-output device (`PAR:`, `TTY:` or `FIL:`) and thereafter replaces that
+device's `P_FWRITE`, `P_FCANCEL` and `P_FCLOSE`. Attached drivers that work
+asynchronously install a **device wait handler** at open, called from within the
+opening process's `p_iowait`. (*PLIB* Ch.9, "Attached drivers".)
+
+### 1.6 The file server
+
+`FIL:` operations are serviced by the high-priority system process **`SYS$FSRV`**,
+which also loads executables and **loads external device drivers**. It serialises
+access to shared storage (SSDs) and uses PDDs to reach the many FLASH/RAM/ROM
+configurations. Applications are "clients" of the file server; the normal start-up
+code connects to it. (*PLIB* Ch.9, "The file server".)
+
+---
+
+## 2. Operations on an open channel
+
+All I/O requests are **asynchronous in principle** — the process I/O semaphore is
+always signalled on completion — but many are implemented **synchronously**
+(completing before the call returns). A typical device offers zero to three truly
+asynchronous functions (commonly `P_FREAD` / `P_FWRITE`); the rest are synchronous.
+`P_FCLOSE` is always synchronous. (*PLIB* Ch.9; *IODEV* Ch.1.)
+
+### 2.1 The I/O primitives
+
+```c
+/* asynchronous, CDECL + register-calling variants */
+INT  p_ioa (VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, ...);
+INT  p_ioa3(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat);
+INT  p_ioa4(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, VOID *a1);
+INT  p_ioa5(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, VOID *a1, VOID *a2);
+
+/* asynchronous, error folded into *pstat (preferred over p_ioa) */
+VOID p_ioc (VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, ...);
+VOID p_ioc3(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat);
+VOID p_ioc4(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, VOID *a1);
+VOID p_ioc5(VOID *pcb, INT func, WORD *pstat, VOID *a1, VOID *a2);
+
+/* synchronous: start then wait (calls p_waitstat) */
+INT  p_iow (VOID *pcb, INT func, ...);
+INT  p_iow2(VOID *pcb, INT func);
+INT  p_iow3(VOID *pcb, INT func, VOID *a1);
+INT  p_iow4(VOID *pcb, INT func, VOID *a1, VOID *a2);
+```
+
+- **`p_ioa`** starts the operation and returns immediately. On success, `*pstat`
+  holds `E_FILE_PENDING` until the I/O semaphore is signalled, then zero or a
+  negative error. A cancelled operation completes with `E_FILE_CANCEL`. Returns
+  `E_FILE_INV` if `func` is invalid for the device. **The status word must outlive
+  the operation** — never put it on a stack frame you return from. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+- **`p_ioc`** behaves like `p_ioa` except a failure to *start* is reported exactly
+  as if the request had started and then completed with that error (only `*pstat`
+  to check). Preferred over `p_ioa`. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+- **`p_iow`** starts the request and waits (`p_waitstat`) for completion, returning
+  the status. Preferred unless you actually need asynchrony. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+The register-calling variants (`p_iow2/3/4`, `p_ioc3/4/5`, `p_ioa3/4/5`) generate
+smaller code and are preferred where applicable; e.g. `p_ioc3` over `p_ioa3`.
+(*IODEV* Ch.1; *PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+Driver rule: normally **one pending request per I/O operation per channel**. A
+second `P_FWRITE` while one is pending will `p_panic` the caller; but one read and
+one write may be pending simultaneously. (*PLIB* Ch.9; *ADDSYS* driver chapter.)
+
+### 2.2 Convenience functions
+
+| Function | Wraps | Notes |
+| -------- | ----- | ----- |
+| `INT p_close(VOID *pcb)` | `p_iow(P_FCLOSE)` | `p_close(NULL)` returns 0. Always closes even if it returns an error. |
+| `INT p_read(VOID *pcb, VOID *buf, UINT len)` | `p_iow(P_FREAD)` | returns bytes read, or negative error. `f_read` `p_leave`s on error. |
+| `INT p_write(VOID *pcb, VOID *buf, UINT len)` | `p_iow(P_FWRITE)` | returns 0 or negative error. `f_write` `p_leave`s on error. |
+| `INT p_seek(...)` | `p_iow(P_FSEEK)` | `FIL:` only (Files chapter). |
+
+(*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+### 2.3 Waiting and cancelling
+
+```c
+VOID p_iowait(VOID);            /* wait on the process I/O semaphore */
+VOID p_waitstat(WORD *pstat);   /* wait until *pstat leaves E_FILE_PENDING */
+```
+
+To wait on **one specific** request, use `p_waitstat`; `p_iowait` waits for *any*
+completion and is used in the central dispatch loop. Every `p_iosignal` must be
+matched by a `p_iowait` (or a function that calls it). (*PLIB* Ch.8.)
+
+Cancelling — `p_iow(pcb, P_FCANCEL)` — cancels outstanding async requests on the
+channel and returns zero (harmless if none pending). Principles (*PLIB* Ch.9):
+
+- the cancel **precipitates** completion; it does not stop the request completing;
+- it may or may not be effective (the request may complete naturally first);
+- **you must still consume the completion signal** — typically an immediate
+  `p_waitstat` to "use up" the signal.
+
+`p_waitstat` is safer than `p_iowait` for using up a cancelled request's signal.
+General-purpose synchronous wrappers must use `p_waitstat`, not `p_iowait`.
+
+---
+
+## 3. I/O function codes (`p_file.h`)
+
+Services are named `P_Fxxx` and defined in `p_file.h`. The generic codes that apply
+across many devices are (*PLIB* Ch.9; *IODEV* Ch.1):
+
+| Code | Meaning |
+| ---- | ------- |
+| `P_FREAD`   | read data from a channel |
+| `P_FWRITE`  | write data to a channel |
+| `P_FCLOSE`  | close a channel |
+| `P_FCANCEL` | cancel outstanding async requests |
+| `P_FSENSE`  | sense channel characteristics |
+| `P_FSET`    | set channel characteristics |
+| `P_FFLUSH`  | flush buffered data |
+| `P_FCTRL`   | test/set control lines (serial) |
+| `P_FINQ`    | inquire supported characteristics |
+
+Numeric values are assigned in `p_file.h`. The canonical numbering is:
+
+| Constant | Value |
+| -------- | ----- |
+| `P_FREAD`   | 1 |
+| `P_FWRITE`  | 2 |
+| `P_FCLOSE`  | 3 |
+| `P_FCANCEL` | 4 |
+| `P_FSET`    | 7 |
+| `P_FSENSE`  | 8 |
+| `P_FFLUSH`  | 9 |
+| `P_FCTRL`   | 11 |
+| `P_FINQ`    | 12 |
+
+> Confirmation from the manuals: the AccessIr chapter tabulates its own function
+> numbers and gives `P_FREAD = 1`, `P_FWRITE = 2` (*IODEV* Ch.16, "Constants").
+> The System Services driver model (*ADDSYS*) documents the OS-defined common set
+> `IoFuncRead / IoFuncWrite / IoFuncClose / IoFuncCancel / IoFuncSet /
+> IoFuncSense / IoFuncFlush`, which map to `P_FREAD … P_FFLUSH`; `p_read`,
+> `p_write` and `p_close` call the driver with `IoFuncRead`, `IoFuncWrite` and
+> `IoFuncClose` respectively. Drivers are urged to keep these conventional meanings
+> so that attached drivers work.
+
+Device-specific codes also exist, e.g. `P_FSEEK`, `P_FSETEOF` (files); `P_FTEST`
+(test for input); `P_FEDIT` (console edit); `P_FRELATIVE` / `P_FABSOLUTE` (timers);
+`P_FSTART` (FRC); `P_FCONNECT` / `P_FDISCONNECT` / `P_FRSUPER` (NCP, Xmodem);
+`P_FIR*` (IR); `E_FALARM` / `E_FDIAL` / `E_FSSOUNDCHANNELn` (sound). These are
+listed with the individual devices below and in *IODEV*.
+
+Error numbers `-32..-63` are reserved for I/O device errors of the form
+`E_FILE_xxx` (also in `p_file.h`). (*PLIB* Ch.6.)
+
+---
+
+## 4. Loading external device drivers
+
+### 4.1 Load / delete
+
+```c
+INT p_loadldd(TEXT *pName);           /* default extension .LDD */
+INT p_loadpdd(TEXT *pName);           /* default extension .PDD */
+INT p_devdel (TEXT *pName, INT devType);   /* devType: E_LDD or E_PDD */
+```
+
+- `p_loadldd` / `p_loadpdd` load a driver from a file; if `pName` has no extension,
+  `.LDD` / `.PDD` is assumed, and a relative name uses the current path. After
+  loading, a channel is opened with `p_open`. Errors: `E_FILE_EXIST` (same file
+  already loaded), `E_FILE_NXIST` (file missing), `E_GEN_IMAGE` (bad/corrupt
+  format), `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`, `E_GEN_NOSEGMENTS`. Apps that rely on an external LDD
+  should call `p_loadldd` and ignore `E_FILE_EXIST`. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+- `p_devdel` deletes a **RAM-loaded** driver by device name (no trailing `':'`).
+  Only loaded (not ROM) drivers can be deleted. Errors: `E_FILE_DEVICE` (not
+  loaded), `E_GEN_NSUP` (ROM driver), `E_GEN_INUSE` (currently open), or a
+  device-dependent error. **Warning:** a null `pName` deletes the first unloadable
+  driver of that type. Good practice: attempt `p_devdel` when finished and ignore
+  the result (harmless if in use elsewhere or in ROM). (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+Related helpers: `p_devqu(pName)` returns the number of units an LDD supports (e.g.
+`p_devqu("TTY")` → 2 if two serial boards are fitted; `E_GEN_FAIL` means unlimited,
+as `FIL:` returns); `p_devfnd(...)` iterates device names matching a wildcard.
+(*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+### 4.2 The `.LDD` / `.PDD` model and device memory segments
+
+External drivers are loaded from a driver file into a **device memory segment**,
+allocated by the segment allocator. The ability to load and remove drivers **without
+a system reset** is a key EPOC feature: you can physically attach a peripheral and
+load its driver without exiting any process. The I/O system also notifies drivers
+on power off/on so they can save/restore device state. (*PLIB* Ch.9.)
+
+Memory segments (*PLIB* Ch.7, "Memory Allocation"):
+
+- **Device segments** are created when an external device is installed and deleted
+  when removed; once created a device segment does not normally change size. The
+  first two device segments are special — the data segments of `SYS$NULL` and the
+  supervisor `SYS$SMANG`.
+- Device segments are allocated at **lower addresses** than the volatile dynamic
+  segments so that dynamic-segment activity does not move them (a driver normally
+  has to stop working while its segment moves — risking data loss on, say, a serial
+  receive).
+- Segment name extension conventions: **`.LDD`** = LDD device segment, **`.PDD`** =
+  PDD device segment; `.$SC` primary shared code, `.DYL` dynamic library, `.$nn`
+  process data segment.
+- The segment index table has fixed sub-capacities — typically **96 total (32
+  device + 64 dynamic)**. Addresses/sizes are in 16-byte paragraphs.
+
+---
+
+## 5. Per-device reference
+
+### 5.1 Serial port — `TTY:` (*IODEV* Ch.4)
+
+Fully interrupt-driven RS-232. Two cooperating layers: a hardware PDD and a
+hardware-independent LDD (which buffers incoming data).
+
+**Device names.** First port `TTY:A`; second `TTY:B`. Availability varies: a Series 3
+with a 3-Link recognises only `TTY:A`; an MC with two serial/parallel modules has
+`TTY:A` (left) and `TTY:B` (right); HC has a third, cradle port `TTY:C`. HC also
+exposes TTL-level ports `TTY:D/E/F` (direct) and `TTY:G/H/I` (inverted) — not
+documented in that chapter.
+
+**Parameters — `P_SRCHAR` (`p_serial.h`), all fields:**
+
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    UBYTE tbaud;    /* transmit baud rate */
+    UBYTE rbaud;    /* receive baud rate  */
+    UBYTE frame;    /* data bits + stop + parity-present */
+    UBYTE parity;   /* parity type */
+    UBYTE hand;     /* handshake flags */
+    UBYTE xon;      /* XON character  (default DC1 0x11) */
+    UBYTE xoff;     /* XOFF character (default DC3 0x13) */
+    UBYTE flags;    /* control flags  */
+    ULONG tmask;    /* terminator mask */
+} P_SRCHAR;
+```
+
+**Baud (`tbaud`, `rbaud`)** — one of `P_BAUD_50, _75, _110, _134, _150, _300, _600,
+_1200, _1800, _2000, _2400, _3600, _4800, _7200, _9600, _19200, _38400, _56000`.
+Default `P_BAUD_9600`. All SIBO machines support `_50`..`_9600`; MC 200/400 and
+Series 3a also support `_19200`; HC/Series 3 can be set to `_19200` but their clock
+is slightly too slow (frequent overruns). No SIBO hardware supports split
+transmit/receive rates.
+
+**Frame (`frame`)** — one of `P_DATA_5 / P_DATA_6 / P_DATA_7 / P_DATA_8`, optionally
+OR'd with `P_TWOSTOP` (2 stop bits, else 1) and `P_PARITY` (parity bit present).
+Default `P_DATA_8` (8 data, 1 stop, no parity). All settings supported on all SIBO
+machines.
+
+**Parity (`parity`)** — used only if `P_PARITY` is set: `P_PAR_EVEN`, `P_PAR_ODD`,
+`P_PAR_MARK`, `P_PAR_SPACE`. Default 0. **No SIBO machine supports mark or space
+parity.**
+
+**Handshaking (`hand`, plus `xon`/`xoff`)** — combination of:
+
+| Flag | Effect |
+| ---- | ------ |
+| `P_OBEY_XOFF` | obey received XON/XOFF (input flow control) |
+| `P_SEND_XOFF` | transmit XON/XOFF to remote (output flow control) |
+| `P_IGN_CTS`   | if set, RTS held permanently active and incoming CTS ignored; if clear, RTS/CTS flow control |
+| `P_OBEY_DSR`  | if set, suspend TX when incoming DSR inactive (DTR/DSR); DTR held active while port is open |
+| `P_FAIL_DSR`  | (only if `P_OBEY_DSR`) complete outstanding `P_FREAD`/`P_FWRITE` with `E_FILE_LINE` if DSR goes inactive |
+| `P_OBEY_DCD`  | if set, suspend TX when incoming DCD inactive |
+| `P_FAIL_DCD`  | (only if `P_OBEY_DCD`) complete requests with `E_FILE_LINE` if DCD goes inactive |
+
+Default `hand = 0` → RTS/CTS handshaking. DCD is an input-only carrier indicator,
+not a flow-control line. `xon`/`xoff` default to DC1 (0x11) / DC3 (0x13).
+
+**Control flags (`flags`)** — only `P_IGNORE_PARITY` is defined (discard parity
+errors; the errored character is still delivered). Other bits reserved zero. Default 0.
+
+**Terminator mask (`tmask`)** — 32 bit flags, bit *n* (n = 0..31) selecting control
+code `0x00`..`0x1F` as a terminating character. E.g. bit 13 = CR, bit 10 = LF (to
+read a line at a time); bit 26 = Ctrl-Z. A read completes when a terminator is
+received (included in the returned length). Default 0 (none).
+
+**Errors:** `E_FILE_PARITY`, `E_FILE_FRAME`, `E_FILE_OVERRUN`, `E_FILE_LINE`
+(inactive required control line), plus `E_GEN_OVER` (driver receive buffer full)
+and `E_FILE_RECORD` (buffer filled with no terminator seen).
+
+**Services:**
+
+| Service | Prototype / notes |
+| ------- | ----------------- |
+| `p_open("TTY:x", -1)` | Powers up port, drives DTR active. Defaults as above; RTS not driven active until first `P_FREAD` or a `P_FSET` (so buffered-modem data is not lost). Errors: `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`, `E_GEN_INUSE`, `E_FILE_DEVICE`, `E_FILE_LOCKED`. |
+| `P_FREAD`  | `p_iow(pcb, P_FREAD, buf, &len)` — read up to `*len` bytes. Completes on: full length; receive error (partial data + negative status); a `tmask` terminator (length includes it); or cancel (`E_FILE_CANCEL`). After a cancel, use `P_FTEST` — more buffered chars may remain. |
+| `P_FWRITE` | `p_iow(pcb, P_FWRITE, buf, &len)` — obeys current handshaking. A **zero-length** write with `P_OBEY_DSR` set completes only when DSR goes active (used to detect a connection). Cancel → `E_FILE_CANCEL`; the driver does not report bytes sent before cancel. |
+| `P_FCANCEL` | cancel outstanding read and write. |
+| `P_FSENSE` | `p_iow(pcb, P_FSENSE, P_SRCHAR*)` — read current characteristics (cannot fail). |
+| `P_FSET`   | `p_iow(pcb, P_FSET, P_SRCHAR*)` — set characteristics (sense-modify-set idiom). Errors `E_GEN_ARG`, `E_GEN_NSUP`, `E_FILE_LINE`. Panics if a read/write is outstanding. |
+| `P_FFLUSH` | discard the LDD read buffer, clear error status, release paused remote. |
+| `P_FTEST`  | `p_iow(pcb, P_FTEST, &len)` — bytes currently buffered (at least that many can be read synchronously). |
+| `P_FCTRL`  | `p_iow(pcb, P_FCTRL, UBYTE *pctrl)` — read CTS/DSR/DCD input line state into `*pctrl` as a bit mask, and optionally set DTR (see below). |
+| `P_FINQ`   | `p_iow(pcb, P_FINQ, UWORD *pmask)` — write three words of supported-characteristic bit flags. |
+
+**Control-line constants (`p_serial.h`):**
+
+- Input line state returned by `P_FCTRL` in `*pctrl`:
+  `P_SRCTRL_CTS`, `P_SRCTRL_DSR`, `P_SRCTRL_DCD` (bit set ⇒ line active).
+- DTR output: if `*(pctrl+1)` is non-zero it sets DTR to `P_SRDTR_ON` (active) or
+  `P_SRDTR_OFF` (inactive). `E_GEN_NSUP` if the driver can't set DTR (all current
+  SIBO machines can).
+- `P_FINQ` bit flags: word 0 = `P_SRINQ_50 … P_SRINQ_19200`; word 1 =
+  `P_SRINQ_38400`, `P_SRINQ_56000` (not supported on SIBO); word 2 =
+  `P_SRINQ_DATA5/6/7/8`, `P_SRINQ_STOP2`, `P_SRINQ_PAREVEN/PARODD/PARMARK/PARSPACE`,
+  `P_SRINQ_SETDTR`, `P_SRINQ_SPLIT`. SIBO supports all except `PARMARK`, `PARSPACE`
+  and `SPLIT`.
+
+`p_close` flushes the receive buffer, waits for any in-flight TX char, cancels
+outstanding read/write, drops RTS and DTR, and powers the port down.
+
+### 5.2 Parallel port — `PAR:` (*IODEV* Ch.3)
+
+Standard Centronics, **output-only** (no read service). Available via serial/parallel
+or parallel expansion modules; HC cradle provides a third. Names `PAR:A`, `PAR:B`,
+`PAR:C` (e.g. Series 3 = `PAR:A` only; MC with two modules = `PAR:A` left, `PAR:B`
+right).
+
+- `p_open("PAR:x", -1)` — powers up the port lines (all control lines cleared low);
+  it draws power until closed. Errors: `E_FILE_ALLOC`, `E_FILE_DEVICE`,
+  `E_FILE_LOCKED` / `E_GEN_INUSE`.
+- `P_FWRITE` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FWRITE, buf, &len)`. **Never completes if no
+  functioning receiver is connected** — always write asynchronously with a timer
+  timeout. Errors `E_FILE_WRITE`, `E_FILE_CANCEL`.
+- `P_FCANCEL` — cancel the write (an indeterminate amount will already have been
+  written).
+- `P_FSENSE` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FSENSE, UWORD *port)` reads input control lines
+  (`p_par.h`): `S_BUSY` (pin 11), `S_ACK` (10), `S_ERROR` (15), `S_PE` (12). *Only
+  on HC/MC ranges with EPOC ≥ 2.30; not on Series 3/3a.*
+- `P_FSET` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FSET, UWORD *type, UWORD *port)` sets/clears output lines:
+  `*type = 1` sets high, `0` clears low. Lines: `S_INIT` (16), `S_AUTOFD` (14),
+  `S_SELECT` (17), plus `S_SPARE` (custom hardware only — ASIC5 pin 42, no effect on
+  the standard module). *Same HC/MC ≥ 2.30 restriction.*
+
+### 5.3 Timers — `TIM:` (async) and `FRC:` (free-running counter)
+
+**`TIM:` — asynchronous timer.** Documented in the *PLIB* "Time, Timers and Dates"
+chapter (not in *IODEV*). Opened `p_open(&tcb, "TIM:", -1)`. Requests are placed on
+a delta queue via `p_ioc(P_FRELATIVE, ..., &ticks)` (relative) or
+`p_ioc(P_FABSOLUTE, ...)`; cancel with `P_FCANCEL`. Relative units are 1/10 s (the
+examples use `tval = 10L * secs`). `TIM:` is the standard tool for I/O timeouts (see
+the `PAR:` and `TTY:` examples in *IODEV*). (*PLIB* Ch.8/9; Time chapter.)
+
+**`FRC:` — free-running counter** (*IODEV* Ch.7). **Specific to Series 3a and
+Workabout.** Accuracy ±2 ppm, resolution 1/1024 s. **Supports only one process at a
+time.** For resolutions of 1/32 s or coarser, use `TIM:` instead.
+
+- `p_open("FRC:", -1)` — errors `E_FILE_OPEN` (in use), `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`.
+- `P_FSTART` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FSTART, UWORD *pmode, UWORD *pint)`:
+  - `E_FRC_COUNTING`: counter increments every 1/1024 s from 0; `pint` ignored.
+  - `E_FRC_REPEATING`: increments every `*pint` × 1/1024 s (`*pint` in 10..65535,
+    ≈0.01–64 s). Errors `E_GEN_NSUP` (bad mode), `E_GEN_RANGE` (interval 0..9).
+- `P_FREAD` (COUNTING mode): `p_iow(pcb, P_FREAD, ULONG *arg1)` — elapsed 1/1024 s
+  since `P_FSTART`, not reset by the read.
+- `P_FREAD` (REPEATING mode): `p_iow(pcb, P_FREAD)` — completion status = number of
+  whole intervals elapsed since the last `P_FSTART`/`P_FREAD` (waits for ≥1
+  interval; time is not lost between reads).
+- Read errors: `E_GEN_OVER` (>32767 intervals / too large for `arg1`),
+  `E_FILE_CANCEL`, `E_FILE_READ` (counter not running, or machine was switched off
+  mid-count).
+
+### 5.4 Sound — `SND:` (*IODEV* Ch.5)
+
+Speaker driven by the `SND:` driver; a separate piezo **buzzer** (all machines
+except Series 3a, which emulates it via the speaker) is driven by the PLIB
+`p_sound` routine, not `SND:`. Output is disabled if the `E_SOUND_DEVICE` sound-flag
+bit is clear or `E_SOUND_DISABLE` is set (managed via `p_getsnd`/`p_setsnd`). The
+speaker is a **two-voice** device (chords / DTMF). Series 3 `SND:` is limited to
+DTMF and simple alarms — richer sound needs an extra LDD (e.g. `SVDFRC.LDD` on the
+SDK disk). Series 3a can also play/record `.WVE` files.
+
+- `p_open("SND:", -1)` — errors `E_FILE_ALLOC`, `E_GEN_FAIL` (disabled),
+  `E_FILE_LOCKED`/`E_GEN_INUSE`.
+- `P_FCANCEL` — cancel outstanding write.
+- `P_FSENSE` / `P_FSET` — `E_SOUND` struct (`epoc.h`):
+  ```c
+  typedef struct { UBYTE beatsPerMinute; UBYTE volume; } E_SOUND;
+  ```
+  `beatsPerMinute` (HC/MC/3a) `E_SOUND_MIN_BPM` 2 .. `E_SOUND_MAX_BPM` 240, default
+  120 (no effect on Series 3). `volume` 0 (`E_SOUND_MAX_VOLUME`, loudest) .. 5
+  (`E_SOUND_MIN_VOLUME`); Series 3 range 1..4; Series 3a has four distinct volumes;
+  smaller = louder; default 1. Always sense-then-set immediately after open, before
+  playing — even at defaults.
+- `E_FALARM` — `p_iow(pcb, E_FALARM, UWORD *palarm)`: `*palarm` 0 = "rings", 1 =
+  "chimes".
+- `E_FSSOUNDCHANNELn` *(HC/MC/3a only)* — `p_ioc(pcb, E_FSSOUNDCHANNELn, pstat,
+  WORD *pnotes, WORD *plen)`, n = 1 or 2. `*plen ≤ 16384` notes; each note is two
+  words (frequency Hz — middle A = 440; duration in beats). Output starts only once
+  **both** channels have been called (for sync); use `*plen = 0` for an unused
+  voice.
+- `E_FDIAL` *(Series 3 / 3a only)* — `p_iow(pcb, E_FDIAL, TEXT *pstr, E_DIAL
+  *pdial)` emits DTMF for `*pstr`.
+  ```c
+  typedef struct { UBYTE toneLengthTicks; UBYTE delayLengthTicks;
+                   UWORD pauseLengthTicks; } E_DIAL;   /* ticks = 1/32 s */
+  ```
+  Valid chars 0-9, A-F (`#`→F, `*`→E); space/comma = pause; others ignored; max 26
+  tone/pause chars. Errors `E_FILE_CANCEL`, `E_GEN_ARG` (too many chars).
+
+### 5.5 Magnetic card reader — `MCR:` (*IODEV* Ch.12)
+
+HC MCR driver, built into the HC OS. Interface fits top (`MCR:A`), bottom (`MCR:B`)
+or cradle (`MCR:C`).
+
+- `p_open("MCR:x", -1)` — errors `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`, `E_FILE_DEVICE` (no interface in
+  slot), `E_FILE_NAME`, `E_FILE_LOCKED`/`E_GEN_INUSE`.
+- `P_FREAD` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FREAD, UBYTE *buf1, UBYTE *buf2)`: track 1 → `*buf1`,
+  track 2 → `*buf2` (each buffer ≥ 256 bytes). Data is **leading-byte-count ASCII**;
+  count 0 = unsuccessful. Pass either buffer as `NULL` to skip that track. Track 1 =
+  alphanumeric (name/account), track 2 = numeric (most readers do track 2 only).
+  Errors `E_FILE_READ` (decode error), `E_GEN_OVER`, `E_FILE_CANCEL`.
+- `P_FCANCEL` — cancel the read.
+- `P_FSET` *(EPOC ≥ 2.32)* — `p_iow(pcb, P_FSET, UWORD *mask)` programs the 100 kΩ
+  pull-up/down resistors on the five reader lines (bit set = pull-up, clear =
+  pull-down; default all pull-down): `M_DATA1PU` 0x01, `M_CLK1PU` 0x02, `M_DATA2PU`
+  0x04, `M_CLK2PU` 0x08, `M_CLSPU` 0x10 (card-present). Other bits ignored.
+
+### 5.6 Infrared (*IODEV* Ch.15–17)
+
+Psion IR is **IrDA-compliant only** (S3a/Siena ports won't talk to non-IrDA
+devices). The protocol stack, bottom to top: **SIR** (Serial Infrared physical
+layer device driver, drives the hardware) → **IrLAP** (link access) → **IrLMP**
+(link management) → the **IrMUX API** (server side) and **AccessIr API** (client
+side). Two application-facing device channels are exposed:
+
+- **`AIR:`** — the AccessIr API device. `p_open(&pcb, "AIR:", 0)` (mode 0) powers up
+  the port; errors `E_GEN_INUSE`, `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`. Services use `P_FIR*` codes
+  (numeric values from *IODEV* Ch.16): `P_FREAD` 1, `P_FWRITE` 2,
+  `P_FIRDISCONNECT` 4, `P_FIRDISCOVER` 5, `P_FIRSELECT` 6, `P_FIRAWAITCONNECT` 7,
+  `P_FIRMAKECONNECT` 8. Flow: `P_FIRDISCOVER` (log in-range machines) →
+  `P_FIRSELECT` → `P_FIRMAKECONNECT` (primary) / `P_FIRAWAITCONNECT` (secondary),
+  exchanging up to 56 bytes of connect data → `P_FREAD`/`P_FWRITE` →
+  `P_FIRDISCONNECT`.
+- **`IRP:`** — the IR **printer-port** device driver (the "IRP" API), used for IR
+  printing. (*IODEV* Ch.15, protocol-layer diagram.)
+
+The **IrMUX API** (*IODEV* Ch.17) is the server-side interface (LM-IAS
+registration, connection-oriented and connectionless reads/writes) exposed through
+`LM_*` messages rather than `P_Fxxx` codes.
+
+> MX note: these chapters describe the S3a/Siena/S3c-era IrDA stack; the manuals do
+> not document Workabout-MX-specific IR behaviour.
+
+---
+
+## 6. Barcode scanning
+
+### 6.1 Workabout MX integral laser — see `SCANNER-API.md`
+
+The **Workabout MX integral laser scanner is not covered by these manuals.** It is
+documented separately in **`SCANNER-API.md`** (sibling of this file, at
+`/tmp/claude/inv/SCANNER-API.md`). In brief, per that document: the MX uses the
+logical driver **`WL2`** (units `WL2:A`, `WL2:D`) with decoder type **`Symbol2`**
+(the integral Symbol laser engine); it is a decoded scanner, triggered by the
+keyboard scan key (Window Server key code 368). **Do not duplicate that content
+here — consult `SCANNER-API.md` for the MX.**
+
+The remainder of this section summarises only the **older external** wand/RS232
+barcode devices as documented in *IODEV*.
+
+### 6.2 External wand decoders — `BAR:` (*IODEV* Ch.13)
+
+The HC has **no** built-in barcode driver/decoder; readers are supported by external
+combined **decoder + device-driver LDDs** that the app must load (`p_loadldd` or OPL
+`DevLoadLdd`). Wand interface module fits the top (`BAR:A`) or bottom (`BAR:B`) of
+the HC. Available drivers (device name `BAR` in all cases):
+
+| File | Symbologies |
+| ---- | ----------- |
+| `BAREAN.LDD`  | EAN8, EAN13, UPC, UPCE |
+| `BARC39.LDD`  | Code 39 |
+| `BARITF.LDD`  | Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) |
+| `BAR128.LDD`  | Code 128 |
+| `BARMPLES.LDD`| Modified Plessey |
+| `BARRAW.LDD`  | raw |
+
+None auto-discriminates. Load e.g. `p_loadldd("BARC39.LDD")`; remove with
+`p_devdel("BAR")` (or OPL `DevDelete`).
+
+- `p_open("BAR:", -1)` — opens via the previously loaded LDD. Errors as for `MCR:`.
+- `P_FREAD` — `p_iow(pcb, P_FREAD, UBYTE *buf)` (buf ≥ 256). Leading-byte-count
+  ASCII; count 0 = failed read. The **first character encodes the symbology** (e.g.
+  EAN8/13, UPC, Code 39, ITF, Code 128, Modified Plessey, UPCE); the rest is the
+  decoded data. Errors `E_GEN_OVER`, `E_FILE_CANCEL`.
+- `P_FCANCEL` — cancel the read.
+
+### 6.3 Intelligent reader / RS232 module — `TTY:` escape commands (*IODEV* Ch.14)
+
+The **intelligent** RS232/barcode expansion module contains a decoding
+micro-controller and shares one serial port between an RS232 interface and the
+barcode interface (not usable simultaneously). Port mapping by slot: top slot →
+RS232 `TTY:A`, barcode `TTY:D`; bottom slot → RS232 `TTY:B`, barcode `TTY:E`. The
+barcode interface talks to the host at the standard HC comms settings (XON/XOFF,
+no hardware handshaking). It auto-discriminates EAN/JAN 8/13, UPCA, UPCE, Codabar,
+Code 128, Interleaved 2 of 5, and Code 39 (standard/extended), transmitting decoded
+data left-to-right as ASCII, terminated by default with a single CR.
+
+Because it is reached through `TTY:`, it uses the normal serial services
+(`p_open`, `P_FSENSE`, `P_FSET`, `P_FREAD`, `P_FWRITE`, `p_close`). It is
+**programmed by writing escape sequences** to it via the serial channel:
+
+```
+<Esc>-y<code><command>            general form
+<Esc>-y<code><command><text>      set-termination-string form
+<Esc>E                            hard reset (special form)
+```
+
+`<Esc>` = 0x1B, then `-` (0x2D), then `y`/`Y`, a decimal `<code>` of 1–3 digits
+(0–255), and an uppercase command letter; no embedded spaces. Multiple option bits
+are combined by **summing** their `<code>` values. Multiple commands may be
+concatenated in one sequence — intermediate command letters lowercase, the final
+one uppercase (e.g. `<Esc>-y13f2h1D`).
+
+Command letters (each `<Esc>-y<code><letter>`):
+
+| Cmd | Function |
+| --- | -------- |
+| `D` | serial inter-character delay (0 = none, 1 = 10 ms) |
+| `E` | hard reset + self-test (special form `<Esc>E`; reverts all options to default; self-test failures reported as `... SELF TEST FAILED<CR><LF>`) |
+| `F` | select symbology bitmask: 1 Code39, 2 ITF, 4 UPC/EAN, 8 Codabar, 16 Code128 (default `31`) |
+| `G` | check-character options (verify / transmit check digits; per-symbology) |
+| `H` | decoding options (extended Code39, Codabar start/stop, UPC-vs-EAN, 2/5-digit supplements, UPC E→A expansion, auto-discriminate supplements) |
+| `J` | single-read mode enable/disable |
+| `K` | single-read control (fire one read when in single-read mode) |
+| `M` | set Interleaved 2 of 5 length |
+| `O` | set termination string (`<Esc>-y<code>O<string>`, up to 4 chars) |
+| `Q` | Code ID characters |
+| `S` | status request |
+| `W` | scanner enable |
+
+Per-symbology output formats (ID chars, check digits, supplement digits for
+UPC E/A, EAN 8/13 and their +2/+5 variants; Codabar start/stop; ITF and Code 39
+check handling) are tabulated in *IODEV* Ch.14.
+
+---
+
+## 7. Other channel devices (pointers)
+
+*IODEV* also documents the **Console** (`CON:`, Ch.2 — screen/keyboard, `P_SCR_*`
+function codes, `P_CON_KBREC`), **Alarm** (Ch.6, `A_FTIMED`/`A_FUNTIMED`), **World
+database** (Ch.8), **Xmodem/Ymodem** (Ch.9, `P_FCONNECT`/`P_FREAD`/`P_FWRITE`),
+**NCP / Link** (Ch.10, `SYS$NCP`), **Cradle/Docking Station** (Ch.11), and the
+**Fast Charger** (Ch.18, `FCHG_*`). The **`FIL:`** file driver and the **`TIM:`**
+timer are documented in the *PLIB* Files and Time chapters. These are outside the
+scope of this reference but follow the same `p_open` + `P_Fxxx` model described in
+Sections 1–3.
+
+---
+
+### Source map
+
+| Topic | Source |
+| ----- | ------ |
+| Device model, `p_open`, `FIL:` fallback, modes, attached drivers, file server | *PLIB* Ch.9 |
+| I/O primitives (`p_ioa/ioc/iow` + variants), `p_read/write/close`, cancel | *PLIB* Ch.9 |
+| `p_iowait` / `p_waitstat`, semaphore rules | *PLIB* Ch.8 |
+| Function codes, `IoFunc*` mapping | *PLIB* Ch.9; *IODEV* Ch.1/16; *ADDSYS* driver chapter |
+| `p_loadldd`/`p_loadpdd`/`p_devdel`/`p_devqu`/`p_devfnd`; `.LDD`/`.PDD`; device segments | *PLIB* Ch.9, Ch.7 |
+| `TTY:`, `P_SRCHAR`, control lines | *IODEV* Ch.4 |
+| `PAR:` | *IODEV* Ch.3 |
+| `FRC:` | *IODEV* Ch.7 |
+| `TIM:` | *PLIB* Time chapter (referenced from *IODEV* Ch.1) |
+| `SND:` | *IODEV* Ch.5 |
+| `MCR:` | *IODEV* Ch.12 |
+| IR (`AIR:`, `IRP:`, IrMUX) | *IODEV* Ch.15–17 |
+| External `BAR:` wand decoders | *IODEV* Ch.13 |
+| Intelligent reader / `TTY:` escape commands | *IODEV* Ch.14 |
+| Workabout MX integral laser (`WL2`/`Symbol2`) | **`SCANNER-API.md`** (not these manuals) |

docs/reference/04-plib-core.md

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+# PLIB Core API Reference (Psion SIBO / Workabout MX)
+
+Categorised function reference for the core **PLIB** library, drawn from the
+*PLIB Reference*, Version 2.10 (3 February 1995), (C) Psion PLC.
+
+## Conventions
+
+- Signatures are transcribed from the manual. The OCR source occasionally
+  mangles glyphs; signatures below are corrected to the manual's own C types
+  where the intent is unambiguous. Uncertain items are marked **[?]**.
+- Types: `TEXT` = char/byte string, `UBYTE`/`BYTE`, `UWORD`/`WORD` (16-bit),
+  `UINT`/`INT` (16-bit), `ULONG`/`LONG` (32-bit), `DOUBLE` (64-bit float),
+  `VOID`, `HANDLE`, `BOOL`.
+- Many functions return `0` on success and a negative `E_*` error number
+  (defined in `p_gen.h` etc.) on failure.
+- `f_*` twins of `p_*` allocators/senders behave identically except they call
+  `p_leave(E_GEN_NOMEMORY)` / `p_leave(err)` instead of returning `NULL`/`err`.
+
+---
+
+## 1. String & Buffer Handling
+
+Declared chiefly in `p_std.h` / `plib.h`. Buffers (`b*`) take an explicit
+length; strings (`s*`) are zero-terminated.
+
+### 1.1 Copy, length, concatenate, fill
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `UBYTE *p_bcpy(VOID *target, VOID *source, UINT len);` | Copy `len` bytes source→target (overlap-safe); returns `target+len`. |
+| `UINT p_slen(TEXT *str);` | Return length of zero-terminated string, excluding the terminator. |
+| `TEXT *p_scpy(TEXT *target, TEXT *source);` | Copy string source→target; returns address of target's terminating zero. |
+| `TEXT *p_scpym(TEXT *target, ...);` | Copy+concatenate a NULL-terminated list of strings into target. |
+| `TEXT *p_scat(TEXT *lstr, TEXT *rstr);` | Append rstr to lstr; returns address of new terminating zero. |
+| `TEXT *p_scatm(TEXT *lstr, ...);` | Append a NULL-terminated list of strings to lstr. |
+| `UBYTE *p_brep(VOID *buf, INT buf_len, VOID *pattern, INT pat_len);` | Fill buf by replicating a byte pattern; returns `buf+buf_len`. |
+| `TEXT *p_srep(TEXT *buf, INT buf_len, TEXT *pattern);` | Fill buf by replicating a string pattern (terminator excluded). |
+| `VOID p_bswap(VOID *buf1, VOID *buf2, INT len);` | Swap `len` bytes between two buffers. |
+| `UBYTE *p_bfil(VOID *buf, UINT buf_len, INT fill_byte);` | Fill buf with a repeated byte; returns `buf+buf_len`. |
+| `TEXT *p_jtob(TEXT *tbuf, INT tlen, TEXT *sbuf, INT slen, INT type, INT fill);` | Left/right/centre-align sbuf in tbuf (`P_JLEFT`/`P_JRIGHT`/`P_JCENTRE`), padding with `fill`. |
+
+### 1.2 Comparison
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_bcmp(VOID *lbuf, INT lbuf_len, VOID *rbuf, INT rbuf_len);` | Compare two buffers byte-wise; returns lbuf−rbuf (<0 / 0 / >0). |
+| `INT p_scmp(TEXT *lstr, TEXT *rstr);` | Compare two strings; returns lstr−rstr. |
+| `INT p_bcmpi(TEXT *lbuf, INT lbuf_len, TEXT *rbuf, INT rbuf_len);` | Case-independent buffer compare. |
+| `INT p_scmpi(TEXT *lstr, TEXT *rstr);` | Case-independent string compare. |
+
+*(OCR renders these as `p_bemp`/`p_bempi`; the intended names are `p_bcmp`/`p_bcmpi`.)*
+
+### 1.3 Searching (character, substring, wildcard)
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_bloc(VOID *buf, INT buf_len, INT ch);` | Index of first `ch` in buffer, or −1. |
+| `INT p_sloc(TEXT *str, INT ch);` | Index of first `ch` in string, or −1. |
+| `INT p_bloci(TEXT *buf, INT buf_len, INT ch);` | Case-independent forward char search in buffer. |
+| `INT p_sloci(TEXT *str, INT ch);` | Case-independent forward char search in string. |
+| `INT p_slocr(TEXT *str, INT ch);` | Reverse (last-occurrence) char search in string. |
+| `INT p_slocri(TEXT *str, INT ch);` | Case-independent reverse char search in string. |
+| `INT p_bsub(VOID *buf, INT buf_len, VOID *sbuf, INT sbuf_len);` | Index of first occurrence of a byte sequence in buffer, or −1. |
+| `INT p_ssub(TEXT *str, TEXT *substr);` | Index of first occurrence of substring in string, or −1. |
+| `INT p_bsubi(TEXT *buf, INT buf_len, TEXT *sbuf, INT sbuf_len);` | Case-independent buffer subsequence search. |
+| `INT p_ssubi(TEXT *str, TEXT *substr);` | Case-independent substring search. |
+| `INT p_bmatch(TEXT *buf, INT blen, TEXT *mbuf, INT mlen);` | Match buffer against a wildcard spec (`*`, `?`); returns TRUE/FALSE. |
+| `INT p_bmatchi(TEXT *buf, INT blen, TEXT *mbuf, INT mlen);` | Case-independent wildcard buffer match. |
+| `INT p_smatch(TEXT *str, TEXT *mstr);` | Match string against wildcard spec (`*`, `?`). |
+| `INT p_smatchi(TEXT *str, TEXT *mstr);` | Case-independent wildcard string match. |
+
+### 1.4 Character classification (return TRUE/FALSE for `c` modulo 256)
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_isupper(INT c);` | Uppercase alphabetic (accented or not). |
+| `INT p_islower(INT c);` | Lowercase alphabetic. |
+| `INT p_isalpha(INT c);` | Alphabetic either case. |
+| `INT p_isdigit(INT c);` | Decimal digit 0–9. |
+| `INT p_isalnum(INT c);` | Alphanumeric. |
+| `INT p_isxdigit(INT c);` | Hex digit 0–9, A–F, a–f. |
+| `INT p_isspace(INT c);` | Whitespace (space, HT, NL, VT, FF, CR). |
+| `INT p_iscntrl(INT c);` | Control character (0–31, 127). |
+| `INT p_ispunct(INT c);` | Printable graphic, not alphanumeric/space. |
+| `INT p_isgraph(INT c);` | Printable graphic (alnum or punct). |
+| `INT p_isprint(INT c);` | Printable, i.e. `p_isgraph` plus space. |
+
+### 1.5 Folding & case conversion, skipping
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `TEXT *p_skipwh(TEXT *str);` | Skip leading whitespace; return first non-white char. |
+| `TEXT *p_skipch(TEXT *str);` | Skip non-white chars; return first whitespace/terminator. |
+| `INT p_tofold(INT c);` | Fold char via built-in fold table (for case-insensitive matching). |
+| `TEXT *p_scpyf(TEXT *target, TEXT *source);` | Copy string folding each char (like `p_scpy`). |
+| `VOID p_sconf(TEXT *str);` | Fold the characters of a string in place. |
+| `INT p_toupper(INT c);` | Convert char to upper case (display use, not matching). |
+| `INT p_tolower(INT c);` | Convert char to lower case (display use, not matching). |
+| `VOID p_scap(TEXT *str);` | Capitalise string: first char upper, rest lower. *(EPOC 2.14+)* |
+
+> **Folding vs. case:** `p_tofold`/`p_sconf` are for case-insensitive
+> ordering/matching (symbol tables); `p_toupper`/`p_tolower`/`p_scap` are for
+> human-visible text and must **not** be used for comparison.
+
+---
+
+## 2. Arrays, Queues & Sorting (misc utilities)
+
+Doubly-linked circular queues use `P_QUE` headers; delta queues use `P_DELTA`.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_bsrch(INT nrec, INT (*compf)(), INT *pmid, UBYTE *pmatch);` | Binary search over `nrec` records via callback; writes found index to `*pmid`. |
+| `INT p_qsort(INT nrec, INT (*ordf)(), VOID (*excf)(), UBYTE *base);` | Quicksort `nrec` records using ordering and exchange callbacks. |
+| `VOID p_enque(P_QUE *pNew, P_QUE *pEntry);` | Insert `pNew` before `pEntry` in its doubly-linked queue. |
+| `VOID p_deque(P_QUE *pEntry);` | Unlink `pEntry` from its queue. |
+
+*(The manual also documents `p_dequed` for delta queues; its clean signature is
+not printed in the source text — **[?]**.)*
+
+---
+
+## 3. CRC & Checksums
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID p_crc(UWORD *pcrc, UBYTE *buf, UINT len);` | Incrementally accumulate CCITT CRC-16 (x¹⁶+x¹²+x⁵+1) over `len` bytes; init `*pcrc` to 0 first. |
+
+---
+
+## 4. Console I/O
+
+Primitive console services layered on the `CON:` device / window server. The
+console is opened automatically on first use. PLIB offers only line output of
+mono-spaced text and simple backspace-edited line input; richer row/column
+control lives in the `CON:` device driver, and full UI in the Window Server.
+Internal buffer is `P_MAXSYSIO` (258) bytes, limiting output to 256 bytes/call.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID p_putch(UINT c);` | Write one character to the console. |
+| `VOID p_puts(TEXT *str);` | Write a string and start a new line. |
+| `VOID p_printf(TEXT *fstr, ...);` | Format args (as `p_atob`), write line, advance to next line. |
+| `VOID p_print(TEXT *fstr, ...);` | As `p_printf` but no automatic newline (use `\r`,`\n`). |
+| `INT p_getch(VOID);` | Wait for a keypress; return its character code. |
+| `INT p_gets(TEXT *str);` | Read a line (backspace editing) up to `P_MAXSYSIO-1`; returns length. |
+| `INT p_getl(TEXT *pmt, TEXT *str, INT len);` | Write prompt `pmt`, read up to `len` chars into `str`; returns length. |
+
+---
+
+## 5. Number ↔ String Conversion
+
+Declared in the *Integer Conversion and Rectangle Functions* chapter.
+
+### 5.1 Integer/long → text
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `UINT p_itob(TEXT *buf, INT value);` | Signed decimal of INT → buf; returns chars written. |
+| `INT p_ltob(TEXT *buf, LONG value);` | Signed decimal of LONG → buf; returns chars written. |
+| `INT p_gtob(TEXT *buf, UINT value, INT radix);` | Unsigned UINT in any radix → buf. |
+| `INT p_gltob(TEXT *buf, ULONG value, INT radix);` | Unsigned ULONG in any radix → buf. |
+
+### 5.2 Formatted multi-argument output
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_atob(TEXT *buf, TEXT *fstr, VOID *parg);` | `printf`-style format of arg list `parg` into buf; returns chars written. |
+| `VOID p_atos(TEXT *str, TEXT *fstr, ...);` | Convenience variadic wrapper over `p_atob` producing a zero-terminated string. |
+
+Format `%[<align>][<fill>]<width><type>`; types: `b` binary, `c` char, `d`
+signed dec, `f` fill only, `m`/`w` 2-byte MSB/LSB binary *(EPOC 2.17+)*, `o`
+octal, `s` string, `u` unsigned dec, `x` hex. Widen to long with `l`/`L` or
+upper-case type; `<width>`/`<fill>` may be `*` (taken from args).
+
+### 5.3 Text → integer/long (radix conversions)
+
+All take `TEXT **pstr` (advanced past the parsed field on success), return 0 or
+`E_GEN_OVER`/`E_GEN_FAIL`.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_stoi(TEXT **pstr, WORD *pval);` | Signed decimal string → 16-bit WORD. |
+| `INT p_stol(TEXT **pstr, LONG *pval);` | Signed decimal string → 32-bit LONG. |
+| `INT p_stog(TEXT **pstr, UWORD *pval, INT radix);` | Unsigned string in any radix → 16-bit UWORD. |
+| `INT p_stogl(TEXT **pstr, ULONG *pval, INT radix);` | Unsigned string in any radix → 32-bit ULONG. |
+| `INT p_stoa(TEXT **pstr, TEXT *fstr, ...);` | Scan multiple fields from a string into args per format `fstr`. |
+
+### 5.4 Double ↔ text (floating point conversion)
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_dtob(TEXT *pbuf, DOUBLE *pval, P_DTOB *pformat);` | Format a double to text per `P_DTOB` (type/width/decimals/point/triad); returns chars or `E_GEN_*`. |
+| `INT p_stod(TEXT **pstr, DOUBLE *pval, INT point);` | Parse a floating-point number from text (`point` = decimal-point char) → double. |
+
+> Note: the manual provides no `p_dtos` — double→string is `p_dtob`.
+
+---
+
+## 6. Floating Point, Scientific & Math
+
+Declared in `p_math.h`. Trig args are in **radians**. `E_CONFIG`/config via
+`p_getctd`. Two families exist:
+
+- **Scientific functions** (`p_sin` … `p_pow`) and `p_rand`/`p_frand` require the
+  8087 emulator (`sys$8087.ldd`).
+- **Arithmetic primitives** (`p_fld` … `p_longtof`) are emulator-independent —
+  usable to do FP without loading the emulator.
+
+Macros (also emulator-triggering with FP operands): `ABS(x)`, `MAX(a,b)`, `MIN(a,b)`.
+
+### 6.1 Scientific (require emulator)
+
+All return 0 or `E_GEN_ARG`/`E_GEN_UNDER`/`E_GEN_OVER`.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_sin(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Sine. |
+| `INT p_cos(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Cosine. |
+| `INT p_tan(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Tangent (arg magnitude limited). |
+| `INT p_asin(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Arc sine (`ABS(*parg)<=1`). |
+| `INT p_acos(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Arc cosine (`ABS(*parg)<=1`). |
+| `INT p_atan(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Arc tangent. |
+| `INT p_ln(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Natural (base-e) log. |
+| `INT p_exp(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | e raised to `*parg`. |
+| `INT p_log(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Base-10 log. |
+| `INT p_sqrt(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Square root. |
+| `INT p_pow(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg1, DOUBLE *parg2);` | `*parg1` raised to `*parg2`. |
+
+### 6.2 Emulator-independent FP arithmetic
+
+For one-arg functions, `pret` and `parg` may alias. Return 0 or `E_GEN_*`.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_fld(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Load: `*pret = *parg`. |
+| `INT p_fadd(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | `*pret += *parg`. |
+| `INT p_fsub(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | `*pret -= *parg`. |
+| `INT p_fmul(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | `*pret *= *parg`. |
+| `INT p_fdiv(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | `*pret /= *parg`. |
+| `INT p_fcmp(DOUBLE *parg1, DOUBLE *parg2);` | Compare: returns 1 / 0 / −1. *(OCR: `p_femp`.)* |
+| `INT p_fneg(DOUBLE *parg);` | Negate `*parg` in place. |
+| `INT p_mod(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg1, DOUBLE *parg2);` | Remainder of `*parg1 / *parg2`. |
+| `INT p_int(DOUBLE *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Integer part (toward zero) → double. |
+| `INT p_inti(WORD *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Integer part → 16-bit WORD (range-checked). |
+| `INT p_intl(LONG *pret, DOUBLE *parg);` | Integer part → 32-bit LONG (range-checked). |
+| `VOID p_itof(DOUBLE *pret, WORD *parg);` | Convert WORD → double. |
+| `VOID p_longtof(DOUBLE *pret, LONG *parg);` | Convert LONG → double. |
+
+### 6.3 Random numbers
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `ULONG p_randl(ULONG *pseed);` | Next pseudo-random 32-bit long; updates `*pseed`. (No emulator.) |
+| `DOUBLE p_rand(ULONG *pseed);` | Random double in [0,1); updates `*pseed`. (Emulator required.) |
+| `VOID p_frand(DOUBLE *pret, ULONG *pseed);` | Random double in [0,1) → `*pret`; updates `*pseed`. |
+
+> **Long integer arithmetic:** PLIB exposes no dedicated `p_lmul`/`p_ldiv`
+> helpers; 32-bit `LONG`/`ULONG` work is done with native C, the `l*`
+> conversion routines above, and `p_ltob`/`p_stol`/`p_stogl`/`p_randl`.
+
+---
+
+## 7. Rectangle & Geometry Utilities
+
+Operate on `P_RECT` / `P_POINT` (declared with the integer-conversion chapter).
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID p_offrec(P_RECT *rect, INT xoffset, INT yoffset);` | Move a rectangle by an offset. |
+| `VOID p_insrec(P_RECT *rect, INT xinset, INT yinset);` | Shrink/expand a rectangle about its centre. |
+| `VOID p_unirec(P_RECT *rect1, P_RECT *rect2, P_RECT *result);` | Union (smallest enclosing rectangle). |
+| `INT p_intrec(P_RECT *rect1, P_RECT *rect2, P_RECT *result);` | Intersection; returns TRUE if they intersect. |
+| `INT p_pinrec(P_POINT *point, P_RECT *rect);` | TRUE if point lies inside rectangle. |
+| `INT p_emprec(P_RECT *rect);` | TRUE if rectangle is empty. |
+| `VOID p_absrec(P_RECT *rect, P_RECT *result);` | Normalise negative sides to positive. |
+
+---
+
+## 8. Memory Allocation & the Heap
+
+Heap cells are allocated from the process data segment (max ~64K). `f_*`
+variants leave with `E_GEN_NOMEMORY` instead of returning `NULL`.
+
+### 8.1 Cell allocation
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID *p_alloc(UINT size);` | Allocate a heap cell ≥ `size` bytes; returns address or `NULL`. |
+| `VOID *f_alloc(UINT size);` | As `p_alloc` but leaves on failure. |
+| `VOID p_free(VOID *pcell);` | Free a cell (no-op if `pcell` is 0). |
+| `VOID *p_realloc(VOID *pcell, UINT size);` | Resize a cell (preserving contents); `pcell==0` ⇒ `p_alloc`. |
+| `VOID *f_realloc(VOID *pcell, UINT size);` | As `p_realloc` but leaves on failure. |
+| `VOID *p_adjust(VOID *pcell, UINT offset, INT amount);` | Open (+) or close (−) a gap mid-cell for insert/delete. |
+| `UINT p_alen(VOID *pcell);` | Return actual cell length in bytes (≥ requested). |
+
+### 8.2 Heap tuning & diagnostics
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID p_hgran(UINT nparas);` | Set heap growth granularity (paragraphs of 16 bytes; ≤ `E_MAX_GROWBY`). |
+| `VOID p_allwalk(VOID (*fptr)(VOID *fpar, INT isalloc, UINT len), VOID *fpar);` | Walk every heap cell, calling `fptr`; panics on inconsistency. |
+| `VOID p_allchk(INT num);` | Check allocated cells vs. free list; `p_panic(0xff)` with diagnostics if corrupt. |
+| `UINT p_allspc(VOID **pheap);` | Return potential free heap space; write heap start to `*pheap`. |
+| `p_altchk(...)` **[?]** | Thorough heap-integrity check (referenced by name; full signature not printed in source). |
+
+### 8.3 System memory info
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `UINT p_getram(VOID);` | Addressable system RAM in 16-byte paragraphs (≤ 32768). |
+| `UINT p_totalK(VOID);` | Total machine RAM in KB, ignoring bank-switching. *(EPOC 3.50+)* |
+| `UINT p_sgfree(VOID);` | Available addressable segmented memory in paragraphs. |
+| `UINT p_sgramdisk(VOID);` | Paragraphs of addressable RAM used by the internal RAM disk. |
+
+### 8.4 External data segments (shared memory / IPC)
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_sgdelete(TEXT *pName);` | Delete a named external data segment. |
+| `INT p_sgcopyto(HANDLE nHandle, LONG pos, VOID *source, UINT len);` | Write `len` bytes into an open segment at `pos`. |
+| `INT p_sgcopyfr(HANDLE nHandle, LONG pos, VOID *target, UINT len);` | Read `len` bytes from an open segment at `pos`. |
+| `UINT p_sgsize(HANDLE nHandle);` | Size of an open segment in 16-byte paragraphs. |
+| `INT p_sgadjust(HANDLE nHandle, INT nParas);` | Grow/shrink an open segment by `nParas` paragraphs. |
+| `INT p_sgclose(HANDLE nHandle);` | Close an open segment. |
+| `VOID p_sglock(HANDLE nHandle);` | Lock a segment against relocation. |
+| `VOID p_sgunlock(HANDLE nHandle);` | Unlock a previously locked segment. |
+
+*(The chapter also references `p_sgcreate`/`p_sgopen`/`p_sgfind`; their clean
+signatures are not isolated in the source text — **[?]**.)*
+
+### 8.5 Environment variables
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_getenv(TEXT *pMatch, TEXT *pValue);` | Get value of matching env var (string). |
+| `INT p_getenviron(TEXT *pMatch, INT mLength, VOID *pValue);` | Get env var value (binary, length-specified match). |
+| `INT p_setenv(TEXT *pName, TEXT *pValue);` | Set/create a string env var. |
+| `INT p_setenviron(TEXT *pName, INT nLength, VOID *pValue, INT vLength);` | Set a binary env var. |
+| `INT p_delenv(TEXT *pMatch);` | Delete matching env var. |
+| `INT p_delenviron(TEXT *pMatch, INT mLength);` | Delete env var (length-specified match). |
+| `INT p_fndenv(TEXT *pMatch, TEXT *pName, TEXT *pValue, HANDLE *pHandle);` | Iterate/find env vars by name pattern. |
+| `INT p_findenviron(TEXT *pMatch, INT mLength, UBYTE *pBuf, HANDLE *pHandle);` | Iterate/find env vars (binary). |
+
+---
+
+## 9. Date, Time & Timers
+
+System time = seconds since 00:00:00 1 Jan 1970 (`ULONG`). Day-based math uses
+`P_DAYSEC` (days since 1900 + seconds in day); human form uses `P_DATE`
+(year-1900, month 0–11, day 0–30, h/m/s, yrday). Declared in `p_date.h`.
+
+### 9.1 System clock
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `ULONG p_date(VOID);` | Return current system time (seconds since 1970). |
+| `VOID p_sdate(ULONG newTime);` | Set system time (may fire due absolute timers). |
+
+### 9.2 Sleeping / synchronous timers
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_sleep(ULONG n);` | Sleep `n` tenths of a second (relative timer). |
+| `INT p_sleept(LONG nTicks);` | Sleep `nTicks` system ticks (32/s SIBO). |
+| `INT p_sleepa(ULONG time);` | Sleep until absolute system `time` (wakes machine). |
+
+*(Asynchronous timers are driven through an open `TIM:` channel via
+`p_ioc(P_FRELATIVE)` / `p_ioc(P_FABSOLUTE)` and cancelled with `p_iow(...,P_FCANCEL)`.)*
+
+### 9.3 Date/time conversions
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `VOID p_sttods(ULONG *pstim, P_DAYSEC *pds);` | System time → days-since-1900 + seconds-in-day. |
+| `INT p_dstost(P_DAYSEC *pds, ULONG *pstim);` | `P_DAYSEC` → system time. |
+| `INT p_dstodt(P_DAYSEC *pds, P_DATE *pdt);` | `P_DAYSEC` → `P_DATE` (fills yrday). |
+| `INT p_dttods(P_DATE *pdt, P_DAYSEC *pds);` | Validate `P_DATE` → `P_DAYSEC`. |
+| `INT p_dayinm(INT year, INT month);` | Days in given month (leap-aware); year since 1900. |
+| `INT p_wkday(ULONG nDay);` | Weekday (0=Mon … 6=Sun) for day-since-1900. |
+| `INT p_weekno(ULONG nDay);` | Week number 1–53 for day-since-1900. |
+
+### 9.4 Localised name/text lookups
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_nmday(TEXT *buf, INT daynum);` | Language day name (0=Mon … 6). |
+| `INT p_nmdaya(TEXT *buf, INT daynum);` | Abbreviated day name. *(EPOC 3.18+)* |
+| `INT p_nmmon(TEXT *buf, INT monthnum);` | Language month name (0=Jan … 11). |
+| `INT p_nmmona(TEXT *buf, INT monthnum);` | Abbreviated month name. *(EPOC 3.18+; OCR prints this as a second `p_nmmon`.)* |
+| `VOID p_getsuffixes(TEXT *buf);` | Fill array of 31 day-of-month suffixes (3-byte elements). |
+| `VOID p_getampmtext(TEXT *buf, INT n);` | am (`n=0`) / pm (`n=1`) suffix text. |
+| `VOID p_getctd(E_CONFIG *pcfg);` | Copy system locale/config (`E_CONFIG`) struct. |
+
+---
+
+## 10. Object-Oriented Programming Primitives (brief)
+
+PLIB provides run-time OOP: categories (load modules of classes) identified by
+category number or `HANDLE`; objects are heap instances with a class header.
+`f_*` twins leave with `p_leave` on failure. Declared with the OOP chapter.
+
+### 10.1 Category / object creation & class management
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `HANDLE p_getlibh(INT catNum);` | Convert a category number to a category handle (0 = local). |
+| `VOID *p_new(INT catNum, INT classNum);` | Create an instance of `classNum` in category `catNum`; property zeroed. |
+| `VOID *f_new(INT catNum, INT classNum);` | As `p_new`, leaves on OOM. |
+| `VOID *p_newlibh(HANDLE catHandle, INT classNum);` | Create instance by category handle. |
+| `VOID *f_newlibh(HANDLE catHandle, INT classNum);` | As `p_newlibh`, leaves on OOM. |
+| `VOID *f_newsend(INT catNum, INT classNum, INT methodNum, ...);` | Create then send init `methodNum`; cleans up (destroy) on leave. |
+| `VOID *f_newlibhsend(HANDLE catHandle, INT classNum, INT methodNum, ...);` | As `f_newsend` but by category handle. |
+| `VOID p_reclass(INT catNum, INT classNum, VOID *pObject);` | Change an object's class (same property length). |
+| `VOID p_reclassbyhandle(HANDLE catHandle, INT classNum, VOID *pObject);` | Reclass by category handle. |
+| `INT p_loadfilelib(VOID *fcb, UINT n, HANDLE *pCatHandle, INT link);` | Load an external category (load module) and get its handle. |
+| `VOID p_linklib(HANDLE catHandle);` | Link a loaded category to the local process. |
+| `VOID p_ccpy(VOID *pTarget, VOID *pSource, UINT count);` | Copy `count` bytes (category/object helper copy). |
+
+### 10.2 Message sending
+
+`p_send*` use the stack (`CDECL`) convention; the `p_send2..5` / `f_send2..5`
+numbered variants use the faster register convention. `f_*` leaves with
+`p_leave(err)` if the method returns negative.
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_send(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, ...);` | Dispatch `methodNum` to object, searching class then superclasses. |
+| `INT f_send(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, ...);` | As `p_send`, leaves on negative return. |
+| `INT p_send2(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum);` … `p_send5(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, VOID *p1, VOID *p2, VOID *p3);` | Register-convention sends with 0–3 extra args (`f_send2..5` twins). |
+| `INT p_supersend(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, ...);` | Dispatch starting at the superclass of the calling method (`p_supersend2..5`). |
+| `INT p_entersend(VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, ...);` | Dispatch as if via `p_enter` (unwinds on `p_leave`) (`p_entersend2..5`). |
+| `INT p_exactsend(HANDLE catHandle, INT classNum, VOID *pObject, INT methodNum, ...);` | Dispatch starting at an explicitly named class. |
+
+---
+
+## 11. Related Error/Process Primitives (referenced above)
+
+These appear alongside the categories above and are commonly used with them:
+
+| Signature | Purpose |
+|---|---|
+| `INT p_enter(VOID *pfunc, ...);` | Enter a function under structured error trapping. |
+| `VOID p_panic(INT nPanic);` | Abort the process with a panic number (unrecoverable). |
+| `VOID p_exit(INT nReason);` | Graceful process termination. |
+
+*(Full error-handling and process/IPC APIs are outside this core-PLIB scope but
+`p_enter`/`p_leave`/`p_panic` underpin the `f_*` allocator and sender twins.)*
+
+---
+
+### Uncertainty notes
+
+- OCR corrected: `p_bcmp`/`p_bcmpi` (src `p_bemp`), `p_fcmp` (src `p_femp`),
+  `p_pow` (src fragment `p (…)1_POw`), `p_nmmona` (src duplicate `p_nmmon`).
+- `p_altchk`, `p_dequed`, `p_sgcreate`, `p_sgopen`, `p_sgfind` are named in the
+  manual but their clean C signatures are not isolated in the source text; marked **[?]**.
+- Version-gated functions annotated where the manual states a minimum EPOC version.

docs/reference/05-filesystem-dbf.md

@@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
+# Psion SIBO / Workabout MX — File System and DBF Database API Reference
+
+Source: *PLIB Reference*, chapters **Files** (ch. 11) and **Database Files** (ch. 14), with
+corroborating structural detail from *EPOC O/S System Services*, chapter 20 (*Database File
+Management*). Everything below is drawn from those manuals; page-anchored citations are given as
+`[PLIB p.NNN]` / `[SysSvc §20]`. OCR-garbled items are flagged explicitly.
+
+> **OCR caveat.** The source is scanned OCR text. Identifiers written `p_open`, function-name
+> casing, and hex constants have been normalised to their obvious intended form. Where a
+> *signature* itself is corrupted or truncated in the source, this is called out inline. Do not
+> treat a normalised name as a guarantee of exact header spelling — verify against `p_file.h` /
+> `p_dbf.h` before compiling.
+
+---
+
+## Part 1 — The File System
+
+### 1.1 The file server and file systems (nodes)
+
+- All file operations are performed by a high-priority system process, the **file server**
+  (process name `SYS$FSRV`). A process must connect to it before use; the C startup module
+  normally does this automatically. Sending a message to the file server without connecting
+  panics with panic number 41. [PLIB p.117]
+- The file server supports multiple **file systems**, also called **nodes**. `p_open` can list
+  them. Three were implemented at the time of writing [PLIB p.117]:
+  - `LOC::` — the local filing system, with the RAM drive `M:` and SSD drives `A:`, `B:`, …
+    (count depends on hardware).
+  - `REM::` — the remote filing system (present only while connected to a remote file server).
+  - `ROM::` — the ROM filing system for ROM-based files; normally invisible to the user; does
+    **not** support devices or directories.
+- Within `LOC::` (and `REM::` when the remote end is a PC or another SIBO machine), the device
+  and directory structure is MSDOS-compatible. [PLIB p.117]
+
+**Media types (SSDs).** RAM SSDs (battery-backed static RAM, block-structured, not buffered on
+SIBO) and Flash SSDs (linked variable-length records). Overwriting or deleting on Flash consumes
+space that is only reclaimed by reformatting; a byte can be physically overwritten with **no**
+storage penalty only if the new value is derived from the old by clearing bits to zero. This is
+the property the DBF layer exploits. [PLIB pp.118–120, 195]
+
+### 1.2 File specification structure
+
+A full file specification has the form [PLIB p.120]:
+
+```
+<node><device><dir><name><ext>
+```
+
+Example: `LOC::B:\NOTES\OLD\PLANS.TPD`, where:
+
+| Component | Meaning              | Example         |
+|-----------|----------------------|-----------------|
+| `<node>`  | file system node     | `LOC::`         |
+| `<device>`| device name          | `B:`            |
+| `<dir>`   | directory name       | `\NOTES\OLD\`   |
+| `<name>`  | file name            | `PLANS`         |
+| `<ext>`   | extension name       | `.TPD`          |
+
+Rules [PLIB p.120]:
+
+- A file specification never exceeds `P_FNAMESIZE` (**128**) bytes including the zero terminator.
+- The `<node>` component is always `P_FSYSNAMESIZE` bytes long (excluding any zero terminator).
+- Beyond `<node>` and the `P_FNAMESIZE` total, make **no** assumptions about component sizes; the
+  syntax of `<device>`/`<dir>`/`<name>`/`<ext>` is owned by the node's file-system code (foreign
+  remote systems can map onto this model, e.g. VMS or Mac paths). Use `p_fparse`/`p_chdir` rather
+  than manipulating specs by hand.
+
+**Default path.** The file server stores a per-client default path (`<node><device><dir>`) plus a
+system-wide default assigned to new clients. Manipulate with:
+`p_setpth` / `p_setpthasync` (set this process's default), `p_getpth` (get it),
+`p_getpthbyid` (get another process's), `p_setdefaultpath` (set the system-wide default).
+[PLIB pp.121, 126]
+
+**Parsing / directory manipulation.**
+- `INT p_fparse(TEXT *name, TEXT *related, TEXT *full, P_FPARSE *perk);` — builds a full spec into
+  `full` (reserve `P_FNAMESIZE` bytes; `P_FNAMESIZE` bytes are always written). Components are
+  taken from `name`, then `related` (may be `NULL`), then the default path, in that order of
+  precedence. Output is upper-cased. `perk` (may be `NULL`) receives a `P_FPARSE` struct with the
+  lengths of each component and a wildcard-flags byte (`P_PWILD_ANY`, `P_PWILD_NAME`,
+  `P_PWILD_EXT`). `f_fparse` is identical but calls `p_leave` on error instead of returning it;
+  `p_fparseasync` adds a trailing `WORD *stat`. [PLIB pp.123–124]
+- `INT p_chdir(TEXT *src, TEXT *outp, INT mode, TEXT *subdir);` — parse `src` and change its
+  directory per `mode`: `P_CD_ROOT`, `P_CD_PARENT`, or `P_CD_SUBDIR` (append zero-terminated
+  `subdir`). Reserve `P_FNAMESIZE` at `outp`. Async form `p_chdirasync`. [PLIB p.125]
+
+### 1.3 `p_open` — modes, formats, and access flags
+
+Channel-based file services all go through `p_open`:
+
+```
+INT p_open(VOID **ppfcb, TEXT *name, UINT mode);
+```
+
+On success returns 0 and writes the channel handle to `*ppfcb` (not written on failure). `name` is
+parsed with a `NULL` related name. [PLIB p.142]
+
+`mode` is a bitwise-OR of exactly **one open mode**, exactly **one format**, and any combination of
+**access flags**.
+
+#### Open modes (choose exactly one) [PLIB pp.142–143]
+
+| Mode         | Behaviour |
+|--------------|-----------|
+| `P_FOPEN`    | Open an existing file. `E_FILE_NXIST` if it does not exist. Normally used for read access. |
+| `P_FCREATE`  | Create a file that must **not** already exist. `E_FILE_EXIST` if it does. Requires `P_FUPDATE` for write. |
+| `P_FREPLACE` | If the file exists, open and truncate to zero length; otherwise create it. Requires `P_FUPDATE` for write. |
+| `P_FAPPEND`  | Same as `P_FOPEN` but initial position is at end of file so the next write appends. `P_FRANDOM` not needed; `P_FUPDATE` needed for write. |
+| `P_FUNIQUE`  | Create a unique file, using the passed path as the related path; the unique name is written back to `name` (reserve `P_FNAMESIZE` bytes). `P_FUPDATE` not needed. |
+
+#### Formats (choose exactly one) [PLIB pp.142, 146–147; §list p.121]
+
+| Format            | Meaning |
+|-------------------|---------|
+| `P_FSTREAM`       | Flat binary file. |
+| `P_FSTREAM_TEXT`  | Flat binary file, but declares the file is text; on `REM::` it makes the remote side present/parse CRLF-terminated records. Locally usually identical to `P_FSTREAM`; no penalty, potential gain on remote. Prefer this for self-processed text files. |
+| `P_FTEXT`         | Record-oriented text file. Implemented as a client-side layer (the `TXT:` device) over `P_FSTREAM_TEXT`; data is buffered in that layer, so flushing is needed. |
+| `P_FDIR`          | Open a directory-listing channel (list files/subdirectories). |
+| `P_FDEVICE`       | Open a device-listing channel (list devices of a node). |
+| `P_FNODE`         | Open a node-listing channel (list file systems). |
+| `P_FFORMAT`       | Open a device-format channel (`LOC::` only at time of writing; OR in `P_FLOWDENSITY` for dual-density low-density format). |
+
+#### Access flags (combine as needed) [PLIB p.143]
+
+| Flag        | Meaning |
+|-------------|---------|
+| `P_FUPDATE` | Write access as well as read. Writing without it → `E_FILE_RDONLY`. |
+| `P_FRANDOM` | Random access required; needed to use `p_seek`. Without it, `p_seek` → `E_FILE_INV`. Do not specify unless you will seek (the FS may optimise sequential-only access). |
+| `P_FSHARE`  | Do not block the file from being re-opened for **read** access. Without it, a later open → `E_FILE_LOCKED`. **Cannot** be combined with `P_FUPDATE` (shared *write* is unsupported). |
+
+**Sharing rules:** any number of processes may open the same file for reading only, provided all
+readers specify `P_FSHARE`. Multiple writers are never allowed. Once open for reading it may be
+re-opened for reading but not writing; once open for writing it may not be re-opened at all.
+[PLIB p.140]
+
+**Examples** [PLIB p.140]:
+```c
+p_open(&fcb, "fred.dat", P_FSTREAM | P_FSHARE);                          /* read only  */
+p_open(&fcb, "fred.dat", P_FSTREAM | P_FUPDATE | P_FREPLACE | P_FRANDOM);/* writable   */
+```
+
+Selected `p_open` errors: `E_GEN_NOMEMORY`, `E_GEN_ARG` (illegal flag combination),
+`E_FILE_DEVICE`, `E_FILE_NOTREADY`, `E_FILE_EXIST`, `E_FILE_NXIST`, `E_FILE_ACCESS`,
+`E_FILE_DIRFULL`, `E_FILE_PROTECT`, `E_FILE_FULL`, `E_FILE_LOCKED`, `E_FILE_DIR`, plus any
+`p_fparse` error. [PLIB pp.143–144]
+
+### 1.4 Reading and writing streams
+
+```
+INT p_read (VOID *pfcb, VOID *buf, UINT len);
+INT p_write(VOID *pfcb, VOID *buf, UINT len);
+INT p_close(VOID *pfcb);
+```
+
+- `p_read` reads `len` bytes (or the bytes remaining before EOF, whichever is smaller) from the
+  current position; returns the number of bytes read. At EOF, reads 0 bytes and returns
+  `E_FILE_EOF`. `len` must not exceed `P_FMAXSSIZE` (**16K**). Most efficient in multiples of
+  `P_FBLKSIZE` (**512**) on 512-byte boundaries. Other errors: `E_FILE_ABORT`, `E_FILE_READ`.
+  [PLIB p.144]
+- `p_write` writes `len` bytes at the current position; increments position by bytes written;
+  returns 0 on success. `len` ≤ `P_FMAXSSIZE`. On Flash you may overwrite a single byte (`len==1`)
+  if the new byte only clears bits (then the modification date is not changed). Errors:
+  `E_FILE_FULL`, `E_FILE_RDONLY`, `E_FILE_ABORT`, `E_FILE_WRITE`. [PLIB p.144]
+- `p_close(NULL)` is harmless (returns 0). Close may perform a final buffered write and a date
+  update, so it can return `p_write`/`p_fdate` errors — but it always closes the channel. To
+  handle failures cleanly, `p_iow(pfcb, P_FFLUSH)` first. `LOC::` on SIBO does not buffer written
+  data; EPOC-on-PC does. [PLIB p.143]
+
+**`p_iow` control operations** on a binary/text channel [PLIB pp.145–146]:
+- `INT p_iow(VOID *pfcb, P_FFLUSH);` — flush buffered data and write the modification date.
+- `INT p_iow(VOID *pfcb, P_FSETEOF, ULONG *peof);` — set the logical EOF to `*peof` (requires
+  `P_FUPDATE`). Extending pre-allocates storage on block devices; truncating also reduces the
+  current position if needed.
+- `INT p_iow(VOID *pfcb, P_FCANCEL);` — cancel pending async requests (not actively supported; a
+  no-op even when a request is pending — simulate a cancel instead).
+
+### 1.5 Seeking
+
+**Binary / stream:**
+```
+INT p_seek(VOID *pfcb, INT sense, LONG *ppos);
+```
+`sense` is one of [PLIB p.144]:
+
+| `sense`   | Meaning |
+|-----------|---------|
+| `P_FABS`  | set position to `*ppos` |
+| `P_FEND`  | set position to `*ppos` relative to end-of-file |
+| `P_FCUR`  | set position to `*ppos` relative to current position |
+
+On success the new position is written back to `*ppos` and 0 returned. `E_FILE_INV` if the channel
+was not opened with `P_FRANDOM`. A negative resulting position clamps to the start; beyond EOF
+clamps to EOF (use `P_FSETEOF` to extend). Setting `*ppos=0` with `P_FCUR` senses the current
+position; with `P_FEND` senses the file length. `f_seek` is the `p_leave`-on-error variant. On
+`P_FSTREAM_TEXT` remote channels, only "seek to 0 (`P_FABS`)" and "seek to end (`P_FEND`, rel 0)"
+are guaranteed. [PLIB pp.144–145]
+
+**Record-oriented text (`P_FTEXT`):** `p_seek` sets the **read** position only (writes always go to
+EOF), and `sense` is different [PLIB pp.149]:
+
+| `sense`      | Meaning |
+|--------------|---------|
+| `P_FREWIND`  | position to the first record (`ppos` ignored) |
+| `P_FRSENSE`  | get the position of the last record read/written |
+| `P_FRSET`    | set the record position previously got with `P_FRSENSE` |
+
+Requires `P_FRANDOM` (else `E_FILE_INV`). Some remote systems may not support `P_FRSET`/`P_FRSENSE`.
+
+### 1.6 Text records (`P_FTEXT`)
+
+Convention: records are terminated by CRLF (CR = 13, LF = 10); a file may optionally end with SUB
+(26). On read, the parser also accepts CR, LF, or LFCR as a terminator and treats a SUB as EOF; on
+write it appends CRLF only (no SUB). Record content must not exceed `P_FMAXRSIZE` (**256**) bytes
+and must not contain CR, LF, or SUB. [PLIB pp.146–148]
+
+- `p_read` returns the record length (bytes written to `buf`), positioning to the next record. If
+  `len` < record length, the first `len` bytes are read and `E_FILE_RECORD` returned (still
+  advances). Returns 0 on a zero-length record; `E_FILE_EOF` past the last record. [PLIB p.148]
+- `p_write` writes a record of `len` bytes (0 … `P_FMAXRSIZE`); always appended at EOF; must not
+  contain delimiters. Errors incl. `E_FILE_RECORD` if oversize. [PLIB p.149]
+
+### 1.7 Directory, device, and node listing
+
+All three use the open → repeated `p_iow(..., P_FREAD, ...)` until `E_FILE_EOF` → close pattern.
+
+- **Nodes:** `p_open(&ncb, "FIL:" or NULL, P_FNODE)`; each `p_iow(ncb, P_FREAD, buf, pinfo)`
+  writes the next node name (`buf` capacity `P_FSYSNAMESIZE+1`, i.e. 6). Optional `pinfo`
+  (`P_NINFO*`) gets the same info as `p_ninfo`. [PLIB p.127]
+- **Devices:** `p_open(&dcb, node-name, P_FDEVICE)`; `E_GEN_FSYS` if the node is bad,
+  `E_GEN_NSUP` if the node has no devices (e.g. `ROM::`). Each `p_iow(P_FREAD)` writes the next
+  device name (`buf` capacity `P_FNAMESIZE`); trailing arg `NULL`. [PLIB p.128]
+- **Files:** `p_open(&dcb, name, P_FDIR)`; `name` is parsed with a wildcard related name (`*.*`),
+  so a name of `""` lists the current directory. Each `p_iow(P_FREAD, buf, pinfo)` writes the next
+  matching file name (excluding node/device/dir; `buf` capacity `P_FNAMESIZE`). Optional
+  `pinfo` (`P_INFO*`) carries per-file info. A root directory of a PC-based device may return a
+  volume-name entry with `P_FAVOLUME` set. [PLIB pp.133–134]
+
+`P_INFO` (from `p_file.h`) [PLIB p.134]:
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    UWORD version;
+    UWORD status;   /* status bits */
+    ULONG size;     /* size of the file in bytes (end-of-file position) */
+    ULONG modst;    /* system time of last modification (secs since 1970-01-01) */
+    UBYTE spare[4];
+} P_INFO;
+```
+`status` bit fields: `P_FAWRITE` (not read-only), `P_FAMOD` (modified), `P_FAHIDDEN`,
+`P_FASYSTEM`, `P_FADIR` (directory file), `P_FAVOLUME` (volume-name directory), `P_FATEXT`
+(recognised text file; `LOC::` cannot recognise text files). [PLIB p.134]
+
+### 1.8 File / device / node information and non-channel operations
+
+- `INT p_finfo(TEXT *name, P_INFO *pinfo);` — info on one file/directory (same fields as a `P_FDIR`
+  read). Good atomic existence check (`E_FILE_NXIST` if absent). Async `p_finfoasync`. [PLIB p.135]
+- `INT p_testpth(TEXT *dname);` — returns 0 if the directory component exists. [PLIB p.135]
+- `INT p_ninfo(TEXT *node, P_NINFO *pninfo);` — node info. `P_NINFO { UWORD version; UWORD type;
+  UWORD formattable; UBYTE spare[26]; }`. `type` is `P_FSYSTYPE_FLAT` or `P_FSYSTYPE_HIER`.
+  [PLIB pp.127–128]
+- `INT p_dinfo(TEXT *dname, P_DINFO *pdinfo);` — device + mounted-medium info.
+  `P_DINFO { UWORD version; UWORD mediatype; UWORD removable; ULONG size; ULONG free;
+  UBYTE name[P_VOLUMENAME]; WORD batterystate; UBYTE spare[16]; }`. Low byte of `mediatype`:
+  `P_FMEDIA_UNKNOWN|FLOPPY|HARDDISK|RAM|FLASH|ROM|WRITEPROTECTED`; high byte flags incl.
+  `P_FMEDIA_COMPRESSIBLE` (worth compressing out deleted records — **not** set for Flash),
+  `P_FMEDIA_DYNAMIC`, `P_FMEDIA_INTERNAL`, `P_FMEDIA_DUAL_DENSITY`, `P_FMEDIA_FORMATTABLE`.
+  [PLIB pp.129–130]
+- Other non-channel calls (each with an `…async` twin): `p_rename`, `p_delete` (directory must be
+  empty), `p_mkdir` (creates intermediate dirs), `p_sfstat` (set attributes; with `P_FAVOLUME` set
+  in the mask, sets/deletes the volume label), `p_fdate` (set modification date, ≥ 1980-01-01).
+  [PLIB pp.136–139]
+- Formatting: open with `P_FFORMAT` then repeatedly `p_read` (first read yields a `UWORD` total
+  count, subsequent reads step the format, `E_FILE_EOF` when done). Aborting early corrupts the
+  medium. [PLIB pp.131–132]
+
+---
+
+## Part 2 — The DBF Database API
+
+### 2.1 The model
+
+A **database file (DBF)** is a binary file of **typed, variable-length records**. Used by MC Diary,
+Series 3 Database, and OPL data files. DBFs are **Flash-friendly**: records can be appended,
+deleted, or replaced in place on a Flash SSD without rewriting the whole file. [PLIB p.195]
+
+Key model properties [PLIB pp.195–197, 204–207]:
+
+- **Record type 0 = deleted.** Deleting a record only overwrites its 4-bit type field with zero
+  (which merely clears bits — legal on Flash). Therefore **deleting does not shrink the file.**
+- **Append-only; updates = erase + append.** Updating a record deletes the original and appends
+  the modified version, so an update **always moves the record to the end of the file**.
+- **Reclaiming space:** `DbfCompress` (only on a *compressible* medium — not Flash) or copy the
+  file record-by-record with `DbfCopyFile` (deleted records are not copied).
+- **Sparse index** (optional): one 4-byte address per **sixteenth** record, held in a *separate
+  segment* (`DBF$nnnn.INX`, `nnnn` a 4-hex-digit number from the channel) so it does not consume
+  the app's data space. Enables fast random access and fast backward scans; adjusted on
+  append/delete so it always points to every 16th record.
+- **Read-ahead buffer:** each file-server read fills a caller-supplied buffer (typically 4K),
+  usually pulling in many records; a read for a record already in the buffer just locates it.
+  **Most DBF services may overwrite the buffer.** The next read after the buffer is disturbed
+  re-reads the whole buffer (a performance hit), so any direct modification of the buffer that is
+  *not* done via a DBF service must be followed by `DbfTrash`. Services guaranteed **not** to
+  alter the buffer: `DbfFlush`, `DbfVersion`, `DbfAppend`, `DbfSense`, `DbfCount`. [PLIB p.196]
+
+**Record limit:** max **65534** records *of any one visible type*, numbered 0…65533. Since only one
+type is visible per open, a file may hold more in aggregate. A file with more than the max (of the
+visible type) is logically truncated to the max on open. [PLIB p.197]
+
+**End-of-file record.** Reading past the last record returns `E_FILE_EOF`; the current record
+number (per `DbfSense`) then becomes *last record + 1* — the fictitious **end-of-file record**.
+Reading before the first record (`DbfBackRead`/`DbfFindRead` backwards) also gives `E_FILE_EOF`
+with current record number 0. If the file has no records, `DbfSense` always returns 0. Services
+that operate on the current record (`DbfEraseRead`, `DbfUpdate`, …) do nothing and return
+`E_FILE_EOF` when positioned on the EOF record. [PLIB p.197]
+
+### 2.2 The file header
+
+DBFs begin with a **22-byte** standard header [PLIB p.196; SysSvc §20]:
+
+| Byte offset | Contents |
+|-------------|----------|
+| 0–15        | Zero-terminated file signature (all 16 bytes are verified — pad with trailing zeros). |
+| 16, 17      | Version of DBF software used to produce the file. |
+| 18, 19      | Offset from start of file to the first record. |
+| 20, 21      | Minimum version of DBF software required. |
+
+The first-record offset allows an **extended header** (application-specific data after the standard
+header). If none, the value is **22**. The first record is always the type-2 field information
+record. Version-number format: see `DbfVersion`. [PLIB p.196; SysSvc §20]
+
+### 2.3 Records and the record header word
+
+In memory, a record is a `DbfRecord` (`p_dbf.h`) [PLIB p.196]:
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    UWORD header;    /* record header word */
+    UBYTE data[2];   /* data to be written... (variable length in practice) */
+} DbfRecord;
+```
+The **header word**: top **4 bits** = record **type** (0–15); low **12 bits** = record **length**.
+Maximum record length is **4094** bytes (one less than the theoretical 0xFFF = 4095, so a 4094-byte
+record plus its 2-byte header fits a 4096-byte buffer). [PLIB p.196; SysSvc §20]
+
+**Record types** [PLIB pp.196–197; SysSvc §20]:
+
+| Type  | Meaning |
+|-------|---------|
+| 0     | Deleted record — ignored by all DBF services; never copied by `DbfCopyFile`. |
+| 1     | Standard data record (fields per the field information record). Usually the only visible type. |
+| 2     | **Field information record (FIR)** — must exist and be the first record; later type-2 records ignored. |
+| 3     | Descriptive record — optional, file-wide app data (see `DbfDescRecordRead/Write`). |
+| 4–7   | App-specific: copied to a **new** file, **not** appended to an existing file, by `DbfCopyFile`. |
+| 8–13  | App-specific: **both** copied to a new file and appended to an existing file (merged) by `DbfCopyFile`. |
+| 14    | Reserved for voice records. |
+| 15    | Reserved for internal use — do not use. |
+
+### 2.4 The Field Information Record (FIR) and field types
+
+The FIR (type 2) holds up to **32 bytes**, one per field, giving each field's type [PLIB p.197;
+SysSvc §20]:
+
+| Byte value | Field type |
+|------------|------------|
+| 0          | Word       |
+| 1          | Long       |
+| 2          | Double     |
+| 3          | String     |
+| 4–255      | Reserved   |
+
+So a data record has at most 32 fields — **with one exception:** a record that contains **only
+string fields** is not bound by the 32-field limit and may hold any number of fields, subject to
+the 4094-byte record cap. Records may contain **fewer** fields than the FIR lists, provided only
+*trailing* fields are omitted; records with **more** fields than the FIR are assumed to have the
+extra ones as string fields. Only `DbfFindRead`/`DbfFindReadField` assume records match the FIR.
+[PLIB p.197]
+
+### 2.5 String fields (leading byte count) and continuation sub-fields
+
+A string field is **leading byte-counted text**, so a normal string field holds at most **255**
+characters. Longer strings use **continuation sub-fields**: the first 254 characters plus a
+terminating byte `0x14`, stored in a string field whose count byte is **255**; the `0x14` +
+count-255 signals that the immediately following string field continues the text. This chains
+indefinitely, subject only to the 4094-byte record limit. [PLIB p.197]
+
+### 2.6 The structs
+
+`DbfHeader` (`p_dbf.h`) — passed to open [PLIB p.199]:
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    UBYTE fileType[DbfHeaderNameSize]; /* 16-byte file signature */
+    UWORD createVersion;               /* software version used to create the file */
+    UWORD dataStart;                   /* offset in file of first record (22 if no ext header) */
+    UWORD needVersion;                 /* minimum software version needed to handle this file */
+    UWORD firHeader;                   /* header word for the field information record */
+    UBYTE fir[DbfMaxFirLength];        /* the field information record bytes */
+} DbfHeader;
+```
+- When **creating/replacing**, pre-fill *all* elements (header + FIR). There is no gap between the
+  header and FIR in the struct even when an extended header is used; the *file* leaves a gap of
+  `dataStart − 22` bytes for it.
+- When **opening existing**, pre-fill only `fileType` (the signature); the rest is filled from the
+  file. All 16 signature bytes are verified — mismatch → `E_FILE_INVALID`.
+- `DbfHeaderNameSize` = 16 (implied by "16-byte file signature"). `DbfMaxFirLength` is the FIR
+  capacity; the FIR maximum length is 32. *(Exact numeric value of `DbfMaxFirLength` not stated
+  verbatim in the source beyond the max-32 rule — verify in `p_dbf.h`.)*
+
+`DbfOpenArgs` (`p_dbf.h`) — for `DbfQuickOpen` [PLIB p.200]:
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    VOID       **pFcb;
+    UBYTE       *fName;
+    UINT         mode;
+    DbfHeader   *pHead;
+} DbfOpenArgs;
+```
+
+`DbfRecord` — see §2.3.
+
+### 2.7 The DBF functions
+
+Every DBF function calls `p_panic` if `pFcb` is not a valid DBF channel from `DbfOpen`/
+`DbfQuickOpen`; that clause is omitted per-entry below. Unless noted "may be used on a DBF opened
+without an index", the *without-index* behaviour is called out where the manual specifies it.
+
+#### Opening / closing / flushing
+
+- `INT DbfOpen(INT *pstate, VOID **pFcb, TEXT *fName, UINT mode, DbfHeader *pHead, UBYTE *pbuffer, UINT len, UINT type);`
+  Open a DBF channel. `mode` = exactly one of `P_FOPEN`/`P_FCREATE`/`P_FREPLACE`/`P_FAPPEND`/
+  `P_FUNIQUE`, optionally OR'd with `P_FUPDATE` and/or `P_FSHARE` (other required stream flags are
+  supplied automatically; `P_FOPEN` and `P_FAPPEND` are treated identically). `pbuffer`/`len` is
+  the caller's read-ahead buffer: **len must be 512…16384** (else `E_FILE_RECORD`), and must be at
+  least as large as the largest record (4096 is guaranteed sufficient). Only records of type `type`
+  are visible (normally 1; may be 4–14; results undefined for 0/2/3/>14). `*pstate` selects the
+  open strategy [PLIB pp.198–199]:
+  - `DbfStateDisabled` — open with a full sparse index; returns only when the index is fully built
+    (may take a while).
+  - `DbfStateOpenNoIndex` — open **without** an index; returns fast, but some services are then
+    disallowed (see each function).
+  - `DbfStateStart` — open with a sparse index incrementally: call `DbfOpen` repeatedly, feeding
+    back `*pstate` each time, until `*pstate` becomes `DbfStateStart` again *(as printed — the
+    source states the loop terminates when the written-back value is `DbfStateStart`; this reads
+    like an OCR/spec inconsistency, likely intended to be a distinct "finished" state such as
+    `DbfStateDisabled`/`DbfStateEnd`. **Flag: verify the terminating state in `p_dbf.h`.**)*.
+
+  After a successful open the current record is **0**, so `DbfNextRead` reads record 1 and
+  `DbfEraseRead` erases record 0; use `DbfFirstRead` to read record 0. Errors: those of
+  `p_open(P_FSTREAM)`, `p_seek`, `p_read`, plus `E_FILE_INVALID` (bad signature / bad FIR),
+  `E_FILE_RECORD` (bad buffer length). [PLIB p.199]
+
+- `INT DbfQuickOpen(INT *pstate, DbfOpenArgs *pargs, UBYTE *pbuffer, UINT len, UINT type);`
+  As `DbfOpen` but `pFcb`/`fName`/`mode`/`pHead` are bundled in `DbfOpenArgs`. **Preferred** over
+  `DbfOpen` (more efficient, shorter code); `DbfOpen` retained for compatibility. [PLIB p.200]
+
+- `INT DbfClose(VOID *pFcb);` — close the file (returns as `p_close`); channel is closed even on
+  error. May be used without an index. [PLIB p.200]
+
+- `INT DbfFlush(VOID *pFcb);` — flush all buffers so modified data is written (returns as
+  `p_write`). Does not alter the buffer. May be used without an index. [PLIB p.200]
+
+- `VOID DbfTrash(VOID *pFcb);` — tell the DBF layer the read-ahead buffer was overwritten by the
+  caller and can no longer be relied on. May be used without an index. [PLIB p.200]
+
+- `INT DbfCopyDown(VOID *pFcb, UINT offset);` — copy the record at `offset` in the buffer to the
+  start of the buffer (and flag the buffer invalid, so no `DbfTrash` needed); returns the record
+  length. `offset` must be one previously returned by a read service and the caller must not have
+  written to the buffer since. May be used without an index. [PLIB p.201]
+
+#### Whole-file operations
+
+- `INT DbfCompress(UINT *pstate, VOID *pFcb);` — reclaim space from deleted records **if** the
+  medium is compressible (otherwise a no-op that still returns 0). After a real compress the
+  current record is the EOF record. `*pstate` = `DbfStateDisabled` (blocking) or `DbfStateStart`
+  (incremental loop, terminating as written back). **Should not** be used without an index.
+  [PLIB p.201]
+
+- `INT DbfCopyFile(UINT *pstate, VOID *pFcb, TEXT *pTargetName, UINT targetMode, UINT type, INT dir);`
+  Copy non-deleted records between the current file and `pTargetName`. `targetMode` = same options
+  as open (target always opened without an index; `P_FUNIQUE` writes back the unique name).
+  `type` selects a single type (usually 1) or `DbfRecordTypeAll` for all types. `dir` is
+  `DbfCopyFromHandle` (current → target; target new file with `P_FCREATE`/`P_FREPLACE`/`P_FUNIQUE`,
+  or append with `P_FOPEN`/`P_FAPPEND`) or `DbfCopyToHandle` (target → current; target sensibly
+  `P_FOPEN`). Copying to a **new** file always copies the FIR (type 2) and the file header
+  (incl. extended header) regardless of `type`; **appending** never copies types 2–7. Appending
+  requires matching signatures and compatible FIRs (identical, or both string-only) else
+  `E_FILE_INVALID`. `*pstate` supports `DbfStateDisabled`, `DbfStateStart` (est. calls =
+  file size / buffer size + 2), and `DbfStateCopyAbort` (abort an in-progress `DbfStateStart`
+  copy). May be used without an index. **Warning:** appending can exceed 65534 records with no
+  error. [PLIB pp.201–202]
+
+- `INT DbfFileSize(VOID *pFcb, ULONG *pSize);` — write the open file's size to `*pSize`. May be
+  used without an index. [PLIB p.202]
+
+- `UINT DbfVersion(VOID);` — DBF software version as hex `xyyF`: `x` = major (4 bits), `yy` = minor
+  (8 bits), `F` = release type A/B/F (Alpha/Beta/Final, 4 bits). E.g. `0x110F` → 1.10F. Only the
+  major number gates whether a file can be handled. May be used without an index. [PLIB p.203]
+
+#### Extended header and descriptive record
+
+- `INT DbfExtHeaderRead(UINT cont, VOID *pFcb, VOID *buf, UINT len);` — read up to `len` bytes of
+  the extended header; returns bytes read. `cont`: 0 = initial read (resets to start of ext
+  header); 1 = continue; use 0 if reading the whole thing in one call. `E_FILE_EOF` at end. May be
+  used without an index. [PLIB p.202]
+- `INT DbfExtHeaderWrite(UINT cont, VOID *pFcb, VOID *buf, UINT len);` — symmetric writer. May be
+  used without an index. [PLIB pp.202–203]
+- `INT DbfDescRecordRead(VOID *pFcb);` — read the descriptive record to offset 0 of the read-ahead
+  buffer; returns its length, or `E_FILE_EOF` if none, or `E_FILE_INVALID` if the file was opened
+  without an index. Sub-records use the same word-header format as main records; ignore (do not
+  delete) unrecognised sub-record types. [PLIB p.203]
+- `INT DbfDescRecordWrite(VOID *pFcb, UINT len);` — write a descriptive record from a `DbfRecord`
+  at buffer offset 0 (content starts at offset 2; the leading 2 bytes form the header and are not
+  counted in `len`). Any existing descriptive record is erased first (max one per file); `len==0`
+  just erases it. `E_FILE_INVALID` if opened without an index. [PLIB p.203]
+
+#### Reading records
+
+All read services return the **record data length** (excluding the 2-byte header) and write the
+buffer **offset of the DbfRecord** (including its header) to `*pOffset`. The read record becomes
+the current record. On `E_FILE_EOF`, `*pOffset` is invalid.
+
+- `INT DbfAbsRead(VOID *pFcb, UINT recnum, UWORD *pOffset);` — seek to and read record `recnum`.
+  `E_FILE_EOF` if `recnum` > last record (current → EOF record). May be used without an index.
+  [PLIB p.204]
+- `INT DbfAbsReadSense(VOID *pFcb, UINT recnum, UWORD *pOffset, ULONG *pPos);` — as `DbfAbsRead`
+  but also writes the file position of the record header to `*pPos`. May be used without an index.
+  [PLIB p.204]
+- `INT DbfNextRead(VOID *pFcb, UWORD *pOffset);` — read the next record. `E_FILE_EOF` if already on
+  the last record / no records (current → EOF record). May be used without an index. [PLIB p.204]
+- `INT DbfBackRead(VOID *pFcb, UWORD *pOffset);` — read the previous record. `E_FILE_EOF` if on the
+  first record / no records (current → record 0). May be used without an index. [PLIB p.204]
+- `INT DbfFirstRead(VOID *pFcb, UWORD *pOffset);` — read the first record. `E_FILE_EOF` if no
+  records of the current type (current → 0 = EOF record). May be used without an index. [PLIB p.205]
+- `INT DbfLastRead(VOID *pFcb, UWORD *pOffset);` — read the last record. `E_FILE_EOF` if none.
+  **Should not** be used without an index. [PLIB p.205]
+
+#### Appending / erasing / updating
+
+- `INT DbfAppend(VOID *pFcb, UINT len);` — append a record of the current type and length `len`
+  (data only) to EOF and make it current; returns 0. The record must be at the **start** of the
+  read-ahead buffer as a `DbfRecord` including its 2-byte header; `DbfAppend` builds the type/length
+  header from those two bytes (not counted in `len`). `E_GEN_OVER` if already 65534 records of the
+  type; `E_FILE_RECORD` if total (data + 2) exceeds the buffer. Does not alter the buffer.
+  **Should not** be used without an index. [PLIB p.205]
+- `INT DbfEraseRead(INT *pstate, VOID *pFcb, UWORD *pOffset);` — erase the current record and read
+  the following one (becomes current); returns its length or negative. Two `E_FILE_EOF` cases:
+  (a) already on the EOF record / no records → does nothing; (b) current was the last record → it
+  is erased and current becomes the EOF record. Distinguish via `DbfSense`+`DbfCount`, or by
+  comparing `DbfCount` before/after. `*pstate` = `DbfStateDisabled` / `DbfStateStart` (incremental).
+  **Should not** be used without an index. [PLIB p.206]
+- `INT DbfUpdate(INT *pstate, VOID *pFcb, UINT len);` — erase the current record and append a new
+  one of length `len` from the read-ahead buffer, making it current. The new record must be a
+  `DbfRecord` at the start of the buffer (leading 2 bytes = header, not counted in `len`). The old
+  record is **not** erased until the new one is successfully appended. `E_FILE_EOF` (no-op) if no
+  records of the current type or if on the EOF record. `*pstate` = `DbfStateDisabled` /
+  `DbfStateStart`. **Should not** be used without an index. [PLIB p.206]
+  *(Note: the manual's prose here says "DbfAppend uses these two bytes" — clearly referring to the
+  same header-construction mechanism.)*
+
+#### Sensing / counting
+
+- `UINT DbfSense(VOID *pFcb);` — return the current record number (the EOF record number — 0 if
+  empty, else count+1 — if a preceding call returned `E_FILE_EOF`). Does not alter the buffer. May
+  be used without an index. [PLIB p.209]
+- `UINT DbfCount(VOID *pFcb);` — return the number of records of the currently visible type without
+  changing the current record. Does not alter the buffer. **Should not** be used without an index.
+  [PLIB p.209]
+
+#### Finding by content
+
+- `INT DbfFindRead(UINT *pstate, VOID *pFcb, VOID *pBuffer, UINT len, UINT findMode, UINT nStrings, UWORD *pOffset);`
+  Match wildcard text at `pBuffer` of length `len` (≤ 255) against the first `nStrings` **string
+  fields** of each record, starting at the current record; returns the matching record's data
+  length or a negative error. Equivalent to `DbfFindReadField` with `startStr = 0`. `nStrings ==
+  DbfFindAllStrings` searches all string fields to end-of-record. The FIR is used to type the first
+  32 fields; fields beyond that are assumed strings. On match, that record becomes current and its
+  buffer offset is written to `*pOffset`; on no match, `E_FILE_EOF` and current becomes the first
+  record (backward search) or the EOF record (forward search). May be used without an index
+  **except** `DbfFindLast` (unpredictable). Panics if `findMode` is malformed. [PLIB pp.208–209]
+
+- `DbfFindReadField(...)` — same as `DbfFindRead` but with an extra `startStr` argument: match
+  starts at string field number `startStr` (0 = first string field). **Available only in EPOC
+  ≥ 3.18.**
+  **OCR FLAG:** the signature is **garbled/truncated** in the source. The printed fragment reads:
+  `… UINT nStrings, UWORD *pOffset, UINT startStr);` (line lacks the return type, `pstate`, `pFcb`,
+  `pBuffer`, `len`, `findMode`). By analogy with `DbfFindRead` the full signature is almost
+  certainly:
+  ```c
+  /* RECONSTRUCTED — verify against p_dbf.h before use */
+  INT DbfFindReadField(UINT *pstate, VOID *pFcb, VOID *pBuffer, UINT len,
+                       UINT findMode, UINT nStrings, UWORD *pOffset, UINT startStr);
+  ```
+  [PLIB pp.207–208]
+
+**`findMode`** is an OR of three parts [PLIB pp.207–208]:
+1. **Max match length** in any one string field (0…255; 255 = no truncation) occupies the low part
+   of `findMode`.
+2. **Direction / start**: `DbfFindForwards`, `DbfFindBackwards`, `DbfFindFirst`, `DbfFindLast`.
+3. **Case**: `DbfFindCaseIndependent` or `DbfFindCaseDependent`.
+
+**Finding across continuation sub-fields** (only needed if strings may exceed 255 chars): OR
+`0x1400` into `len` (whose base value cannot exceed 255); set the length component of `findMode` to
+255 and OR in `0x4000`; only case-independent matching is allowed (OR `DbfFindCaseIndependent`);
+then OR in the direction flag as usual. [PLIB p.208]
+
+> **No per-field getter/setter exists.** The DBF API deals in whole records only. There is no
+> function to read or write an individual Word/Long/Double/String field. The application must
+> **pack and unpack field bytes by hand** into/out of the `DbfRecord.data` area, following the FIR
+> field order and the string leading-byte-count convention. The find services are the only ones
+> that interpret field structure, and only for string matching.
+
+### 2.8 Error names (DBF)
+
+`E_FILE_EOF` (past end / before start), `E_FILE_INVALID` (bad signature / FIR / no-index misuse),
+`E_FILE_RECORD` (bad buffer length or record too big for buffer), `E_GEN_OVER` (65534-record limit
+hit on append). `DbfClose`/`DbfFlush` propagate `p_close`/`p_write` errors; most read services
+propagate `p_seek`/`p_read` errors. [PLIB pp.199, 205–206] The System Services manual names the
+same conditions `EofErr`, `InvalidFileErr`, and the panics `PanicDbf1` (bad handle) / `PanicDbf2`
+(bad offset). [SysSvc §20]
+
+---
+
+## Part 3 — Worked recipe: create schema → append → read back
+
+Assembled strictly from the manual's prose (PLIB ch. 14). Field packing is done by hand because
+there is no per-field API. Illustrative — variable names/details are the author's; the API calls,
+struct layout, and offsets are per the manual.
+
+**Schema for the example:** two fields — field 0 = Long (FIR byte `1`), field 1 = String (FIR byte
+`3`).
+
+### Step 1 — Create the file with header + FIR
+
+Pre-fill a `DbfHeader` completely (creating/replacing requires the full header **and** FIR;
+`p.199`). The FIR is itself a type-2 record, so `firHeader` is a record header word: top 4 bits =
+type 2, low 12 bits = FIR length (here 2). Provide a read-ahead buffer of 4096 (guaranteed
+sufficient; `p.199`) and open with visible `type = 1`.
+
+```c
+#include <p_dbf.h>
+
+UBYTE   buf[4096];          /* read-ahead buffer, 512..16384; >= largest record */
+VOID   *fcb;
+INT     state;
+DbfHeader h;
+DbfOpenArgs args;
+
+/* --- header --- */
+p_bfill(&h.fileType[0], DbfHeaderNameSize, 0);      /* zero the 16-byte signature   */
+p_scpy(&h.fileType[0], "MYAPPDatabase");            /* pad remainder stays 0 (p.196) */
+h.createVersion = DbfVersion();                     /* p.203                         */
+h.dataStart     = 22;                               /* no extended header (p.196)    */
+h.needVersion   = DbfVersion();
+/* --- FIR (type 2, length 2): field0=Long(1), field1=String(3) --- */
+h.firHeader = (2 << 12) | 2;                         /* top 4 bits type, low 12 len   */
+h.fir[0] = 1;                                        /* Long   (p.197)                */
+h.fir[1] = 3;                                        /* String (p.197)                */
+
+args.pFcb  = &fcb;
+args.fName = (UBYTE *)"MYDATA.DBF";
+args.mode  = P_FCREATE | P_FUPDATE;                 /* create new, writable (Files ch)*/
+args.pHead = &h;
+
+state = DbfStateDisabled;                            /* build index, blocking (p.199) */
+if (DbfQuickOpen(&state, &args, &buf[0], sizeof(buf), 1) < 0)
+    /* handle error (p_fparse / p_open / E_FILE_* errors) */;
+```
+
+### Step 2 — Pack a record by hand and append it
+
+A record to be appended must sit at the **start of the buffer** as a `DbfRecord`: 2-byte header
+then data; `DbfAppend` builds the header from those two bytes and `len` is the **data** length only
+(`p.205`). Pack the Long field (its byte layout is the app's responsibility), then the String field
+as a leading count byte followed by its characters (`p.197`).
+
+```c
+DbfRecord *rec = (DbfRecord *)&buf[0];
+UBYTE     *d   = &rec->data[0];   /* data starts at buffer offset 2 */
+UINT       len = 0;
+LONG       idNum = 42;
+TEXT      *nameStr = "Widget";
+UINT       nameLen = p_slen(nameStr);       /* <= 255 for a plain string field */
+
+/* field 0: Long (4 bytes, app-defined byte order) */
+p_bcpy(&d[len], &idNum, sizeof(LONG));  len += sizeof(LONG);
+/* field 1: String = leading byte count + chars (p.197) */
+d[len++] = (UBYTE)nameLen;
+p_bcpy(&d[len], nameStr, nameLen);      len += nameLen;
+
+/* header bytes are set by DbfAppend from rec->header; type is the current type (1) */
+if (DbfAppend(fcb, len) < 0)            /* appends, becomes current record (p.205) */
+    /* handle E_GEN_OVER / E_FILE_RECORD / p_write errors */;
+```
+
+### Step 3 — Read the record back and unpack
+
+After open the current record is 0 (`p.199`). Reads return the **data length** and write the
+`DbfRecord` **offset** (header included) into `*pOffset`. Read the first record, then unpack in FIR
+order. (`DbfCopyDown` first if you intend to edit in the buffer — `p.201`/`SysSvc §20`.)
+
+```c
+UWORD off;
+INT   rlen = DbfFirstRead(fcb, &off);   /* read record 0 (p.205) */
+if (rlen >= 0) {
+    DbfRecord *r = (DbfRecord *)&buf[off];
+    UBYTE     *p = &r->data[0];
+    LONG       gotId;
+    UBYTE      slen;
+    TEXT       gotName[256];
+
+    p_bcpy(&gotId, &p[0], sizeof(LONG));   /* field 0: Long   */
+    p += sizeof(LONG);
+    slen = *p++;                           /* field 1: count byte, then chars (p.197) */
+    p_bcpy(&gotName[0], p, slen);
+    gotName[slen] = 0;
+    /* gotId == 42, gotName == "Widget" */
+}
+
+DbfFlush(fcb);      /* ensure written data is on the medium (p.200) */
+DbfClose(fcb);      /* p.200 */
+```
+
+Notes tied to the model:
+- To **update** the record, pack a new `DbfRecord` at buffer offset 0 and call
+  `DbfUpdate(&state, fcb, len)`; the record is deleted and re-appended at EOF (`p.206`).
+- To **delete**, position on it (e.g. `DbfAbsRead`) and call `DbfEraseRead(&state, fcb, &off)`
+  (`p.206`); the file does not shrink until `DbfCompress` (non-Flash) or a `DbfCopyFile` rebuild
+  (`p.195`).
+- `DbfFindRead` / `DbfFindReadField` can locate a record by matching a wildcard against its string
+  fields (`p.207`–209); numeric fields are not searchable by these services.

docs/reference/06-ui.md

@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+# Psion SIBO / Workabout MX — User-Interface Programming
+
+**The Window Server and the Console**
+
+Reference notes drawn from the SIBO 'C' SDK *Window Server Reference* (v2.30,
+March 1999) and the *PLIB Reference* (console functions). Everything below is
+sourced from those two manuals; section/line references are given as
+`[wserv]` and `[plib]`. Anything not backed by the manuals is explicitly
+flagged as **reverse-engineered** or **uncertain**.
+
+> **Machine-type note.** The manuals cover the HC, MC, S3, S3a and Workabout.
+> The **Workabout** is reported by the window server as machine type
+> `WS_TYPE_S3C` (i.e. it shares the "Series 3c" identity), and in
+> compatibility mode its `version_id` is `WS_TYPE_S3C | WS_VERSION_4`
+> `[wserv 7288-7291]`. The manuals do **not** name a "Workabout MX"
+> variant; MX-specific behaviour (notably the barcode scan key, below) is
+> **not documented** and is marked as reverse-engineered where it appears.
+
+---
+
+## 1. The Window Server model
+
+The window server is a **system process** that provides shared access to the
+screen and the keyboard (and a pointing device, where one exists) `[plib
+1295-1296]`. Application processes talk to it as **clients** through the
+**WLIB** library — a thin C shell over ROM-based code reached by software
+interrupts `[plib 1338-1339]`.
+
+### 1.1 Clients, foreground and background
+
+- Of all the clients, exactly **one is the foreground client**; all others are
+  background clients. The **foreground client is the one that receives
+  keyboard input** `[wserv 1906-1910]`.
+- On the small-screen machines (HC, S3, S3a, Workabout) the windows of
+  background clients are **not visible at all**; only the foreground client's
+  windows are shown, in front `[wserv 1918-1921]`.
+- On the **MC** (large screen) windows of several clients can be visible at
+  once, and a client can *attach* to another `[wserv 1330-1333]`.
+- The server keeps clients in a **front-to-back task order**: position 0 is the
+  foreground; position 1 is the frontmost background task, and so on `[wserv
+  1968-1971]`.
+- A client can move itself or another client between foreground and background
+  with `wClientPosition` `[wserv 1983-1984]`.
+
+### 1.2 The shared screen and keyboard
+
+Drawing goes into a **hierarchical system of overlapping windows**; all drawing
+is clipped to visible areas, and the server issues **redraw events** telling a
+client which areas need repainting `[plib 1318-1323]`. Keyboard input is routed
+to the foreground client, except for keys the server processes itself (task
+switch, pause) or keys a client has **captured** with `wCaptureKey` so that it
+receives them whether foreground or not `[wserv 1911-1915, 6283-6293]`.
+
+### 1.3 Connecting
+
+A process must connect before using the server, via `wConnect` (or a wrapper
+such as `wStartup`) `[wserv 1371-1372]`.
+
+```c
+VOID wConnect(WSERV_SPEC *pwserv_spec, VOID *pnws_handle, UINT flags);
+```
+
+`[wserv 7182-7183]`
+
+- `flags` combines: `W_CONNECT_AT_BACK` (connect as background; default is
+  foreground), `W_CONNECT_USER_FLAG`, `W_CONNECT_SYSTEM_MODAL`,
+  `W_CONNECT_PRIORITY` (enable the server's process-priority handling),
+  `W_CONNECT_DISABLE_LEAVES` (return negative error numbers instead of calling
+  `p_leave`) `[wserv 7187-7203]`.
+- `pnws_handle` is the handle the server puts into events **not** directed at a
+  window (e.g. key events) `[wserv 7206-7207]`.
+- `pwserv_spec` points to a `WSERV_SPEC` the client must keep for the life of
+  the connection. `wConnect` fills its `CONNECT_INFO conn` sub-struct with
+  useful data — screen size (`pixels`), pixel geometry, `set_is_dark`,
+  `version_id` (machine type + server version), and the default
+  `system_font_handle` `[wserv 7210-7251]`.
+
+**Connection tests / helpers.** After connecting, the reserved static
+`wClientData` is non-zero (zero if not connected) `[wserv 1882-1894]`. The
+`WSERV_SPEC` address is also recorded in the reserved static `wserv_channel`,
+which general-purpose code can read for screen size etc. `[wserv 7294-7303]`.
+
+**Two startup paths (see also §5 on the console):**
+
+- **PLIB startup module:** call `wStartup`, which connects, creates and
+  initialises a backed-up window covering the whole screen, and creates a
+  permanent graphics context on it — ready to draw `[wserv 1496-1519]`. The
+  created window's ID is in the global `wMainWid` `[wserv 1609]`.
+- **CLIB startup module:** the startup automatically opens the console device
+  `con:`, which on the HC/S3/S3a/Workabout **is itself a window-server
+  connection** — so the process is already a client. Connecting again with
+  `wConnect`/`wStartup` panics the process (panic 100) `[wserv 1387-1396,
+  1757]`. The console channel is in the static `winHandle` `[wserv 1399-1403]`.
+
+### 1.4 Windows (briefly)
+
+- Create with `wCreateWindow` (returns a window ID); the window is dormant and
+  invisible until **initialised** with `wInitialiseWindowTree`, which activates
+  the window and all descendants `[wserv 3141-3167]`.
+- Destroy a tree with `wCloseWindowTree`; destroying a window more than once is
+  **not** treated as an error `[wserv 3185-3202]`.
+- Windows can be **backed-up** by bitmaps: drawing is mirrored to a backup
+  bitmap and the server redraws automatically, so the client largely avoids
+  redraw handling `[wserv 1270-1273, plib 1334-1335]`.
+- Redraw/mouse events are directed at a window by the **handle** the client
+  supplied at `wCreateWindow` (commonly the address of a client structure)
+  `[wserv 1944-1946]`.
+
+---
+
+## 2. The event system
+
+For each client the server maintains a **queue of events** reporting user input
+and other state changes: key presses, foreground/background changes, redraw
+events, and (on pointer machines) mouse events `[wserv 1926-1937]`. Key and
+mouse events are time-stamped in system ticks (1 tick = 1/32 s) for e.g.
+double-click detection `[wserv 1939-1941, 14331-14333]`.
+
+### 2.1 Fetching events
+
+```c
+VOID wGetEventWait  (WS_EV *event);              /* block until an event   */
+VOID wGetEvent      (WS_EV *event);              /* async, no wait         */
+VOID wGetEventSpecial(WS_EV *event, UINT flags); /* async + event filter   */
+VOID wGetEventUpdate (UINT flags);               /* change the filter      */
+```
+
+`[wserv 14302-14432]`
+
+- **`wGetEventWait`** returns only when an event is available; on an empty queue
+  it waits indefinitely `[wserv 1949-1951]`.
+- **`wGetEvent`** is the asynchronous version, for clients that also service
+  non-server sources (serial input, timers). It sets `event->type =
+  E_FILE_PENDING` immediately; when an event arrives the server fills `event`
+  and signals the client's I/O semaphore. **Only one may be outstanding** — a
+  second pending `wGetEvent` panics the process `[wserv 14363-14378]`.
+- **`wGetEventSpecial`** (window server **version 4** only) is `wGetEvent` plus
+  a `flags` filter selecting which events to deliver. Only one call to
+  `wGetEvent`/`wGetEventSpecial` may be outstanding at a time `[wserv
+  14381-14393]`. Filter flags (OR-able) `[wserv 14396-14416]`:
+  - `WE_KEY` — key and task-key events
+  - `WE_REDRAW` — `WM_REDRAW`
+  - `WE_STATUS` — `WM_FOREGROUND`, `WM_BACKGROUND`, `WM_ON`
+  - `WE_MOUSE` — mouse and rubber-band events
+  - `WE_OTHERS` — everything else
+  - `WE_NORMAL` — all of the above (`wGetEventSpecial(..., WE_NORMAL)` ==
+    `wGetEvent`)
+  - `WE_ESC` — only meaningful when `WE_KEY` is *not* set: on ESC the keyboard
+    buffer is discarded and a `WM_ESCAPE` event is delivered.
+- **`wGetEventUpdate`** (v4) replaces the filter of an outstanding
+  `wGetEvent`/`wGetEventSpecial`; a no-op if none is outstanding `[wserv
+  14419-14432]`.
+
+> **Async discipline.** Fully process one server event before requesting the
+> next. Because the server runs at higher priority than clients, an async
+> request can complete while you are handling some *other* source. Never
+> destroy a window directly in response to a non-server event — instead call
+> `wCancelGetEvent`, which delivers a **`WM_CANCELLED`** at the **highest
+> priority** (overtaking all queued but not-yet-delivered events), and do the
+> destruction when that arrives `[wserv 3227-3252]`.
+
+### 2.2 The event structure
+
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    WORD  type;             /* positive event type, WM_xxxx        */
+    UWORD handle;           /* target window, or the wConnect handle */
+    UWORD time;             /* low word of tick count (key/mouse)  */
+    WS_EVENT_UNION p;       /* type-dependent payload              */
+} WS_EV;
+
+typedef union {
+    UWORD       uword;
+    UBYTE      *dpoint;
+    P_RECT      rect;       /* WM_REDRAW rectangle                 */
+    WMSG_KEY    key;        /* WM_KEY                              */
+    WMSG_MOUSE  mouse;      /* WM_MOUSE / rubber band              */
+    WMSG_RUBBER rubber;
+    WMSG_CAPS   caps;       /* WM_KEYBOARD_STATE_CHANGE            */
+} WS_EVENT_UNION;
+```
+
+`[wserv 14311-14350]`
+
+- `handle`: for window-directed events (`WM_REDRAW`, `WM_MOUSE`) it is the
+  handle given to `wCreateWindow`; for non-window events (`WM_KEY`,
+  `WM_FOREGROUND`) it is the handle given to `wConnect` `[wserv 14326-14329]`.
+
+The key payload:
+
+```c
+typedef struct {
+    UWORD keycode;   /* code of the key pressed        */
+    UBYTE modifiers; /* shift/ctrl/psion/caps/num-lock */
+    UBYTE count;     /* auto-repeat accumulation       */
+} WMSG_KEY;
+```
+
+`[wserv 14456-14465]`
+
+- `modifiers` bit flags: `W_SHIFT_MODIFIER` (0x02), `W_CTRL_MODIFIER` (0x04),
+  `W_PSION_MODIFIER` (0x08), `W_CAPS_MODIFIER` (0x10),
+  `W_NUM_LOCK_MODIFIER` (0x20, MC only) `[wserv 14481-14499]`.
+- `count` is 1 for a single press; it exceeds 1 only when the client cannot
+  keep up with auto-repeat. The manual's advice is to **ignore the repeat
+  count** `[wserv 14466-14476, 6263-6280]`.
+- `keycode`: printable SIBO characters (code page 850-like) fall in
+  `0x20`–`0xFF` excluding `0x7F`. The **PSION** shift typically adds `0x200`
+  (`W_SPECIAL_KEY`). "Special" keys carry codes `< 0x20`, `0x7F`, or `> 0xFF`
+  `[wserv 14501-14541]`. Named special codes include `W_KEY_TAB` (0x09),
+  `W_KEY_DELETE_LEFT` (0x08), `W_KEY_DELETE_RIGHT` (0x7F), `W_KEY_RETURN`
+  (0x0D), `W_KEY_ESCAPE` (0x1B), `W_KEY_UP/DOWN/RIGHT/LEFT` (0x100–0x103),
+  `W_KEY_PAGE_UP/DOWN` (0x104/0x105), `W_KEY_HOME/END` (0x106/0x107),
+  `W_KEY_TASK` (0x108), `W_KEY_MENU` (0x122), `W_KEY_HELP` (0x123),
+  `W_KEY_ON` (0x2002), `W_KEY_OFF` (0x2003), etc. `[wserv 14547-14852]`.
+
+### 2.3 Event types
+
+Common event types (`WS_EV event;` assumed) `[wserv 14441-15048]`:
+
+| Event | Meaning | Payload |
+|-------|---------|---------|
+| **`WM_KEY`** | A key was pressed. The full description is in `event.p.key` (keycode, modifiers, count). Delivered to the foreground client (or a capturer). `[wserv 14449-14476, 6249-6250]` | `p.key` |
+| **`WM_REDRAW`** | Sent when the client's queue is empty and one or more windows has an update region. `event.p.rect` is a rectangular block of pixels needing redraw. Lowest priority except for `WM_USER_MSG`. `[wserv 14855-14865]` | `p.rect` |
+| **`WM_BACKGROUND`** | The foreground client has just gone to background. Usually nothing to do, but suspend real-time/animated activity until foreground returns. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14868-14878]` | — |
+| **`WM_FOREGROUND`** | A background client has just become foreground. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14881-14887]` | — |
+| **`WM_CANCELLED`** | Sent in response to `wCancelGetEvent`; delivered at highest priority. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14890-14897, 3250-3252]` | — |
+| **`WM_USER_MSG`** | Sent in response to `wUserMsg`. **Lowest priority of all** — useful as an "the server has nothing more to send" marker. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14909-14916]` | — |
+| **`WM_ON`** | Machine switched on (server v3.5+). Delivered to the foreground client if it called `wInformOn`; in v4, to any client (fore or back) that called `wInformOnAll(TRUE)`. Prompts a display refresh. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14919-14937]` | — |
+| **`WM_COMMAND`** | Another client sent a command via `wSendCommand` (server v3.5). Prompts the receiver to call `wGetCommand` for the data (up to 127 bytes). Only `type` set. `[wserv 14940-14947, 1128-1129]` | — |
+| **`WM_TASK_KEY`** | Sent to the **application-key handler** (the shell) when an application key is pressed with no process of that application present, or a PSION-shifted application key is pressed. S3/S3a/Workabout only. The app-key index (0–15) is in `event.p.key.keycode`. `[wserv 14963-14975]` | `p.key.keycode` |
+| **`WM_ESCAPE`** | (v4) Delivered when ESC is pressed *and* the client selected events with `wGetEventSpecial` including `WE_ESC`/`WM_ESCAPE` but **excluding** key events; the keyboard buffer is discarded. `[wserv 14999-15015]` | — |
+| **`WM_TASK_UPDATE`** | Sent to the shell (when foreground) whenever *any* process terminates. S3/S3a/Workabout and HC v3.5+. Only `type` set. `[wserv 14950-14960]` | — |
+| **`WM_DATE_CHANGED`** | (v4) Date changed (reset, or past midnight). Sent to a foreground S3a/Workabout app not in S3 compatibility mode; background apps get it on next foreground; delivered at next power-on if off. `[wserv 14978-14993]` | — |
+| **`WM_KEYBOARD_STATE_CHANGE`** | Sent only to the shell when numlock/capslock changes; new state in `event.p.caps.modifiers`. (MC generates it for the caps-lock key.) `[wserv 15065-15069, 14734-14735]` | `p.caps` |
+
+**Mouse / pointer events** (only on machines with a pointing device, e.g. the
+MC) `[wserv 15076-15187]`:
+
+| Event | Meaning |
+|-------|---------|
+| **`WM_MOUSE`** | State change on the digitiser. `event.p.mouse` is a `WMSG_MOUSE { UBYTE event; UBYTE state; P_POINT pos; }`. `event.p.mouse.event` is `WM_MOUSE_MOVE` (filtered out by default), `WM_MOUSE_PRESS`, or `WM_MOUSE_RELEASE`; `state` carries `W_MOUSE_DOWN`, `W_MOUSE_OUTSIDE`, and the shift modifiers. `[wserv 15083-15129]` |
+| **`WM_RUBBER_BAND_INIT`** | Special `WM_MOUSE` variant sent when a press occurs in a window flagged `W_WIN_RUBBER_BAND_CAPTURE`. `[wserv 15146-15154]` |
+| **`WM_RUBBER`** | Sent on completion of a rubber-band interaction. `[wserv 15160-15166]` |
+| **`WM_ACTIVE`** | Sent to a window that set `W_WIN_INACTIVE` when a `WM_MOUSE_PRESS` lands on it or a descendant (in place of the `WM_MOUSE`); the client typically re-activates the tree by clearing `W_WIN_INACTIVE`. Only `type` set. `[wserv 15169-15186]` |
+
+Large-screen (MC) events also include `WM_DEICONISE`, `WM_ATTACHED`,
+`WM_DETACHED` for the multi-task attach/iconise model `[wserv 15017-15062]`.
+
+### 2.4 Event priority
+
+Event delivery is **prioritised**, not strictly FIFO:
+
+- `WM_CANCELLED` is delivered at the **highest** priority, overtaking anything
+  queued but not yet delivered `[wserv 3250-3252]`.
+- `WM_REDRAW` is **lower** than user input and foreground/background events;
+  the only type lower than `WM_REDRAW` is `WM_USER_MSG` `[wserv 14865,
+  3126-3127]`.
+- `WM_USER_MSG` has the **lowest** priority of all `[wserv 14912-14913]`.
+- Between windows there is a further **two-level redraw priority**: windows are
+  low by default; `W_WIN_PRIORITY` (on `wCreateWindow`/`wSetWindow`) promotes a
+  window's redraws ahead of the rest `[wserv 3130-3131]`.
+
+### 2.5 The barcode scan key — **reverse-engineered (Workabout MX)**
+
+> **Not in the manuals.** The *Window Server Reference* documents no barcode /
+> scanner / laser trigger key, and defines no keycode near 368. On barcode-
+> equipped Workabout / Workabout MX hardware the **scan (trigger) key is
+> observed to arrive as an ordinary `WM_KEY` event with keycode 368**
+> (`0x170`). This is **reverse-engineered field knowledge, not documented
+> behaviour** — treat the exact value and delivery path as version/hardware
+> dependent and confirm on the target unit. Because it surfaces as a normal
+> key event, it can be handled in the ordinary `WM_KEY` path (and, like other
+> keys, potentially captured with `wCaptureKey`).
+
+---
+
+## 3. Drawing and text output primitives
+
+All drawing targets a **drawable** selected by the **current graphics context
+(GC)** `[wserv 5504, 5526]`.
+
+### 3.1 Graphics contexts
+
+- Create a **permanent** GC on a window/bitmap with `gCreateGC` /
+  `gCreateGC0` (the latter with default values) `[wserv 304-305, 1438]`. Select
+  the current GC with `gSetGC` / `gSetGC0` `[wserv 311-312, 2993]`.
+- **Temporary** GCs are used during redraws (see below) and are freed
+  automatically by `wEndRedraw` `[wserv 3037-3050]`.
+- `wStartup` conveniently makes a permanent GC on its full-screen window
+  `[wserv 1502-1505]`.
+
+### 3.2 Graphics primitives
+
+- Lines / shapes / borders / fills: `gDrawLine`, `gBorderRect`, `gBorder`,
+  `gBorder2Rect`/`gBorder2` (shadowed, v4), `gFillPattern`, `gInvObloid`
+  `[wserv 315-326, 1296, 919-957]`.
+- Bitmaps: `gCopyBit` (copy a bitmap to a window) and the bitmap-file family
+  (`gInitBit`, `gGetBit`, `gLoadBit`, `gPeekBit`, `gSaveBit`) `[wserv 354,
+  829-1021]`.
+- The server also draws buttons (`wDrawButton`, `wDrawButton2`), sprites
+  (`wCreateSprite`/`wSetSprite`) and scaled objects (`gDrawObject`) `[wserv
+  926-969, 1168, 1203]`.
+
+### 3.3 Text output
+
+Text is drawn through the current GC (font ID, style, transfer mode) `[wserv
+5526-5536]`:
+
+- `gPrintText` — draw text from a pixel position `[wserv 5508, 1439]`
+- `gPrintClipText` — clipped to a given width `[wserv 5510]`
+- `gPrintBoxText` — left/right/centred in a box; commonly used for
+  **flicker-free** redraw `[wserv 5512-5513, 2961]`
+- `gXPrintText` — with embellishment `[wserv 5515]`
+- `gShadowText` — shadowed (v4) `[wserv 5517]`
+
+Font styles combine `G_STY_NORMAL`, `G_STY_BOLD`, `G_STY_UNDERLINE`,
+`G_STY_INVERSE`, `G_STY_DOUBLE`, `G_STY_MONO`, `G_STY_ITALIC` `[wserv
+5539-5557]`. Layout helpers: `gTextWidth`, `gTextCount`, `wGetWidthTable`
+`[wserv 5492-5497]`.
+
+### 3.4 Redraw handling
+
+On a `WM_REDRAW`, the normal response is to **validate** the update region and
+draw it `[wserv 10248-10256]`. Bracket the drawing with a `wBeginRedraw`
+variant and `wEndRedraw`; `wBeginRedraw` both signals "this is a redraw" and
+**validates** the given rectangle `[wserv 3005-3007]`. There are six
+`wBeginRedraw*` variants covering partial vs whole window and
+independent/temporary GC combinations `[wserv 3020-3050]`. Related: validate
+without redrawing (`wValidateRect`, `wValidateWin`) and force redraws by
+invalidating (`wInvalidateRect`, `wInvalidateWin`) `[wserv 270-274, 2901]`.
+Backed-up windows largely avoid this cycle because the server repaints from the
+backup bitmap `[wserv 1270-1273]`.
+
+Minimal MC (non-backed-up) redraw loop `[wserv 1589-1608]`:
+
+```c
+wStartup();
+do {
+    wGetEventWait(&event);
+    if (event.type == WM_REDRAW) {
+        wBeginRedrawWin(wMainWid);
+        gPrintText(10, 20, "Hello world!", 12);
+        wEndRedraw();
+    }
+} while (event.type != WM_KEY);
+```
+
+---
+
+## 4. Error handling (server calls)
+
+By default a failing server function calls `p_leave` with the negative error
+number; `wDisableLeaves(TRUE)` (or `W_CONNECT_DISABLE_LEAVES` at connect time)
+makes it **return** the error instead `[wserv 1629-1641]`. Many drawing calls
+are **blind** (queued client-side, no acknowledgement); on failure the server
+discards further blind ops until a non-blind call reports the error. Force the
+issue with `wCheckPoint` (flush + signal) or `wFlush` (flush only); after an
+error, `wCleanUp` releases dangling resources `[wserv 1653-1703]`. Client-side
+buffering means a panic can lag the offending call — insert `wFlush`/
+`wCheckPoint` when hunting one down `[wserv 1791-1793]`.
+
+---
+
+## 5. The console layer — `CON:` and the PLIB console functions
+
+The console is the **lightweight text-UI path**. PLIB contains only *primitive*
+console functions — typed-line input (with simple backspace editing) and
+mono-spaced line output — while the `con:` device driver adds row/column
+positioning and mono-spaced character printing `[plib 1299-1301]`. They are
+explicitly "for quick-and-dirty applications... not suitable for constructing
+quality user interfaces" `[plib 8580-8581]`.
+
+### 5.1 Relationship to the window server
+
+Both the PLIB console functions and `con:` **ultimately call the window
+server** for input and drawing — but expose only a fraction of its capability
+`[plib 1310-1315]`. How `con:` is implemented differs by machine `[wserv
+1319-1323]`:
+
+- **HC / S3 / S3a / Workabout:** `con:` is implemented by **connecting
+  directly to the window server** — opening `con:` makes the process a window-
+  server client. Opening it also creates and initialises a **backed-up**
+  console window (no redraw handling needed) `[wserv 1319-1320, 1387-1407]`.
+  The console window's ID can be fetched with the `P_FINQ` I/O function
+  (`CONSOLE_INFO.window_handle`), letting a CLIB program create its own GC on
+  that window and draw with WLIB `[wserv 1410-1453]`.
+- **MC:** `con:` is implemented by a **separate `SYS$CONS` display process**
+  that keeps a character map and redraws its own window (with title/menu bars).
+  Here it is `SYS$CONS`, not the application, that is the window-server client;
+  the application cannot use the console window, and `P_FINQ` is **not**
+  supported. On the MC the recommendation is the **PLIB startup module +
+  `wStartup`** `[wserv 1305-1322, 1539-1615]`.
+
+The two startup modules therefore differ: the **CLIB** startup auto-opens
+`con:` (backing `printf`, `gets`, `cprintf`, `cgets`) `[wserv 1387-1389]`; the
+**PLIB** startup does not, and you call `wStartup` yourself `[wserv 1496-1497]`.
+Auto-opening can be suppressed in CLIB by defining `p_xwind` `[wserv
+1457-1490]`.
+
+### 5.2 The PLIB console functions
+
+Output (open `con:` automatically on first use) `[plib 8584-8595, 8700-8737]`:
+
+```c
+VOID p_putch(UINT c);            /* write one character                    */
+VOID p_puts (TEXT *str);         /* write string + newline                 */
+VOID p_printf(TEXT *fstr, ...);  /* formatted line + newline               */
+VOID p_print (TEXT *fstr, ...);  /* formatted, no trailing newline         */
+```
+
+- `p_printf` uses an internal buffer of `P_MAXSYSIO` (258) bytes; output is
+  limited to `P_MAXSYSIO - 2` (256) bytes per call. Format is that of `p_atob`
+  `[plib 8720-8726]`.
+- `p_print` moves no line; embed `\r` (start of line) and `\n` (down a line)
+  yourself `[plib 8732-8737]`.
+
+Input `[plib 8597-8599, 8740-8770]`:
+
+```c
+INT p_getch(VOID);                       /* wait for a key, return its code */
+INT p_gets (TEXT *str);                  /* read a line (backspace edit)    */
+INT p_getl (TEXT *pmt, TEXT *str, INT len); /* prompt, then read a line     */
+```
+
+- `p_getch` waits for a key and returns its character code (no echo) `[plib
+  8740-8743]`.
+- `p_gets` reads up to `P_MAXSYSIO-1` characters, Enter-terminated, and NUL-
+  terminates at `str` (needs `P_MAXSYSIO` bytes there); returns the length
+  `[plib 8746-8756]`.
+- `p_getl` writes the prompt `pmt`, then reads up to `len` characters
+  (Enter-terminated, needs `len+1` bytes); returns the length `[plib
+  8759-8770]`.
+
+Canonical smallest program `[plib 1020-1021]`:
+
+```c
+p_printf("Hello world");
+p_getch();
+```
+
+### 5.3 Console configuration statics
+
+Set these **before the first console call** `[plib 8612-8694]`:
+
+- `winHandle` (`GLREF_D VOID *`) holds the open console channel; open a file or
+  `TTY:` into it first to **redirect** `p_putch` / `p_print` / `p_printf`. Do
+  **not** use `p_getch` / `p_gets` / `p_getl` when redirected `[plib
+  8615-8628]`.
+- `_DefScreenRect` (`P_RECT`, top-left `(0,0)`, bottom-right = columns × rows)
+  changes the console window size `[plib 8629-8665]`.
+- `_DefScreenMode` (`INT`) selects the mode: `0` native (default, currently
+  single-pixel non-compatibility on all SIBO machines), `1` compatibility, `2`
+  non-compatibility with grey, `3` compatibility with grey. Irrelevant values
+  are ignored `[plib 8668-8694]`.
+
+---
+
+## 6. Higher UI libraries (pointer only)
+
+For full applications — menus, dialogs, forms — SIBO provides **higher-level UI
+libraries layered on the window server** (commonly referred to as **HWIM**,
+**FORM** and **OLIB**). **These are separate libraries and are not documented
+in the *Window Server Reference* or *PLIB Reference*** covered here; the two
+manuals mention menus and dialog boxes only as *windows the server draws/clips*
+(e.g. `[wserv 2395, 10646-10647]`), not as an API. Use those libraries' own
+references for real application UIs; the material above is the **foundation**
+they sit on. *(Library names are noted as a pointer only and are not sourced
+from these two manuals.)*
+
+---
+
+### Source key
+
+- `[wserv N]` — *Window Server Reference* v2.30, line N of the supplied text.
+- `[plib N]` — *PLIB Reference* (console functions), line N of the supplied
+  text.
+- Items marked **reverse-engineered** / **uncertain** are **not** in either
+  manual (notably the code-368 barcode scan key and the higher UI library
+  names).

docs/reference/07-hardware.md

@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+# Psion SIBO / Workabout — Hardware Reference for Programmers
+
+Scope and sources. This reference is compiled **only** from two Psion manuals:
+
+- **HDK** — *The Psion SIBO Hardware Development Kit*, Psion PLC, Rev 1.00, May 1995.
+- **WPG** — *Workabout Programming Guide* (Workabout Programmers Reference), hardware
+  appendices / introduction.
+
+Citations are given as `[HDK p.N]` or `[WPG §/p]`. Where a fact is asserted by the manuals it is
+cited; nothing here is invented. The manuals themselves note that both refer onward to a separate
+*Hardware Reference manual* and *SIBO Computers Programmers Reference* for the full physical
+memory map — those documents are **not** in scope, so the memory-map section below is limited to
+what the two supplied manuals actually state, and gaps are marked explicitly.
+
+> **MX note.** The two supplied manuals describe the **V30H**-based Workabout (NEC V30H at
+> 7.68 MHz) and the ASIC1/ASIC2/ASIC4/ASIC5/ASIC9 family. **They do not mention the V30MX or
+> ASIC9MX.** Every statement about the **V30MX / ASIC9MX / Workabout MX** in this document is
+> therefore flagged as **[MX — not in supplied manuals]** and is presented only as an orientation
+> note, not as a sourced fact. Treat all MX specifics as *uncertain / to be confirmed against the
+> MX hardware reference.*
+
+---
+
+## 1. SIBO architecture overview
+
+All Psion machines in this family are built on the proprietary **SIBO** ("SIxteen Bit Organiser")
+architecture: a battery-powered, 8086-class computer system designed for size, weight and power
+[HDK p.2; WPG §basic hardware].
+
+Key components of the architecture [HDK p.2; WPG p.1-x]:
+
+- An **8086-class processor**.
+- A **power-management system** that selectively powers subsystems under software control.
+- An **asynchronous high-speed serial protocol** (the *Psion SIBO serial interface*) between the
+  machine and its peripherals.
+- **Solid State Disks (SSDs)** — fast, low-power, silicon mass storage, no moving parts.
+- **Hardware protection** from aberrant software: trapping of out-of-range addressing, plus a
+  **watch-dog timer** that fires if interrupts are left disabled too long.
+- **Real-time clock**, **ROM-resident system software**, **graphics LCD**.
+- On some models: touch digitiser pad; ISDN-8-bit combo sound.
+
+The digital logic of a SIBO machine is implemented in custom **ASICs** (Application Specific
+Integrated Circuits). At the time of the HDK there were **ten** SIBO ASICs; all are static-CMOS
+surface-mount parts [HDK p.2].
+
+### 1.1 Processor (NEC V-series)
+
+- The MC/HC/Series 3 and the Workabout use the **NEC V30H**, "an enhanced 16-bit CMOS version of
+  the 8088 found in the original IBM PC … software compatible with the 8088" [HDK p.2].
+- **Workabout:** NEC V30H, clocked at **7.68 MHz** [WPG p.1-x, Tech Spec: "NEC V30 running at
+  7.68 MHz"].
+- The V30H is a **fully static** design: all internal storage (registers) is static, so there is
+  **no minimum clock speed** and the clock can be stopped at any instant with **no loss of state**.
+  SIBO exploits this to stop the clock while the CPU is idle, saving power [HDK p.2].
+
+> **[MX — not in supplied manuals]** Later Workabout variants are marketed as the **Workabout MX**,
+> based on the **NEC V30MX** core integrated in the **ASIC9MX**. Neither the V30MX nor ASIC9MX
+> appears in the HDK or WPG supplied here; their clock rate, memory reach and register differences
+> are **not documented in these sources** and must be confirmed elsewhere. Software written to the
+> V30H/8086 programming model and the ASIC register interfaces below is the documented baseline.
+
+### 1.2 Chip integration levels
+
+- **Discrete generation** (MC, HC, Series 3): three principal chips — **V30H + ASIC1 + ASIC2**
+  [HDK p.2].
+- **Integrated generation** (Series 3a, Workabout): V30H, ASIC1 and ASIC2 collapsed into a single
+  custom chip, **ASIC9** (plus general I/O and PSU-control logic). ASIC9 "integrates all the
+  digital logic required to produce a SIBO architecture computer less the memory onto one chip",
+  and adds a free-running clock (FRC) and a codec interface for sound [HDK p.4].
+
+So on the Workabout, the functions attributed below to "ASIC1" (system/interrupt/LCD) and "ASIC2"
+(peripheral/serial-protocol/power) are physically inside **ASIC9** [HDK p.4].
+
+> **[MX — not in supplied manuals]** On the MX, the equivalent single-chip part is **ASIC9MX** with
+> the **V30MX** core. Same architectural role as ASIC9 is assumed; specifics unconfirmed here.
+
+---
+
+## 2. The ASICs and their roles
+
+| ASIC | Role (from HDK p.4) |
+|------|---------------------|
+| **ASIC1** | Main **system controller**. Connects directly to the V30H, controlling all CPU bus cycles (forming a micro-controller-like unit executing 8086 code). Blocks: bus controller, programmable timer, **eight-input interrupt controller**, **LCD controller**, memory-decode circuitry. |
+| **ASIC2** | **Peripheral controller**. Contains the system clock oscillator; controls standby↔operating switching; interfaces to PSU, keyboard, buzzer and SSDs; contains the **eight-channel SIBO serial-protocol controller**; drives the reduced-external and extended-internal expansion ports. |
+| **ASIC4** | Serial-protocol **slave** for addressing memory / memory-mapped peripherals. Used in SSDs. A cut-down ASIC5. See §5. |
+| **ASIC5** | General-purpose I/O **slave** with an on-board **UART**; several modes (RS232 / parallel / barcode / card-reader / memory pack). See §6. |
+| **ASIC9** | Composite: **V30H + ASIC1 + ASIC2** + general I/O + PSU control on one die; adds FRC and codec interface. Used in S3a and Workabout. |
+
+On the **host** side of the SIBO serial link the controller (SPC) is in **ASIC2** (HC/MC/S3) or
+**ASIC9** (S3a/Workabout). On the **peripheral** side the slave (SPS) is **ASIC4** or **ASIC5**
+[HDK p.4, p.6].
+
+> **[MX — not in supplied manuals]** **ASIC9MX** — the composite CPU/LCD/system chip on the MX — is
+> not described in these sources. Assume it plays the ASIC9 role (V30MX core + ASIC1/ASIC2
+> functions). No register-level MX detail is available here.
+
+---
+
+## 3. Memory: ROM / RAM / SSD and segments
+
+What the supplied manuals state:
+
+- **ROM:** all Workabout models have **1 MB internal masked ROM** holding the OS (EPOC), the
+  MS-DOS-like Command Processor, OPL editor and other utilities [WPG p.1-9, Tech Spec].
+- **RAM:** Workabout ships with either **256 KB** or **1 MB** internal RAM (Tech Spec lists memory
+  build codes A=256 KB, B=512 KB, C=1 MB, D=2 MB) [WPG p.1-x, Tech Spec, serial-number table].
+- **SSD:** two SSD drives, exposed as **drive A:** (top) and **drive B:** (bottom); RAM or Flash
+  SSDs, "up to 8 MB" of extra storage [WPG p.1-3, Tech Spec]. SSDs retain data independently of the
+  main power source [WPG p.1-4]. Contents of the internal RAM are preserved across power-off (the
+  machine resumes previous state on power-on) [WPG p.1-x].
+- **Internal drive M:** internal RAM is also exposed as a filing volume **M:** (with
+  `M:RAMDRIVE`), formattable like an SSD volume [WPG §FORMAT, §MEM].
+
+### 3.1 The programmer's memory model (segments, protection)
+
+- The CPU is 8086-class, so software sees the standard **16-bit segmented** address model
+  (segment:offset, 16-byte "paragraphs") [HDK, WPG passim]. `LSEG` reports each segment's **segment
+  address**, **size in paragraphs** (1 paragraph = 16 bytes) and **access count** [WPG §LSEG].
+- **Memory protection:** any attempt by an application to write **outside its own data segment**
+  causes the OS to terminate it (a **"panic"**); likewise leaving interrupts disabled too long
+  (watch-dog) [WPG §Resetting; HDK p.2].
+- **`MEM`** reports free RAM in KB; this exceeds free bytes on `M:` because "some parts of internal
+  memory are reserved for code and data segments" [WPG §MEM].
+- The OS **moves memory segments** at runtime (e.g. when a driver is installed/removed). Drivers
+  must cope: FAR return addresses into the OS stay valid, but a driver's own absolute segment
+  address may change, so ISR/PDD addresses must be re-established on **resume** (see §7.4)
+  [HDK p.40–42].
+
+### 3.2 Banking / paging — status in these sources
+
+The physical **memory map and paging/banking scheme of the host CPU are not laid out in the
+supplied manuals**; both defer to the separate *SIBO Computers Programmers Reference* / *Hardware
+Reference* [WPG p.1-3: "See the SIBO Computers Programmers Reference manual for further details
+regarding SSDs"; HDK p.2]. What the HDK *does* document is the **address decode inside ASIC4/ASIC5
+slaves**, i.e. how a peripheral or SSD's own address space is banked via **chip-select blocks**:
+
+- **ASIC4:** 8 chip-selects forming selectable **addressing blocks**, size software-defined,
+  **default 32 KB/block**; the filing system re-sizes the block when reaching the top of the
+  address space [HDK p.24]. Up to **28 address bits (256 MB)** in Extended mode; **21 bits + 4
+  chip-selects (4 × 2 MB)** in SSD/compatibility mode [HDK p.25]. See §5.
+- **ASIC5 (pack mode):** address lines A0–A20 generated across ports B/D/C, with **CS0–CS3**
+  selected by SEL0/SEL1; **counter mode** on port B auto-increments the low address so 256
+  consecutive locations can be read without re-addressing [HDK p.30, p.57].
+
+> **Gap flagged:** the host-side ROM/RAM/SSD address ranges, and any V30-level bank registers, are
+> **not in these two manuals**. Do not infer them from the peripheral-side decode above.
+
+---
+
+## 4. SIBO serial protocol (host ↔ peripheral bus)
+
+Everything a program does to an ASIC4/ASIC5 peripheral goes over the **two-wire synchronous SIBO
+serial link** [HDK p.6]:
+
+- **CLK** — clock, always **output from the controller** (ASIC2/ASIC9). Nominal **3.84 MHz** for
+  memory interfaces; **1.536 MHz continuous** for peripherals. Tri-stated low when idle
+  [HDK p.6].
+- **DATA** — bi-directional, synchronous. Direction is set by the transport layer, not the
+  physical layer. Changed on falling CLK edge by the transmitter, latched on rising edge by the
+  receiver; pulled low when idle [HDK p.6].
+
+**Framing (physical layer).** 12-bit frames, 8 data bits each → theoretical max ≈ **312 KB/s**
+[HDK p.6]. Frame = `ST` (start, goes high) · `CTL` (0 = control frame, 1 = data frame) · `I1`
+(idle/turn-around) · `D0–D7` · `I2` (idle) [HDK p.7]. Four frame types: **Null** (sync all slaves —
+12 clocks with DATA held low), **Control**, **Data-out** (controller→slave), **Data-in**
+(slave→controller; controller drives cycles 1–2 then tri-states, slave drives D0–D7) [HDK p.7].
+
+**Transport layer.** The controller has two registers: a write-only **Control register** and a
+read/write **Data register** (byte or word) [HDK p.8]. Control bytes are classified by **bit 7,
+the Select (S) bit**:
+
+- **S = 0 — Slave-select mode.** Byte = `R` (reset bit) + **6-bit slave ID**. ID 0 is illegal, so
+  up to **63 slaves** per controller. `R=0` resets, `R=1` selects. Selecting a slave with `R=1`
+  makes it return a **non-zero 8-bit info byte**; a reply of **0 means no slave of that ID present**
+  [HDK p.8–9].
+- **S = 1 — Slave-control mode.** Byte = `R/W` (0=write,1=read) · `B/W` (0=byte,1=word) · `S/M`
+  (0=single,1=multi) · 4 slave-specific data bits. Byte-pair (word) transfers are **listed as not
+  implemented** [HDK p.9].
+
+**Timing rules (clock cycles, ≈260 ns each at 3.84 MHz)** [HDK p.10–11]:
+control-byte process = 12 cycles; byte transfer = 12 cycles; byte-pair = 24 cycles. After writing
+the control register, wait ≥12 cycles before touching the data register or writing another control
+word.
+
+Assembler helper macros the HDK uses for all of this [HDK p.52]:
+
+| Macro | Action |
+|-------|--------|
+| `SCONTOUT` | Output control byte in AL |
+| `SDATAOUT` | Output data byte in AL |
+| `SDATAIN`  | Input a data byte into AL |
+| `SBUSY`    | Wait while the link is busy |
+| `XNOP`     | Short wait |
+| `HwNullFrame` | Emit a null frame to sync slaves |
+
+Serial-protocol control defines (`SerialSelect`, `SerialReadSingle`, `SerialWriteSingle`, slave
+IDs) live in `ospack.inc` / `ossibo.inc` [HDK p.59].
+
+---
+
+## 5. ASIC4 — memory / peripheral slave
+
+Purpose: convert SIBO serial frames into the address/data/control signals needed to drive memory
+and memory-mapped peripherals; used in SSDs and in ASIC4-based expansion boards [HDK p.24].
+
+**Bus:** 8-bit data, **28-bit address**, **8 chip-selects** (CS0–CS7) [HDK p.24].
+
+### 5.1 Modes (selected by slave ID)
+
+Select ASIC4 with the appropriate ID, then read the info byte [HDK p.25]:
+
+- **SSD / ASIC5-compatibility mode — ID 2.** Mimics an ASIC5 in pack mode; compatible with all
+  existing SSD software. Max **21 address bits + 4 CS (4 × 2 MB)**.
+- **ASIC4 Extended mode — ID 6.** Up to **28 address bits (256 MB)**. On reset, four extra config
+  bits come from A27–A24; **A27 = M** selects standard-SSD (M=0) or **mixed mode (M=1)** —
+  memory + peripherals. Mixed mode is the one of interest for peripheral developers.
+
+**Mixed mode split:** address space halves — lower half = memory-mapped peripherals (any use),
+upper half = pure memory (typically a control ROM the filing system can mount). Chip-selects split:
+**CS0–CS3 = peripheral blocks, CS4–CS7 = memory devices 1–4** [HDK p.25–26].
+
+**Reset config** is read from the data bus (**Info Byte**, D0–D7) and A24–A27 (extended nibble),
+set with pull-up/pull-down resistors (~100 k so the bus can still drive the lines in normal
+operation) [HDK p.26].
+
+### 5.2 ASIC4 registers (mixed/peripheral mode) [HDK p.53–55]
+
+| Reg | Name | R/W | Notes |
+|-----|------|-----|-------|
+| **0** | **Data Register** | R/W | Drives/reads D0–D7 (tri-state when idle). **On reset holds the Info Byte** (see below). |
+| **1** | **Input Register** (read) / **Device-Size Register** (write) | R/W | Read: extended-info bits + live state of general inputs **In0–In2** and X2. Write: bits S3–S0 set the address-decoder block size (32 KB … 256 MB); defaults to `0x0F` (unused) on reset. |
+| **2** | **Address-Increment Register** | W | A write increments address lines A0–A3. |
+| **3** | **Address Register** | W (multi-byte, LSB first) | Loads all 28 address lines. Bytes: **ATO = A0–A7, AT1 = A8–A15, AT2 = A16–A23, AT3 = A24–A27**. Writing the first byte resets A8–A27 to 0. AT3 bits 4–6 can steer CS0–CS3. Cleared on reset. |
+| **4,5,6** | — | — | **Not implemented.** |
+| **7** | **Control Register** | W | Bits: `7 LBO · 6 TSTA · 5 LTM · 4 VPS · 3 EDA · 2 CSS · 1 WRS · 0 OES`. Setting **LBO** / **VPS** drives those pins high (usable as GP outputs). **OES/WRS** control read/write accesses. |
+
+**Info Byte** (Reg 0 at reset) [HDK p.53]: bits encode **device type** (RAM / Intel Flash type 1 /
+type 2 / read-only SSD / hardware write-protected SSD), **number of devices** (1–4), and **device
+size** (000 = no SSD present, then 32 KB → 2 MB). In Extended mode a further **Extended Info Byte**
+(M, De, Ne, Se) identifies the peripheral type — e.g. `1 0 0 1` = Turbo RS232 (16550), `1 0 1 0` =
+3Fax, `1 1 1 1` = extended info held in ROM [HDK p.54].
+
+**Access sequence** (bottom 256 addresses) [HDK p.58–59]: control-write to the **Address** register
+→ data-write the address → control-frame read/write to the **Data** register → transfer the byte.
+The HDK gives `Input`/`Output` assembler routines doing exactly this; **interrupts must be off**
+during them so the host does not multitask mid-transfer.
+
+**Other pins** [HDK p.27, p.55]: `In0–In2` GP inputs; `LBO` (open-drain low-battery driver), `VPS`
+(VPP control) GP outputs; `OE`/`WR` bus control; `SCLK`/`SDAT` the serial link; `SDIR` protocol
+direction bit; `POR` reset; `ATST` test (pull high = address test mode); `MCSD`/`X2D2` tie to GND
+via 100 k. A PSRAM mode reuses some pins for refresh/oscillator.
+
+---
+
+## 6. ASIC5 — UART / parallel / barcode / card-reader slave
+
+Three primary functions: a **UART** (up to **48000 baud**), **general-purpose I/O**, and
+**address/data lines** for memory / memory-mapped peripherals [HDK p.29].
+
+### 6.1 Modes
+
+- **Pack mode:** generates full address/data/control to access memory; **no peripheral functions**.
+- **Peripheral mode:** limited memory addressing (lines reused for I/O). Entered by setting the
+  **peripheral bit (bit 0) in the Port-B mode register** [HDK p.29].
+
+**Port re-use** [HDK p.30]:
+
+- **PA0–PA7** — 8-bit non-latched GP I/O; in peripheral mode **PA0–PA3 = UART RX, CTS, DSR, DCD**;
+  **PA4** is a change-of-state interrupt source (e.g. Centronics **BUSY**, or **RI** on the VIC —
+  see below). In pack mode PA0–PA7 is the memory data bus.
+- **PB0–PB7** — latched output / **counter** mode; in pack mode = address **A0–A7**.
+- **PD0–PD7** — GP outputs; in pack mode = address **A8–A15**; in peripheral mode **PD0/PD1/PD2 =
+  UART TX, RTS, DTR**.
+- **PC0–PC4** — in pack mode = address **A16–A20**; in peripheral mode **PC4/PC7** = inverted
+  edge-triggered interrupt inputs, **PC5** = interrupt output, **PC6** = GP latched output +
+  pack/peripheral select at reset, **PC0–PC3** = a **dual synchronous serial port** for magnetic
+  card readers.
+
+**UART details** [HDK p.29–30, p.61]: needs the host link in **continuous-clocking** mode (baud
+clocks are derived from the 1.536 MHz link clock). No internal buffering — the **Transmitter
+Holding Register must be empty** before writing. One shared **active-high interrupt line**; software
+reads the status/interrupt registers to find the cause. Reading the UART Status register clears the
+Tx interrupt.
+
+**Barcode:** the UART receives data from a dedicated barcode-scanner IC [HDK p.30].
+**Card readers:** two synchronous serial ports (PC0–PC3) take clocked serial data [HDK p.30].
+
+**Reset config** read from **PA0–PA7** (device type/size, like ASIC4); **PC6** selects pack vs
+peripheral; in peripheral mode PA0–PA7 indicate the peripheral type (RS232 port / Centronics port,
+combinable) [HDK p.31].
+
+### 6.2 ASIC5 register set — the sixteen registers
+
+Reading/writing a register is two steps: send a control byte selecting the register, then
+read/write the data [HDK p.56]. Register list [HDK p.56–57, cross-checked against the
+`SYS$AS5.ASM` defines at HDK p.102]:
+
+| Reg | Name | R/W | Function |
+|-----|------|-----|----------|
+| **0** | **Port A data** | R/W | Read/write Port A; a read/write triggers a memory access cycle (pack mode) or one-cycle CS0 strobe (peripheral mode). |
+| **~2** | **Port B data** | R/W | Latches PB0–PB7 (= A0–A7 in pack mode); read returns last value. |
+| **~4** | **Port B mode / Inc** | R/W | **bit 0 = 0 memory / 1 peripheral (enables UART)**; also selects **counter** vs **latch** mode and "baud rate out on Port B". Counter increments on Port A access. |
+| **~5** | **Port C/D write** | W | First write latches PD0–PD7; subsequent (multiwrite) writes latch Port C, incl. **SEL0/SEL1** choosing CS0–CS3. In peripheral mode PD0 = UART TX (bit 0 has no effect). |
+| **6** | **Interrupt Mask** | R/W | 1 = enable that event's interrupt; 0 = disable. All disabled on reset. |
+| **~7** | **Interrupt Status / Type-Ctrl** | R | Reading indicates interrupt source; bit meanings mirror the mask. |
+| **8** | **UART Status / UART Control** | R/W | Format (stop/data bits, parity), break, and status (Tx empty, Rx/parity/framing/overrun errors). |
+| **9** | **UART Receive / Transmit holding register** | R/W | Read = received char; write = char to transmit. |
+| **10** | **UART Baud rate LSB** | W | Low byte of baud divisor. |
+| **11** | **UART Baud rate MSB** | W | High byte of baud divisor. |
+| **12** | **MCR shift register** | — | Magnetic-card-reader shift register. |
+| **13** | **Barcode read data** | R | Returns states of the barcode lines / general interrupt bits. |
+| **14** | **Synchronous Port 2 read** | R | Second synchronous serial port (card reader). |
+| **(15)** | (sync port 1 / reserved) | — | Synchronous-port-1 data; documented in prose (sync port 1 & 2 char-received are distinct interrupt sources). |
+
+> The HDK's printed register table is OCR-garbled for some indices; the register **names, R/W
+> attributes and functions** above are taken verbatim from the HDK prose (p.56–57) and the
+> assembler comment block in `SYS$AS5.ASM` (p.102): *Port A R/W · Port B R/W · Inc/Mode · Port CD
+> write-only · Interrupt mask R/W · IntType/Ctrl · UART Status/Ctrl · Receive/Transmit · Baud Rate
+> (×2, write-only) · MCR shift register · Barcode data & ints.* Exact numeric slots for the
+> mid-range registers should be confirmed against the include files (`ospack.inc`, `ossibo.inc`).
+
+**Interrupt-mask bits** [HDK p.56, and `S_*` defines p.102]: UART character received; UART
+transmitter awaiting character; modem/handshake change of state; **synchronous port 1 char
+received**; **synchronous port 2 char received**; **barcode data / general interrupt**. Reading the
+**Interrupt Status** register (same bit layout, high = active) identifies the source [HDK p.56].
+
+**UART Status/Control bits** (`SYS$AS5.ASM`, HDK p.102):
+
+| Define | Value | Meaning |
+|--------|-------|---------|
+| `S_RXENB` | `0000_0001b` | Receive interrupt enable |
+| `S_TXENB` | `0000_0010b` | Transmit interrupt enable |
+| `S_TXEMPTY` | `0001_0000b` | Transmit buffer empty (status) |
+| `S_RXINT` | `0000_0001b` | Receive interrupt pending |
+| `S_TXINT` | `0000_0010b` | Transmit interrupt pending |
+| `S_MDINT` | `0000_0100b` | Modem-status interrupt |
+| `S_CTS`/`S_RTS`/`S_DCD`/`S_DSR`/`S_DTR` | `01b`/`02b`/`04b`/`02b`/`04b` | Handshake-line states |
+| `OVERRUN_ERROR` | `0100_0000b` | Character overrun |
+| `PARITY_ERROR` | `1000_0000b` | Parity error |
+| `S_PERIPHERALMODE` | `0000_0011b` | ASIC5 RS232 (peripheral) mode |
+| `S_UART_OFF` | `0000_0010b` | ASIC5 peripheral mode, UART off |
+
+**Baud rate.** `Divisor = 1 − (96000 / desired_baud)`, written as a 16-bit word: LSB → reg 10,
+MSB → reg 11 [HDK p.61]. The driver's `BaudRateTable` (HDK p.102) holds the two's-complement
+divisors, e.g. `-0x077F, -0x04FF, -0x0368, -0x02CC, -0x027F, -0x013F, -0x009F, -0x004F, -0x0035,
+-0x0030, -0x0027, -0x0019, -0x0013, -0x000C, -0x0009, -0x0004` for the standard rates.
+
+### 6.3 Selecting / configuring ASIC5
+
+Before use, select the chip (and re-select after every hold/resume from power-down, pack-door, or
+insert/remove) [HDK p.56]. Selection differs by mode:
+
+- Peripheral: `mov al,(SerialSelect or Asic5NormalId)` → `SCONTOUT` → `SDATAIN`; a **zero reply
+  means no ASIC5 present** [HDK p.56].
+- Pack: same with `Asic5PackId` [HDK p.56]. An **ASIC4 will answer a pack-mode select** (it
+  impersonates an ASIC5 in pack mode) [HDK p.56].
+
+---
+
+## 7. I/O ports, interrupts and the channel model
+
+### 7.1 Eight hardware interrupts
+
+SIBO supports **8 level-triggered hardware interrupts**, IRQ0 (highest) … IRQ7 (lowest), handled by
+the interrupt controller in **ASIC1 (or ASIC9)**. Expansion ports carry an interrupt line into this
+controller [HDK p.3]:
+
+- **Extended internal** expansion ports: **active-low** interrupt input.
+- **Reduced external** expansion ports (S3a 6-pin, Workabout LIF): **active-high** interrupt input.
+
+Servicing order [HDK p.3]:
+
+1. Device asserts its IRQ line.
+2. The controller (ASIC2/ASIC9) places the **vector of the highest-priority pending device** on the
+   data bus; the CPU jumps to that ISR.
+3. The ISR clears the interrupt at the device (device-specific action).
+4. The ISR writes the **non-specific end-of-interrupt (NSEOI/NSEOD)** location to tell the
+   controller the interrupt is cleared.
+5. Repeat if another is pending.
+
+**Nested interrupts are not possible** on these 8086-class processors [HDK p.3].
+
+### 7.2 The four channel variables
+
+To be portable across host machines, a driver parameterises four values per expansion channel
+[HDK p.52]:
+
+- **Channel interrupt mask** — an 8-bit value OR'd into the mask register (`A1InterruptMask` or
+  `A9BInterruptMask`, depending on whether the controller is ASIC1 or ASIC9) to enable interrupts on
+  that channel; also passed to `HwGetChannel` / `HwFreeChannel`.
+- **Channel interrupt number** — 16-bit, used with `GenSetRevector` / `GenResetRevector` to say
+  which default ISR the driver replaces.
+- **Channel interrupt vector** — 16-bit pointer to the driver's ISR.
+- **Hardware SIBO channel** — used by `HwSelectChannel` to route serial frames to that channel.
+
+### 7.3 Per-platform channel map [HDK p.52]
+
+| Host | Controller | Ports and channels |
+|------|-----------|--------------------|
+| **Series 3** | ASIC2 | Expansion port C = serial **channel 7**, interrupt `Asic2Int` (IRQ4), select `SelectChannel7`. |
+| **Series 3a** | ASIC9 | Expansion port C = serial **channel 5**, mask `A9MSlave`, revector `IHwIrq2Revector` (IRQ2), select `SelectChannel5`. |
+| **Workabout / HC (3-channel)** | ASIC9 / ASIC2 | Port **A** (top) and port **B** (bottom) internal + port **C** (side/cradle); masks `ExpIntLeftA` / `A9MExpIntA`, `ExpIntRightB` / `A9MExpIntB`, plus the slave/`Asic2Int` channel; selects `ExpChannelLeftA`, `ExpChannelRightB`, `SelectChannel5/7`. |
+
+Build flags select the machine so one driver source compiles for all: **Consumer (S3a)** = 1 SIBO
+channel; **HC/S3C** = 3 channels; S3 = single-channel [HDK p.51–52; `SYS$AS5.ASM` p.102].
+
+### 7.4 Owning and selecting a channel
+
+The S3/S3a/HC have **three** Psion serial links: two are the SSD slots, the third is the expansion
+port [HDK p.60]. Only **one link is selected at a time**.
+
+- **`HwGetChannel`** (AL = channel interrupt mask): reserve a channel; **carry clear = success**.
+  Normally called from the driver's **open** vector; open should fail if the channel is unavailable
+  [HDK p.60].
+- **`HwFreeChannel`** (AL = mask): release it (on close) [HDK p.60].
+- **`HwSelectChannel`** (AL = select code): make a channel current; **returns the previously
+  selected channel in AL** so it can be restored on exit [HDK p.60].
+
+Discipline [HDK p.60]: select the correct channel on entry to any vector/ISR that talks down it, and
+restore the previous one on exit. **Disable interrupts (multitasking) between select and restore** —
+but only briefly, because the **watch-dog** forbids leaving interrupts off indefinitely; hence
+comms happen in short bursts. Idiom:
+
+```asm
+    pushf
+    cli
+    mov  al, SelectChannel5
+    HwSelectChannel        ; old channel returned in AL
+    push ax
+    ; ... Input / Output to the peripheral ...
+    pop  ax
+    HwSelectChannel        ; restore previous channel
+    popf
+```
+
+### 7.5 Channel unit letters (open qualifiers)
+
+A driver can support several channels distinguished by a **single-letter qualifier** appended to
+the device name, allocated from `'A'` [HDK p.38]. Convention: **A = top port, B = bottom port,
+C = side/cradle port** [HDK p.38]. Example: `p_open(&pcb,"PAR:A",-1)`. On the S3a only **one** SIBO
+channel (port C) can be opened; on Workabout/HC up to **three** (A, B, C) [HDK p.38]. The VIC's
+extra serial connectors appear to the Workabout as standard serial devices **ports I and F**, and
+the extended 15-way port is addressed as **port C** [WPG Appendix A, VIC].
+
+### 7.6 Direct I/O (HC extended internal ports)
+
+On the HC's 25-way extended internal ports, expansion devices also get **direct processor I/O**:
+`AD0–AD7` (multiplexed addr/data, low half only → up to 128 I/O addresses, even addresses only),
+`ALE`, `IOWR`, `IORD`, `EES` (External Expansion Select — high during I/O to that device), `INTR`
+(active-high IRQ to ASIC1). Port 1 decodes I/O `100–1FF`, port 2 `200–2FF`; A0 is always low for
+valid writes so A1 is the lowest usable address line [HDK p.19]. Each HC port also carries one SIBO
+serial channel (port 1 = channel 5, port 2 = channel 6) [HDK p.20]. (The Workabout uses a 26-way
+Torson connector for its internal expansion — see §8.)
+
+---
+
+## 8. Expansion slots, ports and connectors
+
+### 8.1 Overview by machine [HDK p.2]
+
+| Machine | SSD ports | Expansion |
+|---------|-----------|-----------|
+| MC / HC | 2 | Two independent single-row **25-way extended internal** ports (SIBO channel + direct parallel I/O + 7.2 V battery). |
+| Series 3 / 3a | 2 | One **6-pin reduced external** port (port C): SIBO serial channel + limited power (**< 25 mA**). |
+| **Workabout** | 2 (A: top, B: bottom) | Two internal expansion points + one **11-pin LIF** external port. Each internal port = single-row **26-way** carrying two high-speed serial ports. |
+
+### 8.2 Workabout internal 26-way (Torson) connector [HDK p.13]
+
+Signals: **Vcc1** = 3.0 V nominal, **≤ 100 mA**; **Vcc2** = 5 V nominal, **≤ 200 mA**; **RUN**
+(low = powered down, high = powered up — used to power-down/reset the module); **SCK2/SCK3** serial
+clocks (run continuously at **1.536 MHz** when the port is in use; clock the ASIC5 UART in the
+RS232-AT/TTL and AT/Barcode modules); **SD2/SD3** bi-directional serial data; **EINT1/EINT2**
+active-low interrupt inputs; **EXON** active-high turn-on. All logic at **3.0/3.3 V** (per Vcc1).
+Unused lines are reserved for a codec interface.
+
+The Workabout expansion module (RS232/TTL or RS232/Barcode) connects the main board to the module
+via this 26-way Torson connector + flexi cable; modules are **factory-fitted** [WPG p.1-3,
+Appendix A]. The RS232/TTL module runs up to **19,200 baud**; the RS232/Barcode module uses an HP
+HBCR-1612 micro to decode and transmit barcode data at up to **9,600 baud** [WPG Appendix A].
+
+### 8.3 Workabout external 11-pin LIF connector [HDK p.14–16]
+
+The reduced external port for connecting to the Cradle system. Standard pin functions (Polarisation
+Type B, cradle perspective) [HDK p.16]:
+
+| Pin | Name | Function |
+|-----|------|----------|
+| 1 | LCA | Local Computer Active — high when the computer is on. Workabout can **source 100 mA** from this pin (HC/HCDOS: 5 mA). |
+| 2 | EXON | External switch-ON, active-high (+5 V) — asserted by a remote/cradle device to switch the computer on. |
+| 3 | THERM | Battery thermistor terminal. |
+| 4 | DLA | Disconnect Local ASIC (does not apply to Workabout). |
+| 7 | VIN | Power supply to computer (+10 V). |
+| 8 | SCLK | Serial-channel clock. |
+| 9 | GND | Power / signal ground / −ve battery (1 A). |
+| 10 | SDATA | Serial-channel data. |
+| 11 | STATUS | Cradle status; pulled-up for open-collector sensing (low = remote device present). |
+
+Type-A polarisation repurposes several pins for RS232 signals. The LIF cover can be moulded with a
+polarising pin in up to four positions to differentiate variants [HDK p.14].
+
+### 8.4 S3/S3a 6-pin reduced external port (port C) [HDK p.12]
+
+Six wires: **MSD/MCLK** (a master SIBO serial channel — **channel 7 on S3, channel 5 on S3a**),
+**SDS/INT** and **SCK/EXON** (dual-function: form a slave serial channel, or SDS/INT is an
+active-high interrupt, and a rising edge on SCK/EXON wakes the machine from standby), **VCC** (+5 V,
+switched off in standby, **max 25 mA**). Opening the pack doors on an S3a or Workabout **cuts power
+to external peripherals** [HDK p.12].
+
+---
+
+## 9. Power
+
+- **Workabout power sources** [WPG p.1-4, Appendix A]: NiCd rechargeable pack **or** 2 × AA
+  alkaline (main), plus a **3 V lithium CR1620 backup** battery that preserves internal RAM when the
+  main source is absent (recommend yearly replacement; alone it preserves memory for a limited
+  period). External: a Series 3 mains adaptor via the **LIF Converter** (also trickle-charges), and
+  (from Jan/Feb 1997) a **vehicle power adaptor** / Docking Station.
+- Power management is **software-controlled** and selective; the machine auto-switches-off after
+  ~5 minutes idle by default [WPG p.1-4, §basic hardware].
+- Under **low battery** the Workabout may run the screen/keyboard but refuse to write Flash SSD or
+  access expansion devices; it turns off if such an operation is attempted [WPG p.1-4].
+- **States:** standby vs operating/idle. In standby, switched supplies (VCC/Vcc2) are **off**;
+  peripheral designs must not drive lines high in standby (pull-down inputs cause excessive standby
+  current) [HDK p.12, p.19].
+- **Peripheral power budgets** (from the connector tables): S3a port C **< 25 mA**; HC 25-way Vcc2
+  **50 mA** (or use unregulated **Vsup** 5.5–12 V with a low-dropout regulator for higher loads);
+  Workabout Torson **Vcc1 100 mA / Vcc2 200 mA**; LIF **LCA 100 mA** [HDK p.12, p.19–20, p.13,
+  p.16].
+- **Power-fail handling for drivers** [HDK p.41]: on power loss there is ~**2 ms** to power
+  everything down; the hold vector must be fast or the RAM-hold voltage drops and the machine
+  cold-reboots, losing internal RAM (including any loaded driver). On a power-fail hold the OS has
+  already reset the SIBO channels, so a channel driver need only record the reason for its resume
+  vector. Hold reasons passed in AH: `DevHoldNormal` (memory move), `DevHoldPowerDown` (standby),
+  `DevHoldPowerFail` (supply lost) [HDK p.42].
+
+---
+
+## 10. The SIBO serial link (host ↔ PC / peripheral)
+
+- The **3-Link** is an **ASIC5-based** cable that converts the S3/S3a port-C SIBO serial channel to
+  **RS232** (host ↔ PC/printer), using the ASIC5 on-board UART + line drivers [HDK p.5, p.35].
+- Workabout communications: the OS provides serial comms at up to **19,200 baud**, with **XMODEM /
+  YMODEM** (and ZMODEM except in early models) file transfer, plus a scripting language for modem
+  control [WPG §basic hardware, Tech Spec].
+- The high-speed inter-machine link is the same continuously-clocked SIBO serial channel described
+  in §4; the physical media are the S3a 6-pin port C, the HC 8-pin side port C (used by the HC
+  cradle), or the Workabout 11-pin LIF via the LIF Converter [HDK p.12, p.20; WPG Appendix A].
+
+---
+
+## 11. Programmer's cheat-sheet
+
+- Talking to a peripheral = **own a channel** (`HwGetChannel`) → **select it** (`HwSelectChannel`,
+  save/restore the old one, interrupts off, short bursts) → drive the slave with control/data frames
+  via `SCONTOUT`/`SDATAOUT`/`SDATAIN` → **free it** (`HwFreeChannel`) on close [HDK p.52, p.60].
+- **ASIC4 access** = set Address register (multi-byte, LSB first) → read/write Data register; only
+  even/low-256 addresses in the simple routines; interrupts off during a transfer [HDK p.53–59].
+- **ASIC5 UART** = enable continuous clocking, set peripheral bit (Port-B mode bit 0), write baud
+  divisor `1 − 96000/baud` (LSB reg 10, MSB reg 11), set format in UART Status/Control (reg 8),
+  Tx via reg 9 only when `S_TXEMPTY`, Rx via reg 9, one shared active-high IRQ; read status/interrupt
+  registers to find the cause [HDK p.56–61].
+- **Interrupts** = 8 levels, IRQ0 highest, level-triggered, **no nesting**; clear at the device then
+  write NSEOI [HDK p.3].
+- **Segments** = 8086 model; writing outside your data segment or hogging interrupts → **panic**
+  [WPG §Resetting; HDK p.2].
+
+---
+
+## 12. Known gaps / uncertainties in these sources
+
+- **V30MX / ASIC9MX / Workabout MX:** absent from both supplied manuals. All MX statements above
+  are flagged **[MX — not in supplied manuals]** and are orientation only. Confirm against the MX
+  hardware reference.
+- **Host CPU physical memory map and any bank/page registers:** not in these manuals (deferred to
+  *SIBO Computers Programmers Reference* / *Hardware Reference*). Only the peripheral-side
+  (ASIC4/ASIC5) chip-select block decode is documented here.
+- **Exact ASIC5 register numeric slots (regs ~2, 4, 5, 7):** the printed table is OCR-damaged; names
+  and functions are reliable (prose + `SYS$AS5.ASM`), but verify the numeric indices against
+  `ospack.inc` / `ossibo.inc`.
+- Several connector pin tables in the WPG appendix are OCR-garbled (RS232 module pinouts, VIC 15-way
+  pinout); signal names are recoverable but pin numbers should be checked against a clean copy.

docs/reference/08-re-boot-oscalls.md

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Boot & OS-call internals (reverse-engineered from the ROM under MAME)
+
+Source: dynamic trace of `psionwamx` (v7.20f) under MAME — 170,160 instructions
+of boot captured with correct bank mapping. Everything here is **reverse-
+engineered / observed**, not from a manual, and describes internal mechanisms
+below the documented C API.
+
+## Reset & early boot
+
+```
+FFFF0: jmp  A000:0        ; reset vector -> ROM
+A0000: jmp  A14A4
+A14A4: di                 ; disable interrupts
+       in/out 30h,...     ; ASIC hardware init via I/O ports
+       mov ds0,190h       ; segment setup
+       out 2h / 2Ch / 22h / 26h / 24h / 3Ch   ; ASIC control-register init
+       jmp AE69C          ; signature check ([6896h]==0F0A5h) then continue
+```
+Early boot disables interrupts, programs the ASIC control registers through the
+I/O ports, sets up segments, and validates a ROM signature word.
+
+## OS service calls are software interrupts (not a single gate)
+
+SIBO dispatches operating-system services through a **range of `INT` vectors**
+(NEC V-series `brk` mnemonic), each vector a service group with a function
+selector in a register. Vectors observed executing during boot, by frequency:
+
+| Vector | Count (boot) |
+| --- | --- |
+| `0xA6` | 414 |
+| `0x97` | 81 |
+| `0x85` | 49 |
+| `0x96` | 41 |
+| `0xBA` | 41 |
+| `0x8B` | 17 |
+| `0xB9` | 15 |
+| `0xAC` | 12 |
+| others `0x81`–`0xB5` | few each |
+
+Additional service vectors seen in driver code (not exercised at boot):
+- **`INT 0xCF`** — the I/O executive: `CL` = function code, `BX` = channel
+  handle, `DX` = argument, result in `AX`. This is the layer beneath `p_iow`.
+- **`INT 0xD9`**, **`INT 0xD3`** — further service vectors (exact roles TBD).
+
+The specific service behind each vector is not yet mapped; doing so means
+breakpointing each ISR and correlating with the documented C calls. This table
+is the starting point.
+
+## ASIC I/O ports touched during boot
+
+Distinct `out` port targets and write counts during boot (ASIC register access —
+cross-reference the ASIC register maps in the hardware reference):
+
+| Port | Writes | Likely role |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `0x28` | 1580 | display/LCD controller (dominant) |
+| `0x15` | 88 | |
+| `0x21` | 54 | |
+| `0x10` | 17 | |
+| `0x02` | 14 | ASIC control |
+| `0x0A` | 13 | |
+| `0x08` | 12 | |
+| `0x2C` `0x24` `0x22` `0x26` `0x30` `0x3C` | few | ASIC control-register setup (from early boot) |
+
+## Method (reproduce)
+
+```
+xvfb-run -a mame psionwamx -rompath roms -debug \
+  -debugscript trace.txt -sound none -seconds_to_run 1
+# trace.txt:  trace boot_trace.asm   /   go
+```
+Then post-process `boot_trace.asm` for instruction/port/vector frequencies.
+
+## Next RE steps
+
+1. Map each `brk` vector to its service (breakpoint ISR, correlate to C API).
+2. Trace `SCANAPP`/`DEMMAN` to resolve the `WL2` scanner data-retrieval path.
+3. Correlate the ASIC ports here with the HDK register maps.